53-1003131-01 27 June 2014 Fabric OS Command Reference Supporting Fabric OS v7.3.
Copyright © 2014 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, Brocade Assurance, ADX, AnyIO, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, HyperEdge, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, NetIron, OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and The Effortless Network and the On-Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other countries. Other brands and product names mentioned may be trademarks of others.
Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Reference v4.1.2 53-0000519-05 August 2003 Fabric OS Reference v4.1.2 53-0000519-06 October 2003 Fabric OS Reference v4.2.0 53-0000519-07 December 2003 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-0000519-08 March 2004 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-0000519-08 Rev.
Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001186-01 Added 14 new commands to support Logical Fabrics. Modified 63 commands with new command operands to support new Fabric OS v6.2.0 features. Removed 8 deprecated commands. Miscellaneous edits to ~40 commands to correct edits, update examples. Removed standby CP command table. Updated Preface, surrounding chapters, and command availability tables.
Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002447-01 Added 2 new commands. Modified 19 commands to support Fabric OS v7.0.1 features. Removed 1 command. Updated Preface, surrounding chapters, and permission tables. December 2011 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01 Added 7 new commands. Modified 100 commands to support Fabric OS v7.1.0 features. Removed 6 commands. Updated Preface, surrounding chapters, and permission tables.
Contents About This Document How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi What is new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxii New commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii Modified commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
agShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 aliAdd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 aliCreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 aliDelete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 aliRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgTransAbort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 cfgTransShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 chassisBeacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 chassisCfgPerrThreshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 chassisDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dnsConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 enclosureShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 errClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 errDelimiterSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 errDump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrBcastConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 fcrConfigure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 fcrEdgeShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 fcrFabricShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 fcrIclPathBWMonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
frameLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 fspfShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 fwAlarmsFilterSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 fwAlarmsFilterShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 fwClassInit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipAddrSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 ipAddrShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 ipFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511 ipSecConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 islShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
msTdDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610 msTdEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 msTdReadConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612 myId. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 nbrStateShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCamShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694 portCfg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 portCfgAlpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721 portCfgAutoDisable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 portCfgCompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portDebug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818 portDecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819 portDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 portDPortTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822 portEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portSwapEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 portSwapShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953 portTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 portTestShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 portThConfig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
setContext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 setDbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 setVerbose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041 sfpShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 shellFlowControlDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syslogdFacility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137 syslogdIpAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 syslogdIpRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 syslogdIpShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 sysMonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 3 Primary FCS Commands Primary FCS commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Appendix A Command Availability Command validation checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . .
About This Document How this document is organized This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as possible. The document contains the following components: • Chapter 1, “Using Fabric OS Commands,” explains how to use the command line interface to manage a Brocade SAN and Brocade switches. • Chapter 2, “Fabric OS Commands,” provides command information.
TABLE 1 Supported hardware for Fabric OS v7.3.
The Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands table in the Appendix A, “Command Availability,” has been updated. The table lists the Admin domain, Context, and Switch type for the commands. New commands The following commands and associated man pages have been added since the publication of the Fabric OS v7.2.1 release of this manual: • • • • ethIf - Sets the link operating mode for a network interface. • • • • haRedundancy - Displays switch uptime.
• • • • • • • • dlsShow - Included the E_Port Balancing Priority feature updates. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fcrConfigure - Included --fid and --alias options. • • • • nsCamShow - Updated the examples to include port properties. fabricShow - Included -v option to check the version. fcipHelp - Updated the example to include extnCfg. fcipLedTest - Updated the See Also section. fcipPathTest - Updated the See Also section.
• • • • • • • • • portCfgFec - Included -FEC and -TTS options. portCfgQoS - Updated to include the support for port range. portCfgShow - Included FLOGI logout and SIM port information. portCfgSpeed - Included -m option. portCmd - Included --pmtu and --wtool options. portDPortTest - Updated estimated cable distance information. portErrShow - Included --help option. portLedTest - Updated the action type information. portLoopbackTest - Updated to indicate that maximum number of frames supported is 1000.
CLI usage conventions • Some Fabric OS show commands display certain switch or fabric components in three-digit decimal numbers, for example, 003. When you use these numeric identifiers as inputs to other commands, you must remove the leading zeros; otherwise the commands will either fail or generate incorrect results. Adding zeros to any decimal number in a command input will cause that number to be treated as an Octal number. • Automatic page breaks in CLI command output displays are being phased out.
value Fixed (literal) values following arguments are printed in plain font. For example, --show WWN | Boolean. Elements are exclusive. Example: --show -mode egress | ingress \ Backslash indicates a “soft” line break. If a backslash separates two lines of a command input, enter the entire command at the prompt without the backslash. Notes, cautions, and warnings The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards.
These references are made for informational purposes only. Corporation Referenced Trademarks and Products Commvault Commvault Galaxy Data Protection EMC RSA Data Protection Manager (DPM) HP Secure Key Manager (SKM) and Enterprise Secure Key Manager (ESKM) IBM Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager Legato Legato Networker Microsoft Corporation Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer NetApp NetApp Lifetime Key Manager (LKM) Oracle Corporation Oracle, Java Symantec Veritas NetBackup 6.
For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association website: http://www.fibrechannel.org Getting technical help Contact your switch support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including product repairs and part ordering.
Document feedback Quality is our first concern at Brocade, and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to: documentation@brocade.com Provide the title and version number and as much detail as possible about your issue, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.
Chapter Using Fabric OS Commands 1 Using the command line interface The Fabric OS command line interface (CLI), accessed via Telnet, SSH, or serial console, provides full management capability on a Brocade switch. The Fabric OS CLI enables an administrator to monitor and manage individual switches, ports, and entire fabrics from a standard workstation. Selected commands must be issued from a secure Telnet or SSH session. Access is controlled by a switch-level password for each access level.
1 Understanding Role-Based Access Control TABLE 2 Role definitions (Continued) Role name Definition ZoneAdmin Zone management only. FabricAdmin Administrative use excluding user management and Admin Domain management. BasicSwitchAdmin A subset of administrative tasks, typically of a more limited scope and effect. Admin All administrative tasks, including encryption and chassis commands. SecurityAdmin Administrative use including admin, encryption, security, user management, and zoning.
Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions • • 1 Perform firmware download. Perform regular Fabric OS management functions. For a listing of RBAC permissions for cryptoCfg subcommands, refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Adminsitrator’s Guide. Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions All Fabric OS commands are subject to additional RBAC enforcement with regard to Virtual Fabric contexts and switch types. Commands can be executed in one or more of the contexts described in Table 3.
1 Understanding Admin Domain restrictions Understanding Admin Domain restrictions A subset of Fabric OS commands is subject to Admin Domain (AD) restrictions that may be in place. In order to execute an AD-restricted command on a switch or device, the switch or device must be part of a given Admin Domain, and the user must be logged in to that Admin Domain. Six Admin Domain types are supported, as defined in Table 5. TABLE 5 AD types AD Type Definition Allowed Allowed to execute in all ADs.
Determining RBAC permissions for a specific command 1 switch:admin> classconfig --showcli zone CLI Option Permission RBAC Class Context ---------------------------------------------------------zone Killall OM Debug vf zone evlogclear OM Debug vf zone evlogshow O Debug vf zone evlogtoggle OM Debug vf zone mergeshow O Debug vf zone stateshow O Debug vf zone activate OM Zoning vf zone add OM Zoning vf zone copy OM Zoning vf zone create OM Zoning vf zone deactivate OM Zoning vf (output truncated) switch:admin
1 6 Determining RBAC permissions for a specific command Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
Chapter Fabric OS Commands 2 aaaConfig Manages RADIUS, LDAP, and TACACS+ configuration information.
2 aaaConfig The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: server Specifies an IP address or a server name in dot-decimal notation. IPv6 addresses are supported. If a name is used, a DNS entry must be correctly configured for the server.
aaaConfig 2 Note that the distinction between protocols is only applicable to the packets between a system and the RADIUS or TACACS+ server. To authenticate a user to the system, a password is always used. Valid protocols are one of the following: pap Password Authentication Protocol chap Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol peap-mschapv2 Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (requires Fabric OS v5.3.0 or later). This is applicable only to RADIUS configuration.
2 aaaConfig "ldap" When "ldap" is specified, the first Active directory (AD) server is contacted. If the AD server is not reachable, the next AD server is contacted. If the authentication fails, the authentication process does not check for the next server in the sequence. "tacacs+" When "tacacs+" is specified, the first Active directory (AD) server is contacted. If the AD server is not reachable, the next AD server is contacted.
aaaConfig 2 LDAP CONFIGURATIONS =================== LDAP configuration does not exist. TACACS+ CONFIGURATIONS ===================== TACACS+ configuration does not exist. Primary AAA Service: Switch database Secondary AAA Service: None To move the RADIUS server "radserver" from position 3 to position 1: switch:admin> aaaconfig --move radserver -conf radius 1 To configure the RADIUS server 192.168.233.48 as an LDAP server: switch:admin> aaaconfig --change 192.168.233.
2 aaaConfig To add a TACACS+ server to the configuration: switch:admin> aaaconfig --add 10.17.56.56 -conf tacacs+ \ -protocol pap -s "sharedkey" -t 5 -r 5 -port 49 switch:admin> aaaconfig --authspec tacacs+ switch:admin> aaaconfig --show RADIUS CONFIGURATIONS ===================== RADIUS configuration does not exist. LDAP CONFIGURATIONS =================== LDAP configuration does not exist. TACACS+ CONFIGURATIONS ===================== Position : 1 Server : 10.17.56.
ad 2 ad Manages Admin Domain operations.
2 ad Before creating Admin Domains, the default zone mode should be set to "No Access". To set the default zone mode to "No Access" execute the following command sequence: switch:admin> ad --select AD0 switch:admin> defzone --noaccess switch:admin> cfgsave Refer to defZone help for more information. All switches, switch ports and devices in the fabric that are not specified in any other Admin Domain are treated as implicit members of AD0. Members added to AD0 are called explicit members.
ad 2 --create arguments Creates a new Admin Domain with optionally specified device or switch members. A newly created Admin Domain is in an activated state. It initially contains no zone database. The newly created Admin Domain remains in the transaction buffer until you issue ad --apply or ad --save. AD0 always exists. Use ad --add to add explicit members to AD0. --deactivate arg Deactivates an Admin Domain. This operation fails if an effective zone configuration exists under the Admin Domain.
2 ad --show arguments Displays the membership information of the specified Admin Domain or all Admin Domains. When executed in an AD255 context and an Admin Domain name is not specified, all information about all existing Admin Domains is displayed. When executed in an AD0-AD254 context, the command, by default, displays the members of the current Admin Domain's effective configuration, and therefore you cannot specify an ad_id or mode.
ad 2 -d "dev_list" Specifies the list of devices in an Admin Domain, in quotation marks. Separate each entry in the device list with a semicolon (;). Valid formats include the following: D,PI Uses existing zone D,PI member types. Benefits include the following: • • • Grants port control and zoning on the switch port and the devices attached to that port. PI can be specified as a range; for example, D,[0 to 34]. The port index range is expanded and stored internally.
2 ad 1 Displays the Admin Domain configuration stored in persistent memory (defined configuration). 2 Displays the currently enforced Admin Domain configuration currently enforced (effective configuration). EXAMPLES To enable AD5: switch:admin> ad --activate 5 You are about to activate a new admin domain. Do you want to activate '5' admin domain \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To enable AD_13: switch:admin> ad --activate AD_13 To add new device members to AD1: switch:admin> ad --add AD1, -d "100,5; 4,1" To
ad 2 To deactivate Admin Domain 5: switch:admin> ad --deactivate 5 You are about to deactivate an AD. This operation will fail if an effective zone \ configuration exists in the AD Do you want to deactivate '5' admin domain \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To delete AD13: switch:admin> ad --delete 13 You are about to delete an AD. This operation will fail if an effective zone \ configuration exists in the AD Do you want to delete '13' admin domain \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To execute switchShow in an AD7 conte
2 ad To display all ADs: switch:admin> ad --show Current AD: 255 : AD255 Transaction buffer configuration: --------------------------------no configuration Defined configuration: ---------------------AD: 1 : AD1 Device WWN members: Switch port members: Switch WWN members: Active 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12; 1,13; 1,14; 1,15; 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:53; Effective configuration: -----------------------AD: 1 : AD1 De
ad 2 To display the Admin Domain effective configuration information: switch:admin> ad --show -m 2 Current AD: 255 : AD255 Effective configuration: -----------------------AD: 1 : AD1 Device WWN members: Switch port members: Switch WWN members: Active 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12; 1,13; 1,14; 1,15; 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:53; To display the configuration information in the transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --valida
2 ad 1,337; ---------------------------* - Member does not exist + - Member is AD Unaware To abort the Admin Domain management transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --transabort You are about to abort the outstanding AD transaction. Do you want to abort the AD transaction \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To display the current Admin Domain transaction: switch:admin> ad --transshow Current transaction token is 26816 It is abortable switch:admin> ad --transshow There is no outstanding zoning transaction SEE ALSO
ag 2 ag Enables Access Gateway (AG) and manages AG-specific operations. SYNOPSIS ag --help ag --show ag --modeshow | --modeenable | --modedisable ag [--policyenable | --policydisable] policy ag --policyshow ag --mapshow [N_Port] ag [--mapset | --mapadd | --mapdel] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag [--staticadd | --staticdel ] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag --pgshow [pgid] ag --pgcreate pgid "N_Port1 [;N_Port2;...]" [-n pgname] [-m "lb; mfnm"] ag [--pgadd | --pgdel] pgid "N_Port1 [; N_Port2;...
2 ag ag --printalpamap F_Port ag --deletepwwnfromdb PWWN ag --clearalpamap F_Port ag --addwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --addwwnpgmapping Port_Group "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnpgmapping Port_Group "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --addwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --wwnmappingenable "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --wwnmappingdisable "WWN [;WWN2;...
ag • • • • • Manage device WWN to N_Port group mappings. • • Delete the backup mappings for the given N_Port, if any. 2 Manage device WWN failover to N_Ports configured as preferred failover ports. Enable or disable device WWN mappings. Configure the reliability limit for the preferred N_Port. Save the configured F_Ports, static F_Ports for the given N_Port, and F_Ports for which the given N_Port is a preferred one. Display the saved mappings for the given N_Port, if any.
2 ag --modedisable Disables Access Gateway mode on a switch. After AG mode is disabled, the switch reboots automatically and comes online with default zone access set to "No Access". In order to merge the switch to a fabric, set the default zone to "All Access" and disable/enable the E_Port. --policyshow Displays the supported AG port policies and their status as either enabled or disabled.
ag 2 auto Disables the automatic port configuration policy and deletes all associated configuration settings. ads Disables the advanced device security (ADS) policy and deletes all lists of allowed device WWNs. wwnloadbalance Disables the device WWN load balancing policy. --mapshow [N_Port | device_WWN] Displays the F_Ports that are configured and currently mapped to a given "primary" N_Port.
2 ag --pgdel pgid "N_Port1 [; N_Port2;...]" Deletes one or more N_Ports from the specified port group. Deleted ports are added to the default port group "pg0". The port list must be enclosed in quotation marks. Ports must be separated by semicolons. --pgrename pgid newname Replaces the name of an existing port group with the specified new name. The port group ID must not exceed 64 characters. --pgremove pgid Deletes the specified port group.
ag 2 --pgfnmtov new_tov Displays the fabric name monitoring timeout value in seconds when used without specifying a new value. To change the current value, specify a new timeout value in seconds. The valid range is 30 to 120 seconds. The default value is 120 seconds. --failoverenable [N_Port] | -pg pgid Enables the failover policy for a given N_Port or for all N_Ports in the given port group.
2 ag --prefdel "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" N_Port Deletes the preferred Secondary N_Port for the specified F_Ports. The list of F_Ports to be deleted from the secondary mapping must be enclosed in double quotation marks. Port numbers must be separated by semicolons. --prefshow Displays the preferred Secondary N_Port for all F_Ports. --adsset "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" "WWN [;WWN2;...]" Sets the list of devices that are allowed to login to a specified set of F_Ports.
ag 2 --deletepwwnfromdb PWWN Removes the specified port WWN entry from the database after the host has logged out. --clearalpamap F_Port Clears the ALPA values for the specific F_Port. This command removes the PWWN-to-ALPA-value mapping from the database. --addwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all Maps one or more device WWNs to a preferred N_Port. All traffic form the specified devices is forced through the specified N_Port, regardless of which F_Port the device logs into.
2 ag --wwnmappingdisable "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all Disables one or more device WWN mappings. Use this command if you want to disable the mapping action temporarily without making permanent changes to the mappings. The mappings remain disabled until they are re-enabled or deleted. The --all option disables all currently existing device WWN mappings. --wwnmappingenable "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all e-enables one or more previously disabled device WWN mappings.
ag 2 Persistent ALPA : Disabled Static WWN Map : None Port Group information : PG_ID PG_Members PG_Name PG_Mode ---------------------------------------------0 0;1;2;3;8; pg0 9;10;11;32;33; 34;35;36;37;38; 39 ---------------------------------------------Fabric Information : Attached Fabric Name N_Ports --------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:d6:f8:c9 0;1;2;3;8; 9;10;11 --------------------------------------------N_Port information : Port PortID Attached PWWN Attached_Switch F-port\ -----
2 ag N-Port F-Port ---------------------------------------------0 None 1 None 2 None 3 None 8 None 9 None 10 None 11 None --------------------------------------------- To display the current Access Gateway mode: switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is enabled. switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is NOT enabled.
ag 2 To disable the ADS policy: switch:admin> ag --policydisable ads To enable the WWN load balancing policy: switch:admin> ag --policyenable wwnloadbalance To disable the WWN load balancing policy: switch:admin> ag --policydisable wwnloadbalance AG port mapping commands To display current port mappings and port grouping policies: switch:admin> ag --mapshow N_Port Configured Static Current Failover Failback PG_ID PG_Name _F_Ports _F_Ports _F_Ports -------------------------------------------------------
2 ag 0 4;6 None 4;6 1 0 2 SecondFabric 1 7;8;9 None 7;8;9 0 1 0 pg0 2 5;10;11 None 5;10;11 1 0 2 SecondFabric 3 12;13 None 12;13 0 1 0 pg0 ------------------------------------------------------------------ To delete F_Port 5 that was mapped to N_Port 2: switch:admin> ag --mapdel 2 "5" Preferred N_port is set for F_Port[s] Please delete it before removing primary N_Port ERROR:Unable to remove F_Port[s] from mapping, retry the command switch:admin> ag --prefshow F_Ports Preferred N_Port -------------------
ag 2 _F_Ports _F_Ports --------------------------------------------------0 None None 1 1 N/A N/A 17 2 2 0 0 N/A N/A --------------------------------------------------Static N-Port to F-Port Mapping N-Port F-Port -----------------------------------------17 1 ------------------------------------------ AG failover policy commands To display failover policy settings for all N_Ports: switch:admin> ag --failovershow N_Port failover_bit --------------------------0 1 1 0 2 1 3 0 To set and display failover and
2 ag To set and display failback policy settings on a single port: switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 0 Failback policy cannot be enabled since failover policy is disabled for port 0 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 2 Failback policy is enabled for port 2 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 3 Failback on N_Port 3 is not supported switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 2 Failback on N_Port 2 is supported Port Group commands To display Port Group information: switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Port
ag 2 To remove the port group with pgid 2: switch:admin> ag --pgremove 2 Port Group 2 has been removed successfully switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports F_Ports ----------------------------------------------0 pg0 lb,mfnm 0;2 4;5;6 3 FirstFabric lb 1;3 10;11 ----------------------------------------------- To enable managed fabric name monitoring in port group 3: switch:admin> ag --pgsetmodes 3 "mfnm" Managed Fabric Name Monitoring mode has been \ enabled for Port Group 3 switch:admin> a
2 ag To delete secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefdel "7;8;9" 3 Preferred N_Port is deleted successfully \ for the F_Port[s] To set secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefset "7;8;9" 3 Preferred N_Port is set successfully \ for the F_Port[s ADS Policy commands To set the list of allowed devices for Ports 11 and 12 to 'no access': switch:admin> ag --adsset "11;12" "" WWN list set successfully as the Allow Lists of \ the F_Port[s] To set t
ag 2 To enable persistent ALPA in stringent mode: switch:admin> ag --persistentalpaenable 1 -s Persistent ALPA mode is enabled To disable persistent ALPA mode: switch:admin> ag --persistentalpaenable 0 Persistent ALPA mode is enabled To display the ALPA database entries for F_Port 5: switch:admin> ag --printalpamap 5 Hash table for Port 5 data PWWN ALPA ============================================ 20:12:00:05:1e:85:92:88 1 20:07:00:05:1e:01:0b:4a 3 To attempt to remove a device entry from the database
2 ag To create a WWN to port group mapping for all currently mapped devices (this command does not affect devices not already mapped or connecting later).
ag 2 Backup mapping commands To save the configured, static, and preferred mapping of an N_Port: switch:admin> ag --backupmappingsave 43 Configured,static and preferred mappings have been saved \ for the N_port successfully.
2 agAutoMapBalance agAutoMapBalance Controls automatic remapping of F_Ports in AG mode. SYNOPSIS agautomapbalance --enable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --disable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --force agautomapbalance --show agautomapbalance --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to control the automatic rebalancing of F_Ports for login distribution in the event that an F_Port goes offline or an N_Port comes online.
agAutoMapBalance 2 -nport Enables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more N_Ports come online. When automatic login redistribution is enabled, the F_Ports mapped to the current N_Ports are rebalanced among the N_Ports. --disable Disables automatic login redistribution upon removal or addition of a specified port type. -fport Disables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more F_Ports go offline.
2 agAutoMapBalance To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Port offline events: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --disable -fport To enable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on port group 1 in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --enable -fport pg 1 To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on all port groups in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --disable -all SEE ALSO 46 ag, agShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131
agShow 2 agShow Displays the Access Gateway information registered with the fabric. SYNOPSIS agshow agshow --name ag_name agshow --local DESCRIPTION This command displays the details of the F_Ports and the configured N_Ports in the Access Gateway attached to the fabric. The command output displays the following information. Name The name of the Access Gateway. NodeName The World Wide Name of the Access Gateway node. Ports The number of ports in the Access Gateway.
2 agShow OPERANDS This command has the following optional operands: --name ag_name Displays information regarding a specific Access Gateway that is registered with this fabric. --local Display information regarding all Access Gateways that are locally registered to this switch.
aliAdd 2 aliAdd Adds a member to a zone alias. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION aliadd "aliName","member[; member...]" Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone alias. The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 aliCreate aliCreate Creates a zone alias. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION alicreate "aliName","member[; member...]" Use this command to create a new zone alias. The zone alias member list must have at least one member (empty lists are not allowed). The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. Refer to the zoneCreate command for more information on name and member specifications. This command changes the defined configuration.
aliDelete 2 aliDelete Deletes a zone alias. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION alidelete "aliName" Use this command to delete a zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 aliRemove aliRemove Removes a member from a zone alias. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION aliremove "aliName","member[; member...]" Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone alias. If all members are removed, the zone alias is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
aliShow 2 aliShow Displays zone alias information. SYNOPSIS alishow [--ic] ["pattern"][, mode] alishow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display zone configuration information. Use the pattern operand to display only matching zone alias names in the defined configuration. If no parameters are specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) is displayed. Refer to cfgShow for a description of this display.
2 appLoginHistory appLoginHistory Displays the history of HTTP login sessions. SYNOPSIS apploginhistory --show apploginhistory --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the history of HTTP login sessions from external management applications such as Brocade Network Advisor or Web Tools. The command displays both current sessions and a history of past sessions.
appLoginHistory 2 active currently: 2011/10/13-15:51:31.203814, 2011/10/13-15:51:33.095638, 2011/10/13-15:52:14.178299, 2011/10/13-15:53:57.547672, SEE ALSO 10.20.10.160, 10.20.10.160, 10.20.10.161, 10.20.10.
2 aptPolicy aptPolicy Changes or displays the Advanced Performance Tuning (APT) policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION aptpolicy [policy] Use this command to display and change the advanced performance tuning (APT) policies on a switch. Distributed path selection (DPS) is supported in logical fabrics. APT policy settings affecting the DPS behavior can be configured per logical switch, and settings apply to the partition for which they are set.
aptPolicy 2 Device-based routing is also a form of Dynamic Path Selection (DPS). DPS assigns communication paths between end devices in a fabric to egress ports in ratios proportional to the potential bandwidth of the ISL, ICL, or trunk group. When there are multiple paths to a destination, the input traffic is distributed across the different paths in proportion to the bandwidth available on each of the paths. This improves utilization of the available paths and reduces possible path congestion.
2 auditCfg auditCfg Modifies and displays the audit log filter configuration. SYNOPSIS auditcfg --class audit_class auditcfg --enable | --disable auditcfg --severity severity_level auditcfg --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the audit logging and to display the audit log configuration.
auditCfg EXAMPLES 2 To configure the audit log filter: switch:admin> auditcfg --class 2,3,8 Audit filter is configured. To enable audit logging: switch:admin> auditcfg --enable Audit filter is enabled. To display the configuration: switch:admin> auditcfg --show Audit filter is enabled.
2 auditDump auditDump Displays or clears the audit log. SYNOPSIS auditdump -s | -show auditdump -c | -clear DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to display or clear the audit log on the switch. The audit log persistently saves the most recent 256 log entries on the switch. On modular platforms, the entries are not shared across CPs. Each CLI executed on a switch from non-root user account is saved as an audit log.
authUtil 2 authUtil Displays and sets the authentication configuration. SYNOPSIS authutil authutil --show authutil --set option value authutil --policy -sw option | -dev option authutil --authinit [slot/]port[, [slot/]port...] | allE DESCRIPTION Use this command to display and set local switch authentication parameters. Use --set to change authentication parameters such as protocol, Diffie-Hellman group (DH group), or hash type. When no protocol is set, the default setting of "FCAP, DH- CHAP" is used.
2 authUtil -g 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |4 | * Sets the Diffie-Hellman (DH) group. Valid values are 0 to 4 and "*". The DH group 0 is called NULL DH. Each DH group implicitly specifies a key size and associated parameters. A higher group value provides stronger cryptography and a higher level of security. When DH group is set to a specified value, only that DH group is enabled. Specifying "*" enables all DH groups 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, in that order.
authUtil 2 on Sets the authentication policy to "on" mode. Authentication is mandatory. If the attached device is not capable of doing authentication, the corresponding port is disabled. --authinit [slot/]port [, [slot/]port...| allE Reinitiates authentication on selected ports after changing the DH-CHAP group, hash type, and shared secret between a pair of switches. This command does not work on Private, Loop, NPIV and FICON devices.
2 authUtil To enable Sha256 hash type: sha256 hash type is recommended for FIPS configuration. switch:admin> authutil --set -h sha256 Hash is set to sha256. switch:admin> authutil --show AUTH TYPE HASH TYPE GROUP TYPE -------------------------------------fcap,dhchap sha256 1 Switch Authentication Policy: PASSIVE Device Authentication Policy: OFF To set DH group 3: switch:admin> authutil --set -g 3 DH Group was set to 3.
authUtil 2 To start authentication on E/F_Ports 2, 3, and 4: switch:admin> authutil --authinit 2,3,4 Warning: Initiating the authentication requires either DH-CHAP secrets or PKI certificates depending on the protocol selected. Failed authentication may result in traffic disruption. Authentication will not be initiated on encrypted ports.
2 bannerSet bannerSet Sets the banner on the local switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bannerset [banner] Use this command to set the banner on the local switch. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed after you log in to a switch. The banner can be created using the banner operand or interactively by entering the bannerSet command without an operand. If you enter the banner text using the interactive method, the valid length is 1022 characters.
bannerShow 2 bannerShow Displays the banner text. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES bannershow Use this command to display the text of the local switch banner. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the banner for a switch: switch:admin> bannershow Banner: Do not disturb the setup on this switch.
2 bcastShow bcastShow Displays broadcast routing information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bcastshow Use this command to display the broadcast routing information for all ports in the switch. The broadcast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the broadcast distribution tree: ports that are able to send and receive broadcast frames. Normally, all F_Ports and FL_Ports are members of the broadcast distribution tree.
bladeCfgGeMode 2 bladeCfgGeMode Configures a GbE port or a 10GbE port on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. SYNOPSIS bladecfggemode --set mode -slot slot bladecfggemode --show -slot slot | -all bladecfggemode --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to configure the GbE port mode on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade or to display the configuration. The mode configuration controls which ports are enabled.
2 bladeCfgGeMode To display the GbE port mode for all configured slots: switch:admin> bladecfggemode --show -all bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 1 is configured in 1GigE Mode 1GigE mode: only the ge0-9 ports are enabled (xge0 and xge1 \ are disabled) bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 4 is configured in 10GigE Mode 10GigE mode: only xge0 and xge1 are enabled (ge0-9 ports \ are disabled) SEE ALSO 70 None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
bladeDisable 2 bladeDisable Disables all user ports on a blade. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bladedisable slot Use this command to disable all user ports on a blade. All Fibre Channel ports on the blade are taken offline. If the switch was connected to a fabric through this blade, the remaining switches reconfigure, and the switch reconfigures based on the other blade ports. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow-flashing amber.
2 bladeDisable Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 384 5 0 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 385 5 1 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 386 5 2 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 387 5 3 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 388 5 4 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 389 5 5 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 390 5 6 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 391 5 7 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 392 5 8 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 393 5 9 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 394 5 10 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 395 5 11 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 396 5 12 -----cu 8G In_Sync FC 39
bladeEnable 2 bladeEnable Enables all user ports on a blade. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bladeenable slot Use this command to enable all user ports on a blade. All ports within the blade that did not fail the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled (except for persistently disabled ports). They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use the bladeEnable command to re-enable the blade after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
2 bladeEnable Slot Blade Type ID Status --------------------------------1 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 2 UNKNOWN VACANT 3 UNKNOWN VACANT 4 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 5 CP BLADE 1 ENABLED 6 CP BLADE 1 ENABLED 7 SW BLADE 2 ENABLED 8 UNKNOWN VACANT 9 UNKNOWN VACANT 10 UNKNOWN VACANT SEE ALSO 74 bladeDisable, chassisDisable, chassisEnable, portEnable, portDisable, switchDisable, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
bladeSwap 2 bladeSwap Swaps the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bladeSwap -src source_slot -dest destination_slot Use this command to swap the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. All ports must qualify for swapping for this command to succeed. It validates that the blades in the indicated slots are of the same type, have the same number of ports, and that the port pairs are in the same partition.
2 bootLunCfg bootLunCfg Transparently configures the boot LUN for an HBA. SYNOPSIS bootluncfg --add HBA_WWN PWWN LUN_ID bootluncfg --delete HBA_WWN [PWWN LUN_ID] bootluncfg --show bootluncfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the boot LUN for an HBA. Existing fabric-based boot LUN discovery allows the host's boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database by using a zone name that contains the PWWN of an HBA port. The zone members consist of storage target PWWN and LUN ID.
bootLunCfg EXAMPLES 2 To configure a boot LUN: switch:admin> bootluncfg --add 11:22:ab:44:44:ff:44:ca \ 1b:6c:55:55:55:3a:55:ff 9abc345fa1112410 Operation Successful To display existing Port/LUN mappings: switch:admin> bootluncfg --show 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77 00:00:00:00:aa:bb:cc:dd;00:00:00:01:ee:ff:11:22; \ 00:00:00:02:9a:bc:34:5f;00:00:00:03:a1:11:24:10 aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa 00:00:00:00:11:11:11:11;00:00:00:01:11:11:11:11; \ 00:00:00:02:9a:bc:34:5f;00:00:00:03:a1:11:24:10 bb:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa 0
2 bottleneckMon bottleneckMon Monitors and reports latency and congestion bottlenecks on F_Ports and E_Ports.
bottleneckMon 2 Enabling or disabling bottleneck detection is a switch-wide operation. If Virtual Fabrics are enabled, the configuration is applied per logical switch and affects all ports on the current logical switch. After the (logical) switch-wide bottleneck detection parameters have been set, you can you can fine-tune the configuration for specific ports. A bottleneck is defined as a condition where the offered load at a given port exceeds the throughput at the port.
2 bottleneckMon 6 seconds in an interval of 10 seconds, and 1 second out of the other 4 seconds was affected by a bottleneck, the display for that interval would show 25% as the percentage of affected seconds (1 out of 4), and state "no data for 6 seconds." However, if there is no traffic because the port is offline, the "no data..." message is displayed. The --status option displays bottleneck configuration details for the current (logical) switch.
bottleneckMon NOTES 2 Command syntax predating Fabric OS v6.4.0 is no longer supported as of Fabric OS v7.0.0. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. The bottleneck detection commands are supported on F_Ports, FL_Ports, E_Ports, and EX_Ports.
2 bottleneckMon The following parameters can be optionally set with the --enable and --config commands. Any numerical parameters not specified with the --config option will retain the current configured values. Whereas, any parameters not specified with the --enable option will assume their default values. -alert Enables both congestion and latency alerts. You can optionally specify either a congestion threshold or a latency threshold, or both.
bottleneckMon 2 and no greater than 1. The default value is 0.8. Note that the application of the sub-second numerical limits is approximate. This command erases the statistics history and restarts alert calculations (if alerting is enabled) on the specified ports. When used with the config option, you must specify a port. -lsubsecsevthresh severity_threshold Specifies the threshold on the severity of latency in terms of the throughput loss on the port at the sub-second level.
2 bottleneckMon The following operands are optional: -interval seconds Specifies the time window in seconds over which the percentage of seconds affected by bottleneck conditions is displayed in the output. When a port is specified with the --show command, the maximum interval is 10800 seconds (3 hours). When a wildcard (*) is specified, the maximum interval is defined such that the value of -span divided by the value of the interval cannot exceed 30. The interval value must be greater than 0.
bottleneckMon 2 To customize congestion bottleneck detection on a port range after default alerts are enabled switch-wide: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --enable -alert switch:admin> bottleneckmon --config -alert -cthresh .5 -time 240 1-15 \ To change the bottleneck detection configuration on the logical switch to allow congestion alerts only: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --config -alert=congestion To change the bottleneck detection configuration on the logical switch to allow latency alerts only: switch:
2 bottleneckMon From To bottlenecked ports ======================================================= Feb 26 21:59:50 Feb 26 22:00:00 2 Feb 26 21:59:40 Feb 26 21:59:50 0 Feb 26 21:59:30 Feb 26 21:59:40 0 Feb 26 21:59:20 Feb 26 21:59:30 0 Feb 26 21:59:10 Feb 26 21:59:20 0 Feb 26 21:59:00 Feb 26 21:59:10 0 Feb 26 21:58:50 Feb 26 21:59:00 0 Feb 26 21:58:40 Feb 26 21:58:50 0 Feb 26 21:58:30 Feb 26 21:58:40 0 Feb 26 21:58:20 Feb 26 21:58:30 2 Feb 26 21:58:10 Feb 26 21:58:20 3 Feb 26 21:58:00 Feb 26 21:58:10 3 Feb
bottleneckMon 2 To display the bottleneck statistic for every port in the switch including the union of all individual port statistics: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show -interval 5 -span 30 * ============================================================= Wed Jan 13 18:54:35 UTC 2010 ============================================================= ================================================================= From To 0 1 2 3 4 5 ================================================================= Jan13 18:54
2 bottleneckMon Per-port overrides for sub-second latency bottleneck criterion: =============================================================== Slot Port TimeThresh SevThresh ========================================= 1 3 0.500 100.000 1 4 0.600 50.000 1 5 0.700 20.000 Per-port overrides for alert parameters: ======================================== Slot Port Alerts? LatencyThresh CongestionThresh Time(s) QTime(s) ================================================================= 1 1 Y 0.100 0.
bpPortLoopbackTest 2 bpPortLoopbackTest Sends and receives data from the same BP port to perform a functional test of the port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bpportloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-pklen count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode ] [-bpports itemlist ] Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch. The test sends frames from a specified blade processor (BP) port transmitter and loops the frames back into the same BP port's receiver.
2 bpPortLoopbackTest At each pass, a different data type is used to create the frame from a palette of seven. If a pass of seven is requested, seven different frames are used in the test. If eight passes, the first seven frames are unique, and the eighth frame is the same as the first. The data palette of seven consists of the following data types: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) NOTES CSPAT: 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x7e, ... BYTE_LFSR: 0x69, 0x01, 0x02, 0x05, ... CHALF_SQ: 0x4a, 0x4a, 0x4a, 0x4a, ...
bpPortLoopbackTest 2 8 Runs test at 8 Gbps (Default for Condor2). 16 Runs test at 16 Gbps (Condor3 only). -bpports itemlist Specifies a list of blade ports to test. By default all valid blade ports in the specified blade are tested. On the Brocade Encryption platforms, ports 80-103 are the only valid ports, because these are the only blade ports with access to the Vader chip. Refer to the itemList help page for further information on the itemlist parameter.
2 bpTurboRamTest bpTurboRamTest MBIST test for AP Blade BP ASICs. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION bpturboramtest [--slot slot] [ -passcnt count ] [ -bpports itemlist ] Use this command to verify the on-chip static random access memory (SRAM) located in the Blade Processor (BP) ASICs of the Application Processor (AP) blade. The command makes use of the memory built-in self-test (MBIST) circuitry.
bpTurboRamTest EXAMPLES 2 To run the test in default mode: switch:admin> bpturboramtest Running bpturboramtest .............. Board Init Running Vader bist test Vader bist test PASSED Running Ob1 bist test Ob1 bist test PASSED BIST test PASSED on all ASIC(s) Test Complete: bpturboramtest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 1 min & 55 sec (0:1:55:884). Cleaning up after test....... passed.
2 bufOpMode bufOpMode Changes or displays the Buffer Optimized Mode. SYNOPSIS bufopmode --set slot [-f] bufopmode --reset slot bufopmode --show slot bufopmode --showall DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or change the buffer optimized mode on a switch. When buffer optimized mode is enabled on a slot, additional buffers are allocated on the internal ports.
bufOpMode 2 Slot 9: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 10: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 11: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 12: buffer optimized mode - On -------------------------------------------------* indicates buffer optimization not supported on this blade To display current buffer optimized mode for a single slot switch:admin> bufopmode --show 12 Slot 12: buffer optimized mode - On To enable buffer optimized mode for a given slot: switch:admin> bufopmode --set 11 The slot must first be powere
2 bufOpMode Slot 11: buffer optimized mode - Off* Slot 12: buffer optimized mode - Off* ----------------------------------------------------------* indicates buffer optimization not supported on this blade SEE ALSO 96 slotShow, slotPowerOn, slotPowerOff Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
ceePortLedTest 2 ceePortLedTest DESCRIPTION SEE ALSO See portLedTest.
2 ceePortLoopbackTest ceePortLoopbackTest DESCRIPTION SEE ALSO 98 See portLoopbackTest.
ceeTurboRamTest 2 ceeTurboRamTest DESCRIPTION SEE ALSO See turboRamTest.
2 cfgActvShow cfgActvShow Displays effective zone configuration information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgactvshow Use this command to display the effective zone configuration information. The current configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone configuration is enabled.
cfgAdd 2 cfgAdd Adds a member to a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgadd "cfgName", "member[; member...]" Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to take effect, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 cfgClear cfgClear Clears all zone configurations. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgclear Use this command to clear all zone information in the transaction buffer. All defined zone objects in the transaction buffer are deleted. If an attempt is made to commit the empty transaction buffer while a zone configuration is enabled, you are warned to first disable the enabled zone configuration or to provide a valid configuration with the same name.
cfgCreate 2 cfgCreate Creates a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgcreate "cfgName", "member[;member...]" Use this command to create a new zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
2 cfgDelete cfgDelete Deletes a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgdelete "cfgName" Use this command to delete a zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
cfgDisable 2 cfgDisable Disables a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgdisable Use this command to disable the current zone configuration. The fabric returns to non-zoning mode, a mode in which all devices can see each other. This command ends and commits the current zoning transaction buffer to both volatile and nonvolatile memory. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction on the other switch is automatically aborted.
2 cfgEnable cfgEnable Enables a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgenable "cfgName" Use this command to enable a zone configuration. The command builds the specified zone configuration. It checks for undefined zone names, zone alias names, or other inconsistencies, by expanding zone aliases, removing duplicate entries, and then installing the effective configuration.
cfgEnable 2 switch:admin> cfgtransabort 271010736 switch:admin> cfgenable "USA_cfg" You are about to enable a new zoning configuration. This action will replace the old zoning configuration with the current configuration selected. If the update includes changes to one or more traffic isolation zones, the update may result in localized disruption to traffic on ports associated with the traffic isolation zone changes Do you want to enable 'USA_cfg' configuration \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y zone config "USA_cf
2 cfgRemove cfgRemove Removes a member from a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgremove "cfgName","member[; member...]" Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone configuration. If all members are removed, the zone configuration is deleted. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
cfgSave 2 cfgSave Saves the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgsave Use this command to save the current zone configuration. This command writes the defined configuration and the name of the effective configuration to nonvolatile memory in all switches in the fabric. The saved configuration is automatically reloaded at power on, and, if a configuration was in effect at the time it was saved, the same configuration is reinstalled with an automatic cfgEnable command.
2 cfgSave switch:admin> cfgsave You are about to save the Defined zoning configuration. This action will only save the changes on Defined configuration.
cfgShow 2 cfgShow Displays zone configuration information. SYNOPSIS cfgshow [--ic] ["pattern"] [, mode] cfgshow [--transdiffs] cfgshow [--transdiffsonly] cfgshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no operand is specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) is displayed. If the local switch has an outstanding transaction, this command displays the most recently edited zone configuration that has not yet been saved.
2 cfgShow "pattern" A regular expression that matches zone configuration names. The pattern must be enclosed in quotation marks and can contain the following: Question mark (?) Matches any single character Asterisk (*) Matches any string of characters. Range Matches any character within the range. Ranges must be enclosed in square brackets, for example, [0-9] or [a-f].
cfgShow zone: 2 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:28 Red_zone 1,0 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:85 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:df To display only configuration names: switch:admin> cfgshow "*" cfg: USA1 Blue_zone cfg: USA_cfg Red_zone; Blue_zone To display changes in the current transaction: switch:admin> cfgshow --transdiffs Defined configuration: cfg: fabric_cfg Blue_zone zone: *zone: Blue_zone 1,1; array1; 1,2; array2 green_zone -1,1; 1,2; +6, 15 *zone: +red_zone 5,1; 4,2 alias: array1 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c; \ 21:00:00:20:
2 cfgSize cfgSize Displays zone and Admin Domain database size details. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgsize [integer] Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and the Admin Domain database. When executed in a non-AD255 context, the size details include maximum size, the committed size, and the transaction size of the Zone database in bytes.
cfgSize EXAMPLES 2 To display the zone database on a Brocade 6510 switch:admin> cfgsize Zone DB max size - 1045274 bytes Available Zone DB size - 1041503 bytes committed - 2759 transaction - 0 To display Admin Domain and zone database size information in an AD255 context: switch:admin> cfgsize Maximum AD and Zone DB size - 1045274 bytes Total Committed AD and Zone DB size - 3390 bytes AD and Zone DB uncommitted space available - 1041884 bytes Total AD and Zone Transaction buffer size 0 bytes AD Databas
2 cfgTransAbort cfgTransAbort Aborts the current zoning transaction. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgtransabort [token] Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started are removed and the zone configuration database is restored to the state before the transaction was started. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction on the other switch remains open and unaffected.
cfgTransShow 2 cfgTransShow Displays information about the current zoning transaction. SYNOPSIS cfgtransshow cfgtransshow --opentrans cfgtransshow --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to display the ID of the current zoning transaction. In addition, the command provides information on whether or not the transaction can be aborted. The transaction cannot be aborted if it is an internal zoning transaction.
2 cfgTransShow To display the current transaction and the list of domains with open transactions: switch:admin> cfgtransshow --opentrans Current transaction token is 0x3109 It is abortable Transactions Detect: Capable Current Open Transactions Domain List: ------------------------1 2 3 4 SEE ALSO 118 cfgAdd, cfgClear, cfgCreate, cfgDelete, cfgDisable, cfgEnable, cfgRemove, cfgSave, cfgShow, cfgTransAbort Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
chassisBeacon 2 chassisBeacon Sets chassis beaconing mode. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION chassisbeacon [mode] Use this command to enable or disable beaconing on a chassis. Chassis beaconing can be used to locate a failing chassis in a group of chassis. Use the portBeacon command to locate a failing port, and use the switchBeacon command to locate a failing (logical) switch. When beaconing mode is turned on, the port LEDs flash green at various rates across the chassis.
2 chassisBeacon To turn beaconing mode off: switch:admin> chassisbeacon 0 Chassis beacon success 0 To display the chassis beaconing mode: switch:admin> chassisbeacon Value = 0 SEE ALSO 120 portBeacon, switchShow, switchBeacon, portPeerBeacon Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
chassisCfgPerrThreshold 2 chassisCfgPerrThreshold Configures parity error threshold and fault capability on a blade or switch. SYNOPSIS chassiscfgperrthreshold --enable [-threshold threshold_value] chassiscfgperrthreshold --disable chassiscfgperrthreshold --show chassiscfgperrthreshold --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the fault capability on a blade and switch based on the parity error threshold, to set the threshold value for parity errors, or to display the configuration.
2 chassisCfgPerrThreshold To display the configuration: switch:admin> chassiscfgperrthreshold --show Configured Threshold is 76 and the Fault is enabled.
chassisDisable 2 chassisDisable Disables all user ports in a chassis. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION chassisdisable [-force] Use this command to disable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. This command prompts for confirmation unless the -force option is used. If the chassis is partitioned into logical switches that are part of logical fabrics, the remaining switches in these fabrics reconfigure.
2 chassisDistribute chassisDistribute Distributes IP filter policies. SYNOPSIS chassisdistribute -db ipfilter -fid target_FID [-force] chassisdistribute -db ipfilter -domain target_domain_list [-force] DESCRIPTION Use this command to manually distribute the IP Filter policy database. The behavior of this command depends on whether Virtual Fabrics are enabled or disabled.
chassisDistribute OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: -db ipfilter Specifies the policy database to be distributed with this command. The only accepted value for -db is ipfilter. The database name is case insensitive. The legacy notation ("IPFILTER") still works but is not necessary. The following operands are mutually exclusive: -fid target_FID Specifies the target logical switch for the distribution. The logical switch is identified by its fabric ID (FID).
2 chassisEnable chassisEnable Enables all user ports in a chassis. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION chassisenable Use this command to enable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use chassisEnable to re-enable the chassis after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
chassisName 2 chassisName Displays or sets the chassis name. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION chassisname [name] Use this command to display or change the name associated with the chassis. Use this command without parameters to display the current chassis name. Use this command with the name operand to assign a new chassis name. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 chassisShow chassisShow Displays all field replaceable units (FRUs). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION chassisshow Use this command to display the Field Replaceable Unit (FR) header content for each object in the chassis and chassis backplane version. This command displays the following information: 1. The chassis family, for example, DCX 8510. 2. The backplane version number, in hexadecimal: Chassis Backplane Revision: xx 3. The first line of each record contains the object ID.
chassisShow NOTES 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 classConfig classConfig Displays RBAC class permissions. SYNOPSIS classconfig --show class_name | -all | -classlist classconfig --showcli command classconfig --showroles class_name classconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about role-based access control (RBAC) permissions for one or all meta-object format (MOF) classes, to display permissions for a specified command, or to display the permissions for a specified MOF class.
classConfig 2 --showcli command Displays the RBAC permissions for the specified command and associated command options. The output displays the command name, the command options, the RBAC class permissions for each command option, the MOF class, and the context restriction for the command in VF mode only. If the length of a row is too long to fit in one line, the strings displayed under RBAC Class and Option column will be split and displayed in two lines.
2 classConfig 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68.
classConfig 2 To display the RBAC permissions for the UserManagement class: switch:admin> classconfig --showroles UserManagement Roles that have access to the RBAC class 'usermanagement' are: Role Name --------Admin Factory Root SecurityAdmin Permission ---------OM OM OM OM To display the RBAC permissions for a command: switch:admin> classconfig --showcli classconfig CLI Option Permission RBAC Class Context ---------------------------------------------------------classconfig help O RoleConfig chassis cl
2 cliHistory cliHistory Displays switch command history. SYNOPSIS clihistory clihistory --show clihistory --showuser username clihistory --showall clihistory --help DESCRIPTION This command saves the following information whenever a command is executed on the switch: • • • • • Timestamp Username IP address of the Telnet session Options Arguments This command displays the local CLI command history. The information is saved in the SSHOW_SYS file as part of supportSave.
cliHistory 2 switch:admin> firmwaredownload -s -p scp 10.70.4.109,fvt,/dist,pray4green Server IP: 10.70.4.109, Protocol IPv4 Checking system settings for firmwaredownload... Failed to access scp://fvt:**********@10.70.4.109//dist/release.
2 cmsh cmsh Opens the CEE command shell. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cmsh Use this command to open a shell for managing 10 GbE interfaces and Layer2/Layer3 protocol services. The CEE management shell provides a hierarchical CLI interface. Refer to the CEE Command Reference and the CEE Administrator's Guide for information on how to use the CEE commands and configuration procedures. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
cmsh 2 To create an FCoE VLAN: switch:admin> cmsh switch:admin>en switch:admin>#conf t switch:admin>(config)#protocol lldp switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)#exit switch:admin>(config)#exit switch:admin>(config)# fcoe encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier rule 1 proto \ vlan classifier rule 2 proto fip \ vlan classifier group 1 a
2 configDefault configDefault Resets the nonpersistent configuration data to factory defaults. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION configdefault [-fid FID | -all | -switch] [-force] Use this command to reset the nonpersistent configuration settings to their factory default values. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately.
configDefault OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: -fid FID Specifies the Fabric ID of the logical switch for which to reset the configuration. This operand is valid only in Virtual Fabric mode, and the executing account must have chassis permissions. -all Restores all nonpersistent configuration parameters to factory default values (switch and chassis parameters). This command requires chassis permissions. -switch Resets the switch configuration only. This operand is not valid in VF mode.
2 configDownload configDownload Downloads configuration data to the system.
configDownload 2 The system configuration data is downloaded separately. It is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately and the behavior of configDownload depends on the environment in which the command is executed and which part of the system configuration you wish to download. • In a Virtual Fabric environment, when executed without chassis permissions, this command downloads the switch configuration to the current logical switch only.
2 configDownload • After the switch is enabled, if the switch is the primary FCS, then its security and zoning information is propagated to all other switches in the fabric. • After the switch is enabled, if the switch is a non-FCS or a backup FCS, then its security and zoning information will be overwritten by the primary FCS. Security parameters and the switch identity cannot be changed by configDownload.
configDownload 2 -vf Downloads the Virtual Fabric configuration (switch-conf_xx.txt) instead of the regular system configuration. The switch-con_xx.txt file contains a listing of logical switches configured on the platform specified by the platform ID (xx) and other Virtual Fabric parameters. You cannot use the -vf option with any of the system configuration upload options (-fid, -chassis, -all). -all Downloads all configuration data, including chassis and switch configuration data.
2 configDownload DIAGNOSTICS EXAMPLES The configuration download may fail for one or more of the following reasons: • The switch has not been disabled. Disabling the switch is not necessary for configuration files containing only certain SNMP or Fabric Watch parameters. You can run configDownload first without disabling the switch, and if there is at least one changed parameter outside of Fabric Watch or SNMP, you are prompted to disable the switch before proceeding.
configDownload 2 To download all system configuration data for the chassis and all logical switches (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin> configdownload -all -ftp 192.168.38.245, \ jdoe,config.txt,password To download the switch configurations to a logical switch with FID 8 from an attached USB device (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin> configdownload -fid 8 -USB config.
2 configList configList Lists uploaded configuration files. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS configlist -local | -USB | -U This command displays a list of names, sizes, and creation dates of configuration files saved on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. These files are created when the configUpload command is executed with the -local or the -USB option. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
configRemove 2 configRemove Deletes a saved configuration file. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS configremove -local | -USB | -U [file] This command deletes a configuration file that was previously saved to the local chassis or to an attached USB device by using the configUpload command. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 configShow configShow Displays system configuration settings. SYNOPSIS configshow configshow [-all | -fid FID | -chassis | -switch] | [-local | -USB | -U] [file] [-pattern "pattern"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display system configuration settings. Some but not all of these parameters are set by the configure and configureChassis commands. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately.
configShow 2 -local [file] Displays the content of a configuration file that was previously created by configUpload and stored on the chassis. The output can be optionally filtered by -pattern "pattern". If file is omitted, the command prompts for a file name. The output format when -local is specified matches that of configUpload and contains a superset of the information provided when -local is not specified.
2 configShow passwdcfg.maxpasswordage:0 passwdcfg.warning:0 passwdcfg.lockoutthreshold:0 passwdcfg.lockoutduration:30 passwdcfg.adminlockout:0 passwdcfg.repeat:1 passwdcfg.sequence:1 passwdcfg.status:0 fips.mode:0 fips.selftests:0 ipfilter.0.name:default_ipv4 ipfilter.0.numofrules:12 ipfilter.0.rule.1:0,0x23,0,0,6,22 ipfilter.0.rule.10:0,0x23,0,0,17,123 ipfilter.0.rule.11:0,0x63,0,0,6,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.12:0,0x63,0,0,17,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.2:0,0x23,0,0,6,23 ipfilter.0.rule.
configShow 2 passwdcfg.lockoutduration:30 passwdcfg.adminlockout:0 passwdcfg.repeat:1 passwdcfg.sequence:1 passwdcfg.status:0 To display switch configuration data for FID 20: switch :admin> configshow -fid 20 [Configuration upload Information] Configuration Format = 2.0 date = Tue Oct 7 14:53:12 2008 FOS version = v6.2.0.0 Number of LS = 3 [Switch Configuration Begin : 0] SwitchName = Spirit_66 Fabric ID = 20 [Boot Parameters] boot.name:Spirit_66 boot.ipa:10.32.228.66 boot.
2 configUpload configUpload Uploads system configuration data to a file.
configUpload 2 The system configuration data is uploaded separately. It is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately and the behavior of configUpload depends on the environment in which the command is executed and which part of the system configuration you wish to upload. • In a Virtual Fabric environment, when executed without chassis permissions, this command uploads the current logical switch configuration only.
2 configUpload -fid FID Uploads switch configuration data from a logical switch specified by its fabric ID. This parameter is valid only in a Virtual Fabric environment and requires chassis permissions. -chassis Uploads chassis configuration only. -all Uploads all system configuration data including chassis and switch configuration for all logical switches. -switch Uploads the switch configuration only. This operand is not valid in VF mode.
configUpload EXAMPLES 2 To upload the switch configuration interactively from a switch that is not enabled for Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin> configupload Protocol (scp, ftp, sftp, local) [ftp]: sftp Server Name or IP Address [host]: 192.168.38.245 User Name [user]: jdoe File Name [/config.
2 configure configure Changes switch configuration settings. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION configure Use this command to change switch configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. For information on file format and specific parameters contained in each section, refer to the configUpload help page.
configure 2 The following parameters can be modified with the configure command: Fabric Parameters Fabric settings control the overall behavior and operation of the fabric. Some of these settings, such as the domain, are assigned automatically and may differ from one switch to another in a given fabric.
2 configure static assignment of an area to a given port. In Dynamic Area Mode, areas are dynamically assigned to the ports (up to a 255 limit). Port area assignments are persistent; however, disabling Dynamic Area Mode with configure resets the area assignments. This feature is configurable only on the default switch. Enabling Dynamic Area Mode fails under one or more of the following conditions: • • The number of ports in the default partition exceeds 255.
configure 2 Location ID The Location ID parameter is reserved for future use and it must remain unchanged with the default value of 0. Disable FID Check If fabric ID (FID) check is disabled, the fabric ignores the Fabric Identifier conflict with the neighboring switch during fabric formation. By default, FID check is enabled. If the fabric detects a FID conflict, it disables the E_Port with a "Fabric ID conflict" message.
2 configure Note that the R_A_TOV, E_D_TOV, WAN_TOV, and MAX_HOPS configuration parameters are interrelated. Assigning a specific value to one or more of these parameters can change the range of allowed values that can be assigned to the other parameters. As a result, you may not be able to set all the values within the range displayed against each parameter.
configure 2 Disable Default PortName When this mode is set, the switch does not generate a default port name. Display FDMI Host Name When this mode is set, the switch displays the FDMI Host name. By default this feature is in OFF state. Remote Fosexec feature The remote fosexec configuration is bi-directional. The configuration is checked when sending any fosexec request to a remote switch and also when receiving the request from a remote switch.
2 configure Virtual Channel Settings VC Priority specifies the class of frame traffic given priority for a virtual channel. The switch enables fine-tuning for a specific application by configuring the parameters for eight virtual channels. The first two virtual channels are reserved for switch internal functions and are not available for modification. The default virtual channel settings have already been optimized for switch performance.
configure 2 Enforce FLOGI/FDISC login Setting this flag allows a second F_Port login (FLOGI/FDISC login) in the event of two devices attempting to log in with the same PWWN. In default mode (zero) the first FLOGI/FDISC login takes precedence over the second. When the mode is set to 1, the second FLOGI/FDISC login takes precedence over the first. All modes are for NPIV and non-NPIV F-Ports. When mode is set to 2, on FLOGI login the first FLOGI takes precedence.
2 configure Always send RSCN? Following the completion of loop initialization, a remote state change notification (RSCN) is issued when FL_Ports detect the presence of new devices or the absence of preexisting devices. When set to 1, an RSCN is issued upon completion of loop initialization, regardless of the presence or absence of new or preexisting devices. When set to 0, an RSCN is not sent (default).
configure OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To enable XISL use on a logical switch with FID 20: 2 switch:admin> setcontext 20 switch:admin> switchdisable switch:admin> configure Configure... Fabric parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Domain: (1..239) [1] Enable a 256 Area Limit (0 = No, 1 = Zero Based Area Assignment, 2 = Port Based Area Assignment): (0..2) [0] 1 WWN Based persistent PID (yes, y, no, n): [no] Allow XISL Use (yes, y, no, n): [yes]yes R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000] E_D_TOV: (1000..
2 configure To enable Dynamic Area Mode on the default partition of the Brocade DCX: switch:admin> switchdisable switch:admin> configure Configure... Change fabric parameters? Y Domain: (1..239) [160] Enable 8 bit Dynamic Area Mode (0 = No, 1 = Zero Based Area Assignment): (0..1) [0] 1 R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000] E_D_TOV: (1000..5000) [2000] WAN_TOV: (0..30000) [0] MAX_HOPS: (7..19) [7] Data field size: (256..2112) [2112] Sequence Level Switching: (0..1) [0] Disable Device Probing: (0..
configureChassis 2 configureChassis Changes chassis-level system configuration settings. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION configurechassis Use this command to modify chassis-level system configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. Use the configure command to modify switch configuration parameters.
2 configureChassis Custom Attributes The following custom attributes can be modified. config Index OEM custom configuration. The range is 0 through 10000. The default is 0. This attribute is for internal use only. System attributes The following system-related parameters are configurable on a Virtual Fabric-aware switch. system.blade.bladeFaultOnHwErrMsk If this field is set to a value other than 0, then any nonfatal HW ASIC data parity error causes the problem blade to be powered off.
configureChassis 2 1 Sets the CS_CTL to VC mapping to support three CS_CTL values: 1 (low priority), 2 (medium priority), and 3 (high priority). Each CS_CTL value can map to more than one VC depending on the underlying support from ASIC. This is the auto mode. For more information about CS_CTL-based frame prioritization, refer to the Fabric OS Administrator's Guide. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 configureChassis To change the CS_CTL-based frame prioritization to default mode (one-to-one mapping): switch:admin> configurechassis Configure... cfgload attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] Custom attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] system attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] fos attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] y CSCTL QoS Mode (0 = default; 1 = auto mode): (0..
creditRecovMode 2 creditRecovMode Enables credit loss recovery on back-end ports and time-out based credit loss detection of Condor 2 front-end ports.
2 creditRecovMode The --fe_crdloss option is supported only on Condor 2-based front-end interswitch link (ISL) ports. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: --cfg Configures credit recovery for backend ports. Use one of the following required recovery options to configure credit recovery: onLrOnly Enables the backend port recovery feature in link reset mode. onLrThresh Enables the backend port recovery feature in link reset threshold mode.
creditRecovMode 2 --show Displays the backend port credit recovery configuration as enabled or disabled. In addition, the output indicates whether link reset mode or link reset threshold mode is configured. --help Displays the command usage.
2 cryptoCfg cryptoCfg Performs encryption configuration and management functions. SYNOPSIS cryptocfg --help -nodecfg cryptocfg --help -groupcfg cryptocfg --help -hacluster cryptocfg --help -devicecfg cryptocfg --help -transcfg cryptocfg --help -decommission DESCRIPTION Use the cryptoCfg command to configure and manage the Brocade Encryption Switch and the FS8-18 encryption blade. These platforms support the encryption of data-at-rest for tape devices and disk array logical unit numbers (LUNs).
cryptoCfg 2 cryptocfg --initnode cryptocfg --initEE [slot] cryptocfg --regEE [slot] cryptocfg --enableEE [slot] cryptocfg --disableEE [slot] cryptocfg --export -scp -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert | -KACcsr | -CPcert host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --export -usb -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert | -KACcsr | -CPcert dest_filename cryptocfg --import -scp local_name host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --import -usb dest_filename source_filen
2 cryptoCfg • • • • • • Group-wide policy configuration. Zeroization of all critical security parameters on the local encryption switch or blade. Certificate display and management. Display of the local encryption engine status. Rebalancing of disk and tape LUNS for optimized performance. Configuring and running key vault diagnostics. Use the --show -localEE command to display encryption engine configuration parameters pertaining to the local node.
cryptoCfg 2 Some of the certificates generated with this command may need to be exported so that they can be registered with external entities, such as the key vault or the group leader, for mutual authentication. Refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator's Guide for details. The --initnode function must be performed before the --initEE function may be performed. --initEE Initializes the encryption engine (EE).
2 cryptoCfg --export Exports a certificate from the local encryption switch or blade to a specified external host or to a mounted USB device. This command is valid on all nodes. The files are exported from the predetermined directory that was generated during the node initialization phase. The following operands are supported with the --export command: -scp Exports a specified certificate to an external host using the secure copy (SCP) protocol.
cryptoCfg 2 Files to be imported include member node CP certificates and key vault certificates. Use the cryptocfg --show -file -all command to view all imported files. The following operands are supported with the --importcommand: -scp Imports a specified certificate from an external host using the secure copy (SCP) protocol. When -scp is specified, the following operands are required: local_name Specifies the name to be assigned to the imported certificate. This is a user-generated file name.
2 cryptoCfg --dereg -membernode Removes the registration for the specified member node. This command is valid only on the group leader. The node is identified by the switch WWN. member_node_WWN Specifies the member node by its switch WWN. This operand is required when removing a node registration. --dhchallenge Establishes a link key agreement protocol between a node and an instance of the primary or backup NetApp Lifetime Key Management (LKM) appliance.
cryptoCfg 2 For the SKM, run this command only for the primary key vault. The login credential must match a valid username/password pair configured on the key vault. The same username/password must be configured on all the nodes of any given encryption group to prevent \ivity issues between the SKM and the switch. However, there is no enforcement from the switch to ensure the same username is configured on all nodes.
2 cryptoCfg diag Runs diagnostic tests including retrieval, archival and synchronization of the tests in the key vault cluster. EXAMPLES To initialize a node and generate certificates (output shows what is generated and where it is stored): SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --initnode This will overwrite all identification and authentication data ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Notify SPM of Node Cfg Operation succeeded.
cryptoCfg 2 To register a member node with the group leader: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --reg \ -membernode 10:00:00:05:1e:39:14:00 \ enc_switch1_cert.pem 10.32.244.60 Operation succeeded. To deregister a member node: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --dereg -membernode 10:00:00:05:1e:53:b6:80 Operation succeeded. \ To generate a trusted link establishment package (TEP): SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --dhchallenge 10.33.54.231 Operation succeeded.
2 cryptoCfg 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/3 10.32.72.105 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/10 10.32.72.106 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/12 10.32.72.107 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable EE Slot: 2 SP state: Online Primary Link KeyID: 85:1c:ca:dd:fc:8c:31:fc:87:21:26:d1:24:a0:92:be Secondary Link KeyID:98:4f:b4:98:c0:42:ab:6b:6d:65:ba:f2:fc:aa:b5:8a No HA cluster membership EE Attributes: Link IP Addr : 10.32.72.76 Link GW IP Addr : 10.32.64.1 Link Net Mask : 255.255.240.
cryptoCfg 2 To display the key vault diagnostics configuration: switch:admin> cryptocfg --kvdiag -show Key vault diagnostic periodic tests Enabled Interval: 5 minute(s) Test Type: (diag) key retrieval/archival readiness Operation succeeded To change the interval at which the key vault diagnostics is run: switch:admin> cryptocfg --kvdiag -interval 60 Key vault diagnostic periodic tests Enabled Interval: 60 minute(s) Test Type: (diag) key retrieval/archival readiness Operation succeeded FUNCTION 2.
2 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --leave_encryption_group cryptocfg --genmasterkey cryptocfg --exportmasterkey [-file] cryptocfg --recovermasterkey currentMK | alternateMK -keyID keyID | -srcfile filename cryptocfg --show -mkexported_keyids key_id cryptocfg --show -groupcfg cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all | node_WWN cryptocfg --show -egstatus -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --sync -encgroup cryptocfg --sync -securitydb cryptocfg --perfshow [slot] [-tx | -rx | -tx -rx] [-t interval] DESCRIPTION Use these cryptoCfg comman
cryptoCfg - 2 State: connected, disconnected, up, authentication failure, or unknown. Type: LKM, DPM, SKM, TEKA, or TKLM If an SKM key vault is configured in HA mode, no connection information is displayed because the system is unable to detect the connection status of an SKM appliance in an HA configuration.
2 cryptoCfg • • For each node, the display includes the following parameters: - Node Name: the node WWN - Role: GroupLeader or MemberNode - Current master key ID (or primary link key ID): Shows key ID or zero if not configured. - Alternate master key ID (or secondary link key ID): Shows key ID or zeroif not configured. State: DISCOVERED = The node is part of the encryption group. DISCOVERING = The node is in the process of discovery.
cryptoCfg 2 --delete -encgroup Deletes an encryption group with the specified name. This command is valid only on the group leader. This command fails if the encryption group has more than one node, or if any HA cluster configurations, CryptoTarget container/LUN configurations, or tape pool configurations exist in the encryption group. Remove excess member nodes and clear all HA cluster, CryptoTarget container/LUN, or tape pool configurations before deleting an encryption group.
2 cryptoCfg primary | secondary Specifies the signing key vault as primary or secondary. This operand is valid only with the TEKA, SKM, or KMIP key vault, which requires the CSR to be signed by the primary or secondary vault. If both primary and secondary vaults are configured, this command must be run once for the primary and once for secondary key vault from every node. --set -keyvault Sets the key vault type. This command is valid only on the group leader. value Specifies the key vault type.
cryptoCfg 2 manual Enables manual failback. In this mode, failback must be initiated manually after an encryption switch or blade that failed earlier has been restored or replaced. --set -hbmisses Sets the number of heartbeat misses allowed in a node that is part of an encryption group before the node is declared unreachable. This value is set in conjunction with the time-out value. It must be configured at the group leader node and is distributed to all member nodes in the encryption group.
2 cryptoCfg This command is required only when a node that was earlier part of encryption group (online and DISCOVERED) was ejected or left the encryption group and is now added back to that encryption group. A member node that is online during registration is added automatically to the encryption group. The following operand is required: node_WWN Specifies the WWN of the node to be added back to the encryption group. --eject -membernode Removes a member node from the existing encryption group.
cryptoCfg 2 once. Each time you export the same master key, the associate key ID is incremented, and both the master key ID and the associate key are displayed. Make a note of the key ID, because you will need same key ID is to restore the master key from backup. --recovermasterkey Restores the master key from backup. This command is valid only on the group leader. This command prompts for a pass phrase: passphrase Specifies the pass phrase for recovering the master key.
2 cryptoCfg --sync -encgroup Manually synchronizes the encryption group database belonging to the group leader node with the databases of all member nodes that are out of sync. If this command is invoked when the encryption group databases are in sync, the command is ignored. Note: When the encryption group is out of sync and the group leader reboots, the newly selected group leader pushes its database information to all other members.
cryptoCfg 2 To register a NetApp LKM appliance as the primary key vault "LKM1": SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --reg -regkeyvault \ LKM1 lkmcert.pem 10.33.54.231 primary decru-lkm-1 Register key vault status: Operation Succeeded. To set the key vault type to KMIP: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --set -keyvault KMIP Set key vault status: Operation Succeeded.
2 cryptoCfg To export the master key to a file: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --exportmasterkey -file Enter the passphrase: ********** Master key file generated. To export the master key file to an external host: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --export -scp \ -currentMK 192.168.38.245 mylogin GL_MK.mk Password:************* Operation succeeded.
cryptoCfg Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Port for Key Vault Connection: Time of Day on Key Server: Server SDK Version: 2 Yes 32579 N/A N/A Additional Secondary Key Vault Information: Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Yes Port for Key Vault Connection: 32579 Time of Day on Key Server: N/A Server SDK Version: N/A Encryption Node (Key Vault Client) Information: Node KAC Certificate Validity: Yes Time of Day on the Switch: Fri Jan 29 23:01:55.205779 GMT 2010 Client SDK Version: OpenKey Reference Lib 2.
2 cryptoCfg To display the encryption group member information: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all NODE LIST Total Number of defined nodes:2 Group Leader Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e Encryption Group state: CLUSTER_STATE_CONVERGED Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e (current node) State: DEF_NODE_STATE_DISCOVERED Role: GroupLeader IP Address: 10.32.244.71 Certificate: GL_cpcert.
cryptoCfg 2 To display encryption performance: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --perfshow 33 32 38 39 37 36 34 35 43 42 41 40 ================================================================== 5.4m 5.1m 5.4m 47.5m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 46 44 45 55 54 52 53 51 50 48 49 Total ================================================================== 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 75.6m FUNCTION 3.
2 cryptoCfg • Number of encryption engine entries: numeric value HA cluster Status: Committed or Defined For each encryption engine member in the HA cluster: OPERANDS HA cluster name: user-defined label EE WWN: the encryption group world wide name EE slot number: the encryption group slot number EE status: online or offline The cryptoCfg HA cluster configuration function has the following operands: --help -hacluster Displays the synopsis for the HA cluster configuration function.
cryptoCfg 2 --add -haclustermember Adds one or more encryption engine members to an already configured HA. A maximum of two HA cluster members is currently supported. The EEs must be part of the same encryption group as the node on which this command is issued. This command is valid only on the group leader. The encryption engines must belong to different switches or chassis. This rule is enforced by the CLI to ensure redundancy.
2 cryptoCfg --show -hacluster Displays the specified HA clusters in the encryption group and associated state information for all HA clusters or for a single, specified HA cluster. When invoked on a member node, only the committed HA cluster configuration is displayed. When invoked on the group leader, both defined and committed configuration data is displayed. The following operands are mutually exclusive: -all Displays configuration information for all HA clusters.
cryptoCfg 2 To replace an encryption engine in HA cluster "HAC2": SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --replace \ -haclustermember HAC2 10:00:00:05:1e:53:4c:91 \ 10:00:00:05:1e:39:53:67 Replace HA cluster member status: Operation Succeeded. To remove HA cluster member 10:00:00:05:1e:53:74:87 from the HA cluster "HAC2": SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --rem -haclustermember HAC2 10:00:00:05:1e:53:74:87 Remove HA cluster member status: Operation Succeeded. \ To delete a previously created (committed) HA clus
2 cryptoCfg new_node_WWN [new_slot] cryptocfg --add -initiator crypto_target_container_name initiator_PWWN initiator_NWWN [[initiator_PWWN initiator_NWWN]...] cryptocfg --remove -initiator crypto_target_container_name initiator_PWWN [initiator_PWWN...] cryptocfg --add -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num | LUN_Num_Range initiator_PWWN initiator_NWWN [initiator_PWWN initiator_NWWN]...
cryptoCfg 2 cryptocfg --resume_rekey crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --discoverLUN crypto_target_container_name cryptocfg --show -container -all -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --show -container crypto_target_container_name -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --show -tapepool -all | -label pool_label | -num pool_num -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --show -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --show -rekey -all cryptocfg --show -rekey crypto_target_container_name cr
2 cryptoCfg CTC configuration uses a transaction model. Configuration changes must be committed before they take effect. Use the cryptocfg --commit command to commit the transaction. Refer to section "5. Transaction management" for more information. This command set supports the following tasks: • Configure and manage CryptoTarget containers (CTCs). Create, move, or delete a CTC, add or remove initiators (hosts permitted to access the targets), or manually initiate a failback of an encryption engine.
cryptoCfg - Encrypt existing data: disabled or enabled - Encryption algorithm: AES256-ECB (DF_compatible), AES256-GCM (native) or None (cleartext) - Key ID state: Read, Write, or Key ID not applicable 2 Rekey: disabled or enabled Key life: the key life span (in days) Volume/Pool label: the label for the tape volume or tape pool Internal EE LUN state: Encrypted, Cleartext, or Disabled (Data state is cleartext but metadata exists on the LUN, or vice versa.
2 cryptoCfg • • • • • • • • • • Key life (in days); number of days until expiration Rekey status: numeric value Key expiration time Rekey session number: numeric value Percentage complete Rekey state: Read or write Phase Rekey role: primary, alternate Block size: numeric value Number of blocks: numeric value Current logical block address (LBA) being processed Use the --show -tapepool command to display tape pool configuration parameters for all Tape pools or for a specific tape pool.
cryptoCfg - 2 Tape policy type: pool-based or LUN-based Key life: key lifespan in days Volume/pool label LUN state: Refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator's Guide.
2 cryptoCfg - Volume/pool label: user-defined label Rekey status: numeric value If rekey- or tape sessions are in progress, the command shows the following information: • • Number of rekey sessions in progress: numeric value For each rekey session the display includes the following parameters: - Rekey session number: numeric value Percent completion: numeric value Rekey state: Read or Write phase Use the --show -rekey command to display all rekey sessions in progress on the current node or for a sp
cryptoCfg • • 2 Number of rekey sessions in progress: numeric value For each rekey session the display includes the following parameters: - - - Rekey session number: numeric value Percent completion: numeric value Rekey state. Displays one of the following parameters: Rekey Setup LUN Prep Key Update Operation in progress.
2 cryptoCfg NOTES Encryption groups and HA clusters must be configured before performing any CryptoTarget container and Crypto LUN configurations. When adding a LUN to a CryptoTarget container, special attention should be paid to the input format. A LUN number can be entered either as a 16-bit (2 bytes) number in hex notation (for example, 0x07) or as a 64-bit (8 bytes) number in WWN format (for example, 00:07:00:00:00:00:00:00). Although the command does accept decimal input, it is not recommended.
cryptoCfg 2 This operand is optional. You may add initiators at the time when the CTC is created or any time thereafter with the --add -initiator command. The following operands are required when specifying an initiator: initiator_PWWN Specifies the initiator port WWN. initiator_NWWN Specifies the initiator node WWN. --delete -container Deletes a specified CTC. This command removes the virtual target and associated LUNs from the fabric.
2 cryptoCfg --add -initiator Adds one or more initiators to an existing CTC. An initiator that is added to a CTC facilitates discovering the LUNs of the target as exposed to these initiators. You must still add the initiators when you add the LUN to the CTC to enable access for these initiators. This command is valid only on the group leader.
cryptoCfg 2 LUN policies are configured per HA or DEK cluster. For multi-path LUNs exposed through multiple target ports and thus configured on multiple CTCs on different EEs in an HA cluster or DEK cluster, the same LUN policies must be configured. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator's Guide for more information. The following LUN policy parameters can be optionally set: -lunstate encrypted | cleartext Sets the encryption state of a specified disk LUN.
2 cryptoCfg -newLUN Indicates that the LUN created does not contain any user data and will be part of a replication configuration. This operand is optional. The presence of this operand is incompatible with the -keyID, -key_lifespan, and -enable_rekey options. An RSA DPM must be configured and replication must be enabled (cryptocfg --set replication enabled) before invoking this command. Both primary and remote mirror LUNs must be added to their container with the -newLUN option.
cryptoCfg • • 2 The -key_lifespan parameter cannot be modified for tape LUNs once it has been set. Exercise caution when modifying policy parameters while tape sessions are in progress. For information on the impact of encryption policy changes while tape sessions are in progress, refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator's Guide. --remove -LUN Removes a LUN from a specified CTC. You must stop all traffic to the LUN from all initiators accessing the LUN you are removing from the CTC.
2 cryptoCfg This command is valid only on the group leader. The following operands are supported: -label pool_label | -num pool_num Specifies the tape pool volume label or alternately the tape pool ID. This is a user-defined identifier, which must be unique within the encryption group and should match the tape pool label or ID that is configured on the tape backup application. The tape pool label can consist of any combination of characters.
cryptoCfg 2 --manual_rekey Performs a manual rekeying of a specified LUN associated with a specified CTC. Manual rekeying is performed in both online and offline fashion depending on whether or not the host is online or host I/O is present. If any policy-based rekeying operation is currently in progress, this command aborts with a warning message. This command is valid only on the group leader.
2 cryptoCfg --show -container Displays all CTCs in the encryption group. This command is valid on all nodes. The following operands are supported: -all -cfg Displays the configuration for all containers in the encryption group. -all -stat Displays the runtime status for all containers hosted on the local node only. crypto_target_container_name Displays information for the specified CryptoTarget container. If the -stat parameter is specified with this operand, the CTC must be hosted on the local node.
cryptoCfg 2 --show -rekey Displays information about rekey sessions in progress. This command is valid on all nodes. The following operands are mutually exclusive: -all Lists all rekey sessions in progress on the current node. crypto_target_container_name Lists all rekey sessions in progress for a specified CryptoTarget container. You may further specify either one of the following operands: LUN_Num Lists all rekey sessions in progress for a specific Crypto LUN of the specified CryptoTarget container.
2 cryptoCfg LUN_Num Specifies the number of the LUN whose metadata needs to be reread. initiator_PWWN Specifies the initiator port WWN for the specified LUN. --reclaimWWN Reclaims the WWNs of the specified member node or encryption engine. This command removes the WWNs from the specified entity. Once removed you can reallocate the WWNs. The reclaim operation is disruptive and prompts for confirmation.
cryptoCfg 2 nscamshow for remote switches: Switch entry for 2 state rev owner known v611 0xfffc01 Device list: count 13 Type Pid COS PortName NodeName NL 0208d3;3;20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d;20:00:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d; FC4s: FCP PortSymb:[55]"LSI7404XP-LC BR A.1 03-01081-02D FW:01.03.06 Port 1" Fabric Port Name: 20:08:00:05:1e:34:e0:6b Permanent Port Name: 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d Port Index: 8 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No b.
2 cryptoCfg Number of host(s): 1 Configuration status:committed Host: 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a \ 20:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a VI: 20:02:00:05:1e:41:4e:1d \ 20:03:00:05:1e:41:4e:1d Number of LUN(s): 0 Operation Succeeded 5. Discover the LUNs seen by the initiators in the CryptoTarget container.
cryptoCfg 2 Rekey: disabled Internal EE LUN state: Encryption enabled Encryption algorithm: AES256-XTS Key ID state: Read write Key ID:3a:21:6a:bd:f2:37:d7:ea:6b:73:f6:19:72:89:c6:4f Key creation time: Sun Jun 1 20:21:32 2008 New LUN: No Replication LUN type: Primary Operation Succeeded 9. Display Crypto LUN configuration. FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -LUN \ my_disk_tgt 0 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a -cfg EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e EE slot: 0 Target: 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d 20:00:00:06:2b:0f:72
2 cryptoCfg To display the tape pool configuration: FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -container -all -cfg Encryption group name: brocade Number of Container(s): 2 Container name: pc21_stk10k Type: tape EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:53:8a:28 EE slot: 0 Target: 50:01:04:f0:00:b2:ea:6c 50:01:04:f0:00:b2:ea:6b VT: 20:00:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 20:01:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 Number of host(s): 1 Configuration status: committed Host: 10:00:00:06:2b:0f:41:0c 20:00:00:06:2b:0f:41:0c VI: 20:02:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 20:03:00:05:1e:53
cryptoCfg 2 To display CryptoTarget container runtime status information For a disk LUN with rekeying enabled: FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -tapepool \ -LUN my_disk_tgt 0x0 10:00:00:db:69:78:93:0e -stat Container name: my_disk_tgt Type: disk EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:53:75:01 EE slot: 0 Target: 21:00:00:04:cf:6e:58:2c \ 20:00:00:04:cf:6e:58:2c Target PID: 0107d5 VT: 20:28:00:05:1e:53:74:fd \ 20:29:00:05:1e:53:74:fd VT PID: 012805 Number of host(s): 1 Number of rekey session(s):1 Host: 10:00:00:db:69
2 cryptoCfg Encryption format: Encrypt existing data: Rekey: Key ID: Key life: Rekey status: Operation Succeeded native enabled enabled not available 300 (days) 0 To display all tape sessions in progress on the local node: FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -tape_sessions -all Number of tape session(s): 2 Container name: apps92 EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:43:ee:00 EE slot: 2 Target: 50:03:08:c0:9c:e5:a0:01 50:03:08:c0:9c:e5:a0:00 Target PID: 8e0100 VT: 20:00:00:05:1e:53:77:e8 20:01:00:05:1e:53:77:e8 VT PI
cryptoCfg 2 To reclaim all WWNs associated with a member node when no containers are present on the node: switch:admin> cryptocfg --reclaimWWN -membernode 10:00:00:05:33:13:7a:e8 Warning: WWN reclaim operation may result in momentary IO disruption. Make sure that the Membernodes are not hosting any container. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Operation succeeded. Please use "cryptocfg --commit" to commit the configuration.
2 cryptoCfg OPERANDS The cryptoCfg transaction management function has the following operands: --help transcfg Displays the synopsis for the transaction management function. --commit Commits the transaction. This command saves the defined configuration to nonvolatile storage. Changes are persistent across reboots and power cycles. This command overwrites existing configuration parameters and therefore prompts for confirmation.
cryptoCfg OPERANDS 2 • All nodes in the encryption group must run Fabric OS v6.4.0 or later when keyvault type is set to DPM or LKM. • Device decommissioning does not work across a reboot. Rebooting terminates an ongoing decommissioning process and the command must be reissued after completing the reboot. • Device decommissioning is supported with the DPM, TKLM, KMIP, ESKM, TEKA, and LKM key vaults. • • Decommissioning of tape devices or snap drive volumes is currently no supported.
2 cryptoCfg 2. Display the key IDs to be deleted manually from the keyvault switch:admin> cryptocfg --show -decommissionedkeyids Please Delete these keyed from the vault: 76:a0:01:f2:34:6e:44:cc:35:e9:be:71:64:ca:5e:90 switch:admin> cryptocfg --show vendorspecifickeyid aa:8b:91:b0:35:6f:da:92:8a:72:b3:97:92:1b:ca:b4 uuid = b7e07a6a-db64-40c2-883a-0bc6c4e923e6 3. Manually delete the keys from the vault. This step requires accessing the Key Vault GUI and deleting the keys manually. 4.
dataTypeShow 2 dataTypeShow Displays sample data stream types used in some diagnostic commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS datatypeshow [-seed value] Use this command to display sample data stream types used in diagnostic commands. There are 25 different sample data types. The command displays an example of each data stream. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 date date Displays or sets the switch date and time. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION date ["newdate"] Use this command to display or set the date and time. All switches maintain current date and time in flash memory. Date and time are used for logging events. Normal switch operation does not depend on the date and time; a switch with incorrect date values continues to function properly. This command sets a common date and time for the entire fabric.
date EXAMPLES 2 To display the current date and time and then modify it: switch:admin> date Tue Oct 22 14:05:10 UTC 2013 switch:admin> date "1022140613" Tue Oct 22 14:06:00 UTC 2013 SEE ALSO errShow, ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portLogShow, tsClockServer, tsTimeZone, upTime Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 235
2 dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS dbgshow [module_name] Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, this command displays a listing of all modules along with debug and verbosity levels. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
defZone 2 defZone Sets or displays the default zone access mode. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION defzone [--noaccess | --allaccess | --show] Use this command to display or set the Default Zone access mode. Setting the Default Zone mode initializes a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and create reserved zoning objects. A default zone controls device access when zoning is not enabled.
2 defZone A cfgSave, cfgEnable, or cfgDisable command must be performed subsequent to the use of this command to commit the changes and distribute them to the fabric. If a cfgSave is performed and the fabric is already in the No Access default zone state, a cfgDisable is sent to the fabric. For example: • • defzone --allaccess cfgsave An audit log record is generated for each use of this command. --show Displays the current state of the default zone access mode.
diagClearError 2 diagClearError Clears the diagnostics failure status. SYNOPSIS diagclearerror [[--slot] slot] -all DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the diagnostics failure status. When used without operands, this command clears all port failure flags. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 diagDisablePost diagDisablePost Disables the power-on self-test (POST). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES diagdisablepost Use this command to disable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagEnablePost to enable POST. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
diagEnablePost 2 diagEnablePost Enables the power-on self-test (POST). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION diagenablepost Use this command to enable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. POST includes two phases: POST Phase I mainly tests hardware and POST Phase II tests system functionality. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagDisablePost to disable POST.
2 diagHelp diagHelp Displays diagnostic command information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION diaghelp Use this command to display a short description of diagnostic commands. Use default operands when running diagnostics commands. Non-default settings require detailed knowledge of the underlying hardware and are intended for support personnel only. Contact support if you want to use these operands. NOTES The diagHelp command displays diagnostic commands that may not be available.
diagPost 2 diagPost Displays the diagnostic power-on self-test (POST) configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES diagpost Use this command to display the current POST configuration. Use diagEnablePost or diagDisablePost to modify the POST configuration. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 diagRetry diagRetry Sets or displays diagnostic retry mode. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION diagretry [mode | -show] Use this command to enable retry mode if the mode value is nonzero and to disable the retry mode if the mode value is 0. The mode value is saved in nonvolatile memory until you change the mode. Changes made by this command do not require a reboot to take effect. Retry mode modifies the behavior of the diagnostic test methods, power-on self-test (POST), and burn-in scripts.
diagShow 2 diagShow Displays diagnostics status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES diagshow [--slot number] [-uports itemlist] [-bports itemlist] [-use_bports value] Use this command to display the diagnostics status for the specified list of blade or user ports.
2 distribute distribute Distributes data to switches in a fabric. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION distribute -p policy_list -d switch_list Use this command to distribute data to a specified list of switches in the fabric.
distribute 2 To distribute the Switch Connection Control Policy, Fabric Configuration Server Policy, and Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin> distribute -p "SCC;FCS;PWD" -d "*" Wildcard domains are: 1 3 5 To distribute the FCS policy, and the Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin> distribute -p "FCS;PWD" -d "*" To distribute the AUTH and FCS policies to all switches in the fabric that
2 dlsReset dlsReset Disables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION dlsreset Use this command to disable Dynamic Load Sharing. If DLS is turned off, load sharing calculations are used only to place new routes. Once placed, existing routes are never moved from one output E_Port to another, unless the original output E_Port is no longer a recognized path to the remote domain. Optimal balance is rarely achieved with this setting.
dlsSet 2 dlsSet Enables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) without frame loss. SYNOPSIS dlsset dlsset --enable -lossless dlsset --enable -eportbal dlsset --disable -lossless dlsset --disable -eportbal dlsset --rebalance dlsset --rebalance -all dlsset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) in the event of a fabric change, to configure DLS without frame loss, and to display the DLS configuration.
2 dlsSet NOTES For switches running Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later, you can enable Lossless (or enable Fabric Management Server mode) when XISL is enabled and enable XISL when Lossless or Fabric Management Server mode is enabled. When you downgrade from Fabric OS v7.1.x to Fabric OS v7.0.x the following rules apply: If Lossless (or Fabric Management Server mode) and XISL use are not enabled at the same time, firmware download can be executed.
dlsSet EXAMPLES 2 DLS configuration commands on a switch with an exchange-based policy: switch:admin> aptpolicy Current Policy: 3 0(ap) 3 0(ap) : Default Policy 1: Port Based Routing Policy 3: Exchange Based Routing Policy 0: AP Shared Link Policy 1: AP Dedicated Link Policy switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS is set with Lossless enabled E-port Balance Priority is not set switch:admin> dlsreset DLS can not be changed with current routing policy switch:admin> dlsse
2 dlsSet E-port Balance Priority is not set switch:admin> dlsset --enable -lossless DLS and Lossless are set switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is set with Lossless enabled switch:admin> dlsset Lossless is set (unchanged) switch:admin> dlsset --disable -lossless Lossless is not set switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is not set E-port Balance Priority is not set To attempt to enable Lossless while XISL use is enabled: switch:admin> dlsset --enable -lossless Lossless option cannot be enabled when XISL use is allowed.
dlsShow 2 dlsShow Displays the setting of Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION dlsshow Use this command to display information about Dynamic Load Sharing configuration settings on the switch. Depending on the configuration, the command output displays one of the following messages: • DLS is set with Lossless enabled - DLS is enabled with the Lossless feature. Load sharing is recomputed with every change in the fabric, and existing routes can be moved to maintain optimal balance.
2 dnsConfig dnsConfig Sets, displays, or removes domain name service (DNS) parameters. SYNOPSIS dnsconfig dnsconfig --add -domain name -serverip1 ipaddr serverip2 ipaddr dnsconfig --delete dnsconfig --show dnsconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, set, or remove the domain name service parameters. The domain name service parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers. The dnsconfig command displays IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
dnsConfig 2 Enter Name Server IP address in dot notation: [] \ 123.123.123.123 Enter Name Server IP address in dot notation: [] \ 123.123.123.124 DNS parameters saved successfully Enter option 1 Display Domain Name Service (DNS) configuration 2 Set DNS configuration 3 Remove DNS configuration 4 Quit Select an item: (1..4) [4] 4 To configure the DNS domain name, DNS server address: switch:admin> dnsconfig --add -domain www.cp0.com \ serverip1 192.168.1.1 serverip2 192.168.201.
2 enclosureShow enclosureShow Displays attributes of the switch enclosure. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION enclosureshow attribute Use this command to display attributes of the switch enclosure, including the vendor-specific enclosure identifier and the identifier of the enclosure interface to which the switch is attached. This command applies to products that are embedded in a blade server or storage chassis. Most options are platform-specific.
enclosureShow 2 connfuse Information about whether or not the switch has a fuse. uuid The Universal Unique ID for the switch if visible to the enclosure manager. mmmacaddr The enclosure manager's Ethernet MAC Address. snmpports The SNMP agent and trap ports if visible to the enclosure manager.
2 errClear errClear Clears all error log messages for all switch instances on this Control Processor (CP). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES errclear Use this command to clear all internal and external error log messages for all switch instances on the CP where the command is executed. For products with a single processor, all error log messages are cleared. For products that contain multiple processors, this command can be executed on either control processor.
errDelimiterSet 2 errDelimiterSet Sets the error log start and end delimiters for messages sent to the console and syslog. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION errdelimiterset [-s "start_delimiter_string"] [-e "end_delimiter_string"] Use this command to set the error log start and end delimiters for log messages sent to the console and syslog. An empty string clears the start and the end delimiters (including the colon) so that they are not displayed.
2 errDump errDump Displays the error log without pagination. SYNOPSIS errdump [--all] errdump [--count number] errdump [--reverse] errdump [--severity severity] errdump [--slot slotnum] errdump [--attribute attribute] errdump [--message msgID] errdump [--help] DESCRIPTION Use this command to dump external error log messages without any page breaks. When executed without operands, this command prints all error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed.
errDump NOTES OPERANDS 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: --all Displays messages for the entire chassis for a user with chassis permissions. This operand is optional; if omitted, the messages for the current logical switch context are displayed.
2 errDump To display messages for a slot: switch:admin> errdump --slot 4 Fabric OS: v7.1.0 2012/06/19-03:26:44, [HAM-1004], 31, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, Processor rebooted - Reboot. 2012/06/19-03:26:44, [SULB-1003], 32, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, Firmwarecommit has started. 2012/06/19-03:26:44, [IPAD-1001], 33, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, CP/1 IPv6 manual fe80::224:38ff:fe1b:4400 DHCP Off. 2012/06/19-03:29:15, [IPAD-1000], 48, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, CP/0 Ether/0 IP
errDump 2 2012/06/18-20:24:52, [SULB-1001], 2, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, WARNING, \ pluto_19, Firmwaredownload command has started. 2012/06/18-20:24:52, [SULB-1036], 3, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, The current Version: Fabric OS v7.1.0 To display raslog messages based on a message ID: switch:admin> errdump --message SEC-1203 Fabric OS: v7.1.0 2012/11/21-11:06:21, [SEC-1203], 19, FID 128, INFO, switch, \ Login information: Login successful via TELNET/SSH/RSH. \ IP Addr: 10.70.12.
2 errFilterSet errFilterSet Sets a filter for an error log destination. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION errfilterset [-d destination][-v severity] Use this command to set a filter for an error log destination. A filter is set based on the severity level of the messages. When used without operands, this command displays the filters that are currently in configured. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
errModuleShow 2 errModuleShow Displays all the defined error log modules. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES errmoduleshow Use this command to display a list of all defined error log modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 errShow errShow Displays the error log messages with pagination. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION errshow [-a | -r] Use this command to display external error log messages one at a time. When executed without operands, this command prints the error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed. When used with the -a option, the command prints the error messages for the entire chassis. The messages are displayed with page breaks. The -r operand displays the messages in reversed order.
errShow EXAMPLES 2 To display the error log for the chassis: switch:admin> errshow -a Fabric OS: v7.2.0 2013/06/11-10:16:07, [SEC-1203], 261, FID 128, INFO, \ switch, Login information: Login successful via \ TELNET/SSH/RSH. IP Addr: 192.0.2.2 [Type to continue, Q to stop: 2013/06/11-10:44:13, [TS-1002], 262, FID 128, INFO, \ switch, External Clock Server used instead of \ LOCL: locl: 0x45585400 remote: 0x4c4f434c.
2 ethIf ethIf Displays and sets the link operating mode for a network interface. SYNOPSIS ethif --set interface -auto-negotiate | -an [on | off] -speed [speed] -duplex [full | half] ethif --show interface ethif --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to set and view the link operating mode for a network interface. Changing the link mode is not supported for all network interfaces or for all Ethernet network interfaces.
ethIf 2 interface Specifies the name of the interface, optionally enclosed in double quotation marks. Valid interfaces include the following: eth0 | eth3 Displays the link operating mode of the specified interface. The value eth3 is valid only on the CP of a Brocade DCX or DCX-4S. bond0 Displays the active Ethernet port. This operand is valid only on the CP of a DCX or a DCX-4S. -auto-negotiate | -an Configures auto-negotiation. on | off Sets auto-negotiation on or off. -speed speed Configures the speed.
2 ethIf To view the link operating attributes on a network interface: switch:admin> ethif --show eth0 eth0 interface: Link mode: negotiated 1000baseT-FD, link ok MAC Address: 00:05:1E:86:7B:79 eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:05:1E:86:7B:79 UP BROADCAST RUNNING SLAVE MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:2397 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:55 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 To set the link operating attributes on a netwrok interface: switch:admin
exit 2 exit DESCRIPTION SEE ALSO See logout.
2 extnCfg extnCfg Sets the extension mode configuration. SYNOPSIS extncfg --ve | --ve-mode [slot/] 10VE | 20VE extncfg --show extncfg --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to set the extension mode configuration. This command switches the Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) images or the VE_Port mappings. The execution of this command is disruptive and requires the switch reboot. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fabRetryShow 2 fabRetryShow Displays the retry count of the fabric commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fabretryshow Use this command to display the retry count of the fabric commands.
2 fabRetryShow NOTES OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the retry count of Fabric OS Commands: SEE ALSO 274 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. switch:user> fabretryshow SW_ILS E_Port ELP EFP HA_EFP DIA RDI BF FWD EMT ETP RAID \ 34 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GAID ELP_TMR GRE ECP ESC EFMD ESA
fabRetryStats 2 fabRetryStats Displays or manages the retry count of fabric commands. SYNOPSIS fabretrystats --show fabretrystats --clear fabretrystats --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to view and clear the retry count of the fabric commands. The --clear option clears the counters for all the Switch Internal Link Service (SW_ILS) requests.
2 fabRetryStats DIAG_CMD Diagnostic Command NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: --show Displays the retry count of fabric commands for all E_Ports and D_Ports. --clear Clears the retry count of fabric commands. --help Displays the command usage.
fabricLog 2 fabricLog Displays (all users) or manipulates (admin) the fabric log. SYNOPSIS fabriclog -s | --show [dport] fabriclog -c | --clear [dport] fabriclog -d | --disable fabriclog -e | --enable fabriclog -r size | --resize size fabriclog -h | --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, clear, disable, enable, or resize the fabric log. When used with the --show option, this command displays the following information: Time Stamp Time of the event in the following format HH:MM:SS:MS.
2 fabricLog A3 The non-Principal switch is processing an RDI. S0 The switch is in offline state. P Port state. Port states include the following: PO The port is offline. P1 The port is online. P2 Exchange Link Parameters (ELP) Accept Frame (ACC) received. P3 Link reset occurred on master or E_Port. I0 Trunk Initiator: Exchange Mark Timestamp (EMT) sent. I1 Trunk Initiator: Exchange Trunking Parameters (ETP) Accept Frame (ACC) received. I2 Trunk Initiator: ETP sent. I3 Trunk Initiator: Link reset occurred.
fabricLog NOTES OPERANDS 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: -s | --show [dport] Displays the fabric log. Optionally displays the D_Port logs only. -c | --clear [dport] Clears the fabric log. Optionally clears the D_Port logs only. -d | --disable Disables the fabric log.
2 fabricLog To display the cleared fabric log after the size was changed: switch:admin> fabriclog -s Time Stamp Input and *Action S, P Sn,Pn Port Xid ======================================================== Number of entries: 0 Max number of entries: 64 SEE ALSO 280 None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fabricName 2 fabricName Configures the fabric name parameter. SYNOPSIS fabricname --set fabric_name fabricname --clear fabricname --show fabricname --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a name for the fabric. With Virtual Fabrics it is not uncommon to have multiple fabrics in a single chassis. These logical fabrics are identified by their Fabric ID. With the fabricName command, you can address a fabric by name. This command provides an option for addressing fabrics by name.
2 fabricName switch:user> fabricname --show Fabric Name: "my new fabric" To clear the fabric name: switch:user> fabricname --clear Fabric Name cleared! switch:user> fabricname --show Fabric Name is not configured SEE ALSO 282 switchShow, fabricShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fabricPrincipal 2 fabricPrincipal Sets the principal switch selection mode. SYNOPSIS fabricprincipal --help | -h fabricprincipal [--show | -q] fabricprincipal --enable [ -priority | -p priority] [-force | -f ] fabricprincipal --disable fabricprincipal [-f] mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to set principal switch selection mode for a switch and to set priorities for principal switch selection.
2 fabricPrincipal 0x01 Highest priority. This is a user-defined value 0x02 Switch was principal prior to sending or receiving a build fabric (BF) request. This value is generated by the switch to initiate a fabric reconfiguration. This value should not be assigned. 0x3 - 0xFE Priority value range. Choose a value in this range to indicate priority. Higher numbers mean lower priority. 0xFF Switch is not capable of acting as a principal switch. This is a user-defined value.
fabricPrincipal 2 To display the principal switch selection priority: switch:admin> fabricprincipal --show Principal Selection Mode: Enable Principal Switch Selection Priority: 0x10 SEE ALSO fabricShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 285
2 fabricShow fabricShow Displays fabric membership information. SYNOPSIS fabricshow [-membership | -chassis | -paths | -version] fabricshow -help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about switches in the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message "no fabric" is displayed. Running this command on an FCR or edge switch does not provide any router information; running this command on an edge switch with the -membership option does provide router information.
fabricShow NOTES OPERANDS 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: -membership Displays fabric membership information with additional details of the FC Router, if present in the fabric. -chassis Displays information about the chassis including chassis WWN and chassis name.
2 fabricShow To show additional details about the chassis: switch:admin> fabricshow -chassis Switch ID Name ENET IP Addr Chassis WWN Chassis Name --------------------------------------------------------------------4:fffc04 sw5100_126_128 10.38.17.126 10:00:00:05:1e:0e:eb:58 Brcd5100 5:fffc05 sw1500_127_128 10.38.17.
fabStatsShow 2 fabStatsShow Displays fabric statistics. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fabstatsshow Use this command to display statistics for the fabric.
2 fabStatsShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fanDisable 2 fanDisable Disables a fan unit. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fandisable unit Use this command to disable a nonfaulty fan unit by setting the RPM speed to 0. This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fanEnable fanEnable Enables a fan unit. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fanenable unit Use this command to set a previously disabled fan unit back to the default RPM speed. This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fanShow 2 fanShow Displays fan status and speed. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fanshow Use this command to display the current status and speed of each fan in the system. Fan status is displayed as follows: OK Fan is functioning correctly. absent Fan is not present. below minimum Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped. above maximum Fan is rotating too quickly. unknown Unknown fan unit installed. faulty Fan has exceeded hardware tolerance and has stopped.
2 faPwwn faPwwn Manages fabric-assigned port world wide names.
faPwwn 2 A single port can be assigned up to two WWNs, one assigned automatically and one assigned by the user. Only one FA-PWWN can be active at any given time. The user-assigned FA-PWWN takes precedence over the automatically assigned FA-PWWN. This means, the switch will bind the user-assigned FA-PWWN to the port if both a user-assigned and an automatically assigned FA-PWWN are available.
2 faPwwn The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS this command has the following operands: --enable Enables the FA-PWWN feature on the specified switch ports or AG ports. If a FA-PWWN is not available for the ports, this command automatically assigners FA-PWWNs to the ports.
faPwwn 2 all Specifies all ports on the logical switch. This operand is valid only with the --show option. --move Moves an active FA-PWWN from a source to the specified destination port. Use this command to move a server across switch ports. If the source port has both a user-assigned and an automatically assigned FA-PWWN, the user-assigned FA-PWWN will be moved to the destination port as a user-assigned FA-PWWN and replace any automatically assigned FA-PWWN that may be active on that port.
2 faPwwn To assign an user-assigned FA-PWWN to an AG port: fapwwn --assign -ag 12:34:56:78:90:12:23:45 -port 0 \ -v 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88 To delete the active FA-PWWN of a switch port: fapwwn --delete -port 10 To delete the active FA-PWWN of an AG port: fapwwn --delete -ag 12:34:56:78:90:12:34:56 -port 10 To display the active FA-PWWN for a single FC port (the real device PWWN is hidden): fapwwn --show -port 10 ----------------------------------------------------------------------Port PPWWN VPWWN PID
faPwwn 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88 52:00:10:00:00:0f:50:32 2:00:10:00:00:0f:50:33 52:00:10:00:00:0f:50:38 (output split) 11403 Yes AG/User 11404 -- Yes Yes AG/Auto AG/Auto 2 To display the active FA-PWWNs of all ports associated with a single AG (in the following example, one VPWWN is not unassigned): fapwwn --show -ag 10:00:00:05:1e:d7:3d:dc ----------------------------------------------------------AG Port Port Device Port WWN \ ----------------------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:
2 fastBoot fastBoot Reboots the Control Processor (CP), bypassing the Power-On Self-Test (POST). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fastboot Use this command to perform a "cold reboot" (power off/restart) of the CP bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly. If POST was previously disabled using the diagDisablePost command, then fastBoot is the same as reBoot. The fastBoot operation is disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing.
fastBoot 2 To reboot a DCX without executing POST on startup (in the example, HA is enabled): switch:admin> fastboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...
2 fcipHelp fcipHelp Displays FCIP command information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fciphelp Use this command to display a listing of Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) commands with short descriptions for each command. FCIP commands require an FCIP license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcipLedTest 2 fcipLedTest Exercises the GbE port LEDS on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcipledtest [slot | all] Use this command to exercise the GbE port LEDs on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. This test cycles through the port LEDs by lighting GREEN and then flashing GREEN on all ports for 3 seconds. As the test continues the ports turn AMBER and then flashing AMBER for 3 seconds. The LEDs turn off when the test has finished. This diagnostic cannot be run on an operational switch.
2 fcipPathTest fcipPathTest Tests the data path of the FCIP complex. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcippathtest [--slot slot] [-lb_mode mode] [-nframes count] Use this command to verify the data paths in the FCIP complex. All data path modes run tests by comparing Fibre Channel frames or data packets transmitted from and received by the network processor due to the designated loopback. This command is supported only on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 platforms.
fcipPathTest EXAMPLES 2 To run the test on slot 2: switch:admin> fcippathtest --slot 2 Running fcippathtest .............. Test Complete: fcippathtest Pass 10 of 10 Duration 0 hr, 1 min & 50 sec (0:1:50:942). passed.
2 fcoe fcoe Manages and displays FCoE configuration. SYNOPSIS fcoe --cfgshow [[slot/]port] fcoe --disable [slot/]port fcoe --enable [slot/]port fcoe --loginshow [[slot/]port] fcoe --fcmapset -vlan vid fcmapid fcoe --fcmapunset -vlan vid fcoe --fipcfg -advintvl intvl fcoe --fipcfgshow fcoe --resetlogin [-teport [slot/]port | -device wwn] fcoe --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure and display the status of FCoE ports, FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), and FCMAP settings.
fcoe 2 --loginshow Displays information about the devices logged in to the specified FCoE port. --fcmapset Configures the FCMAP values for Fabric Provided MAC Addresses (FPMA) for the specified VLANs. -vlan vid Specifies the VLAN for which to set the FCMAP. fcmapid Specifies the FCMAP to be set. --fcmapunset Unsets the FCMAP for a specified VLAN. Devices previously logged in are disconnected. -vlan vid Specifies the VLAN ID for which the FCMAP is unset.
2 fcoe Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto ============================================================ 192 8 0 02c000 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 193 8 1 02c100 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 194 8 2 02c200 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 195 8 3 02c300 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 196 8 4 02c400 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 197 8 5 02c500 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 198 8 6 02c600 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 199 8 7 02c700 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 200 8 8 02c800 -10G Online FCoE VF-Port 0 201 8 9 02c900 -
fcoe 2 To display FIP and FCMAP configuration on the Brocade FCoE10-24: switch:admin> fcoe --fipcfgshow FIP Unsolicited Advertisement Interval = 8 FIP Keep Alive Timeout Disabled.
2 fcoeLoginCfg fcoeLoginCfg Manages or displays the FCoE login configuration.
fcoeLoginCfg 2 --transshow Displays the current configuration transaction in progress fabric-wide. --transabort Aborts the FCoE login configuration transaction currently in progress. --purge Purges the specified entries from the effective configuration. Specify one or both of the following operands: -conflicting Purges all conflicting login groups and conflicting VN_Port mappings from the effective configuration.
2 fcoeLoginCfg To perform a clean-up of the effective configuration: switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --purge -conflicting -nonexisting switch:admin> \ To disable the FCoE login configuration management on the switch: switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --disable switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --show Login management is disabled. Effective Configuration *********************** Login management is disabled.
fcoeLoginGroup 2 fcoeLoginGroup Creates and manages FCoE login group configuration. SYNOPSIS fcoelogingroup --create lgname -self | -switch swwn [-allowall | member[;member] ...] fcoelogingroup --delete lgname fcoelogingroup --add lgname member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --remove lgname wwn fcoelogingroup --rename lgname newlgname fcoelogingroup --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to create or modify the FCoE login management configuration fabric-wide.
2 fcoeLoginGroup lgname Specifies the name of the login group. --add Adds VN_Port devices to the login group. lgname Specifies the name of the login group to which VN_Port devices are to be added. member Identifies the WWN of the VN_Port. The WWN must be specified in hex as xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx. If more than one member is specified, members must be separated by a semicolon. Only specified members are allowed to log in to the switch. --remove Removes VN_Port devices from the login group.
fcPing 2 fcPing Sends a Fibre Channel Extended Link Service (ELS) Echo request to a pair of ports or to a single destination, or executes a SuperPing.
2 fcPing Logical Fabrics: When executed in a Logical Fabric from a switch to a destination device connected through the base fabric, SuperPing exercises all paths in the base fabric along with the ISLs in the logical fabric. The path output indicates the LISLs and the base switch. Refer to the Examples section for an illustration. NOTES The ELS Echo may not be supported on all devices. In such cases, the response could be either an ELS reject or a request timeout.
fcPing 2 --pattern pattern Specifies up to 16 "pad" bytes, which are used to fill out the request frame payload sent. This is useful for diagnosing data-dependent problems in the fabric link. The pattern bytes are specified as hexadecimal characters. For example, --pattern ff fills the request frame with instances of the number 1. If a non-byte-aligned pattern is specified, the upper nibble of the last pattern byte is filled with zeros.
2 fcPing EXAMPLES To display one device that accepts the request and another device that rejects the request: switch:admin> fcping 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 21:00:00:20:37:25:ad:05 Source: 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 Destination: 21:00:00:20:37:25:ad:05 Zone Check: Not Zoned Pinging 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 [0x20800] with 12 bytes of data: received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1162 usec received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1013 usec received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:2
fcPing 2 Request rejected by 0x022300: Command not supported: time: 1038 usec Request rejected by 0x022300: Command not supported: time: 1010 usec 5 frames sent, 0 frames received, 5 frames rejected, 0 frames timeout Round-trip min/avg/max = 1006/1044/1159 usec To use fcPing with a single destination (in the example, the destination is a switch WWN): switch:admin> fabricshow Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name ----------------------------------------------------------------6: fffc06 10:
2 fcPing received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:714 usec received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:741 usec received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:880 usec 5 frames sent,5 frames received,0 frames rejected,0 frames timeout Round-trip min/avg/max = 713/774/880 usec To execute a SuperPing testing all ISLs to a specified destination (in the example, two paths are tested, and each hop is displayed in Domain/Index format): switch:admin> fcping --allpaths 1
fcPing (101/8 ,101/EMB)[128] (101/3 ,101/EMB)[128] 4(101/3 ,101/EMB)[128] 101/8 ,101/EMB)[128] 2 FAILED FAILED FAILED FAILED Completed superping for all paths.
2 fcPing INTERNAL PORT COVERAGE ----------------------SNO DOMAIN INTRNL_PORT STATUS ----------------------------------------- SEE ALSO 322 None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcpLogClear 2 fcpLogClear Clears the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fcplogclear Use this command to clear the debug information logged by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fcpLogDisable fcpLogDisable Disables the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fcplogdisable Use this command to disable the logging of debug information by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcpLogEnable 2 fcpLogEnable Enables the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fcplogenable Use this command to enable Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) logging. Debug information logging is enabled by default. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fcpLogShow fcpLogShow Displays the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS fcplogshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the debug information logged at various stages during the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcpProbeShow 2 fcpProbeShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) probe information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcpprobeshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing information for the devices attached to the specified F_Port or FL_Port. This information includes the number of successful logins and SCSI INQUIRY commands sent over this port and a list of the attached devices. For switches running Fabric OS v7.0.
2 fcpProbeShow list of devices(may include old NPIV devices): 0x500e8: SEAGATE ST318452FC 0005 0x500e4: SEAGATE ST318452FC 0001 0x500e2: SEAGATE ST318452FC 0005 SEE ALSO 328 portLoginShow, portLogShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcpRlsProbe 2 fcpRlsProbe Initiates the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) probing for F_Port and displays the RLS information. SYNOPSIS fcpRlsProbe --start [slot/]port_list fcpRlsProbe --show [slot/]port fcpRlsProbe --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to initiate the FCP RLS probing or to display the RLS information. This information describes the number of link failures, loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
2 fcpRlsProbe To view the RLS information: switch:admin> fcprlsprobe --show 1 Rls Probing Statistics for port 1 ==================================== AL_PA 0x0 --------RLS Probe Status : SUCCESS Last Updated : Fri May 18 08:44:11 2012 --------------------------------------------------------link fail loss sync loss sig prtc err bad word crc err --------------------------------------------------------0 6 6 0 65555 0 SEE ALSO 330 fcpRlsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcpRlsShow 2 fcpRlsShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcprlsshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the FCP RLS information for an F_Port or FL_Port. This information describes the number of loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
2 fcpRlsShow Last Updated : Mar 4 03:17:52 2012 -----------------------------------------------------------link fail loss sync loss sig prtc err bad word crc err -----------------------------------------------------------147 1035 118 0 306278 72 SEE ALSO 332 portLoginShow, portShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcrBcastConfig 2 fcrBcastConfig Displays or sets the broadcast frame forwarding option. SYNOPSIS fcrbcastconfig --show fcrbcastconfig --enable -f fabric_id fcrbcastconfig --disable -f fabric_id fcrbcastconfig --help DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to enable or disable the broadcast frame option or to display the current configuration. If no operands are specified, this command displays the usage. By default, frame forward option is disabled.
2 fcrBcastConfig To display the new configuration: switch:admin> fcrbcastconfig --show Broadcast configuration is enabled for FID: 2 128 SEE ALSO 334 bcastShow, portRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcrConfigure 2 fcrConfigure Displays or sets FC Router configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS fcrconfigure --bbfid fcrconfigure --enable -shortestifl fcrconfigure --disable -shortestifl fcrconfigure --add -alias Alias_name -fid FID fcrconfigure --delete -alias [FID | -all] fcrconfigure --show [-alias] fcrconfigure --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to change the backbone fabric ID, or to enable or disable the shortest inter-fabric link (IFL) mode.
2 fcrConfigure After you identify the FCIP links between FC Routers for all fabrics and updated the cost of all FCIP links, enable the shortest IFL mode in all the FC Routers in the backbone fabric using this option. If the FCIP link is the only available path from the source to the destination edge fabric, then traffic will flow through that FCIP link only. --disable -shortestifl Disables the shortest IFL mode in FC Router. --add -alias Alias_name -fid FID Adds the alias name to the specific FID.
fcrEdgeShow 2 fcrEdgeShow Displays the FIDs of all configured EX_Ports. SYNOPSIS fcredgeshow fcredgeshow [-fid FabricID] fcredgeshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command without operand to display information about all Fabric IDs (FIDs) that have been created on the chassis and are assigned to EX_Ports. When a FID is specified, fcredgeshow displays information for all EX_Ports configured with the specified FID. For each FID, the command output includes the following: FID Fabric ID of the EX_Port.
2 fcrEdgeShow EXAMPLES To display the EX_Ports configured in the switch: switch:admin> fcredgeshow FID EX-port E-port Neighbor Switch (PWWN, SWWN ) Flags ----------------------------------------------------------------25 1/13 244 20:f4:00:05:1e:38:a4:cb 10:00:00:05:1e:38:a4:cb FEC \ ENCRYPTION COMPRESSION 35 1/12 299 2e:2b:00:05:1e:40:44:02 10:00:00:05:1e:40:44:02 ENCRYPTION \ COMPRESSION 11 5/13 273 2e:11:00:05:33:b3:39:00 10:00:00:05:33:b3:39:00 FEC To display the EX_Ports configured with a specified
fcrFabricShow 2 fcrFabricShow Displays the FC Routers on a backbone fabric. SYNOPSIS fcrfabricshow fcrfabricshow --name fcrfabricshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about FC Routers that exist in an FC Router backbone fabric. The existing syntax is maintained for IPv6 support. When IPv6 addresses are not configured, the output of fcrFabricShow displays the IPv4 format. Use the --name option to display the fabric name along with EX-port, FID, and switch name.
2 fcrFabricShow EXAMPLES To display the FC Routers in the backbone fabric: switch:admin> fcrfabricshow FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:59:81, Dom ID: 2, Info: 10.33.36.8, "swd77" EX_Port FID Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) -----------------------------------------------------12 5 10.33.35.81 10:00:00:05:1e:34:01:d0 "B10_4" FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:1c:73, Dom ID: 4, Info: 10.33.36.
fcrIclPathBWMonitor 2 fcrIclPathBWMonitor Sets or displays FC Router ICL bandwidth monitor parameters for EX_Ports. SYNOPSIS fcriclpathbwmonitor --enable fcriclpathbwmonitor --disable fcriclpathbwmonitor --show fcriclpathbwmonitor --help DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to enable or disable the Inter Chassis Link (ICL) EX_Ports bandwidth Monitor feature on an FC Router, or to display the current status of ICL bandwidth feature and the ICL slot bandwidth assigned to connected edge fabrics.
2 fcrIclPathBWMonitor To display the current configuration: fcr:admin> fcriclpathbwmonitor --show ICL Path Bandwidth state :Enabled FABRIC SLOT-3 BW SLOT-6 BW STATE ======================================== 48 128 128 BALANCED 126 64 128 UNBALANCED SEE ALSO 342 fosConfig, switchDisable, switchEnable, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
fcrLsan 2 fcrLsan Configures and displays LSAN policies. SYNOPSIS fcrlsan fcrlsan --add -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --remove -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --show -enforce | -speed | all fcrlsan --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to add or remove LSAN tags, or to display existing tags in the configuration. LSAN tagging optimizes an FC Router's behavior based on a specified subset of LSANS.
2 fcrLsan --show Displays the specified tag from the LSAN tag configuration. --help Displays the command usage. -enforce tag Accepts only the LSANs from the edge fabric that matches the specified tag string into the local FCR database. A valid tag is a string of a maximum of eight characters. The maximum configurable enforced tags is eight. -speed tag Allows the FCR to always import these target devices to the hosts specified in the LSANs that match the speed tag.
fcrLsanCount 2 fcrLsanCount Displays or sets the maximum LSAN count. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrlsancount [max_lsan_count] Use this command to set or display the maximum number of LSAN zones that can be configured on the edge fabric. By default, the maximum LSAN count is set to 3000, which is also the minimum. This command allows you to create up to 5000 LSANs on your edge fabric, if needed to support additional devices. The maximum number of supported LSAN devices is 10,000.
2 fcrLsanMatrix fcrLsanMatrix Creates, modifies, and displays the LSAN fabric matrix or the FCR matrix.
fcrLsanMatrix 2 NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS If no operands are specified, this command displays the persistent LSAN Zone matrix information. The following operands are optional: --add -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn Adds the pair of edge fabrics or FCR members that can access each other to the LSAN matrix cache.
2 fcrLsanMatrix To zero out the database, execute the following commands: - fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan 0 0 fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 fcrlsanmatrix --apply -all • In a dual backbone configuration, execute fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview on the FCR switches to confirm that the shared edge fabric FIDs have the same access in both backbones. • Execute fcrlsanmatrix --display -lsan | -fcr and fcrproxydevshow -a.
fcrLsanMatrix 2 To view the persistent changes: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix -lsan LSAN MATRIX is activated Fabric ID 1 Fabric ID 2 -------------------------------------4 5 4 7 10 19 To view the LSAN Zone static and default/dynamic binding in the backbone where online fabrics are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview -lsan LSAN MATRIX is activated Fabric ID 1 Fabric ID 2 -------------------------------------4 4 10 Default LSAN Matrix: 1 2 8 5 7 19 To display all proxy devices f
2 fcrLsanMatrix To view all the static and the default/dynamic fabric binding in the backbone: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview -lsan LSAN MATRIX is activated Fabric ID 1 Fabric ID 2 -------------------------------------52 78 52 82 78 82 Default LSAN Matrix: 57 91 To add FCR Bindings to the FCR matrix: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 10:00:00:60:69:e2:09:fa \ 10:00:00:60:69:e2:09:fb switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 10:00:00:60:69:e2:09:fb \ 10:00:00:60:69:e2:09:fc To remove an entry
fcrPhyDevShow 2 fcrPhyDevShow Displays the FC Router physical device information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrphydevshow [-a][-f FID][-w wwn][-c][-d] [-h] Use this command to display the physical (real) devices that are configured to be exported to other fabrics. A device is considered to be configured to be exported to another fabric if it is a member of an LSAN zone.
2 fcrPhyDevShow local failure the number of times the device login failed because of missing LSAN zones within the device fabric. remote failure the number of times the device login failed due to missing LSAN zones within the remote fabric. -h Displays command usage.
fcrProxyConfig 2 fcrProxyConfig Displays or configures proxy devices presented by an FC Router. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrproxyconfig [-s importedFID devWWN slot] [-r importedFID devWWN] Use this command to display or set the persistent configuration of proxy devices presented by the local FC Router. When used without operand, this command displays the persistent proxy device configuration; otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to its new value.
2 fcrProxyConfig If no proxy device WWN is stored in any slot for all edge fabrics, the following message is displayed: "All slots empty." NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fcrProxyDevShow 2 fcrProxyDevShow Displays FC Router proxy device information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrproxydevshow [-a][-f fabricid][-w wwn] Use this command to display the proxy devices presented by FC Router EX_Ports and information about the proxy devices. A proxy device is a virtual device presented in to a fabric by an FC Router. A proxy device represents a real device on another fabric.
2 fcrProxyDevShow -a -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric for all FC Routers in the same backbone fabric whether or not they are relevant to this FC Router. -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric that are relevant to this FC Router. -w wwn Displays proxy devices with the specified port WWN.
fcrResourceShow 2 fcrResourceShow Displays FC Router physical resource usage. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrresourceshow Use this command to display the FC Router-available resources. The maximum number allowed versus the currently used is displayed for various resources. The command output includes: LSAN Zones The maximum versus the currently used LSAN zones. LSAN Devices The maximum versus the currently used LSAN device database entries. Each proxy or physical device constitutes an entry.
2 fcrResourceShow OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the resource usage for the local FC Router: switch:admin> fcrresourceshow Daemon Limits: Max Allowed Currently Used ---------------------------LSAN Zones: 3000 22 LSAN Devices: 10000 1208 Proxy Device Slots: 10000 2 WWN Pool Size Allocated ---------------------------Phantom Node WWN: 8192 3790 Phantom Port WWN: 32768 6446 Port Limits: Max proxy devices: Max NR_Ports: 2000 1000 Currently Used(column 1: proxy, column 2: NR_Ports): 48 | 0 0 49 | 0 0 50
fcrRouterPortCost 2 fcrRouterPortCost Displays or sets an FC Router port cost. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrrouterportcost [[slot/]port] [cost] Use this command to set or display the cost of the FC Router ports. You can set the cost of the link to one of two fixed values: 1000 or 10000. The option 0 sets the cost of the link to the default value based on link type (EX/VEX). The router module chooses the router port path based on the minimum cost per fabric ID (FID) connection.
2 fcrRouterPortCost To display the cost on an EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 1000 To set the cost of an EX_Port and display the result: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 10000 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 10000 To set the default cost on the EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost -----------------------7/10 10
fcrRouteShow 2 fcrRouteShow Displays FC Router route information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fcrrouteshow Use this command to display routes through the FC Router backbone fabric to accessible destination fabrics. An FC Router backbone fabric is the fabric that contains the E_Ports of this platform and routes inter-fabric traffic between imported fabrics, creating a meta-SAN. There are FC Router ports that reside on the backbone fabric. These ports are known as NR_Ports.
2 fcrXlateConfig fcrXlateConfig Configures a translate (xlate) domain's domain ID and state of persistence for both the EX_Port-attached fabric and the backbone fabric.
fcrXlateConfig NOTES 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Information displayed is not related to the entire backbone. The FC Router displays only connections to an edge fabric for which there are translate domain IDs.
2 fcrXlateConfig --show stalexd [importedFID] Displays stale translate domains associated with the specified Fabric ID (1-128). A translate domain becomes stale when the remote edge fabric for which this translate domain was created in the specified edge fabric becomes unreachable. When issued without specifying an imported FID, this command lists all stale translate domains in all edge fabrics connected to the FCR.
fddCfg 2 fddCfg Manages the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS fddcfg --showall fddcfg --localaccept policy_list fddcfg --localreject policy_list fddcfg --fabwideset policy_list DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. These parameters control the fabric-wide consistency policy. Switches can be locally configured to allow or reject a security policy.
2 fddCfg --localreject policy_list Configures the switch to reject distributions of the specified policies in policy_list. However, a database cannot be rejected if it is specified in the fabric-wide consistency policy. The policies in policy_list must be separated by semicolons and enclosed in quotation marks; for example, "SCC;DCC". --fabwideset policy_list Sets the fabric-wide consistency policy. A database that is set to reject distributions cannot be specified in the fabric-wide consistency policy.
fdmiCacheShow 2 fdmiCacheShow Displays abbreviated remote FDMI device information, according to remote domain ID. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fdmicacheshow Use this command to display FDMI cache information for remote domains only. The state of each remote domain, identified by its domain ID, is shown to be unknown, known, unsupported, or error. The revision of the switch also displays, followed by the world wide name of the switch. For HBAs, only the HBA identifiers and registered port lists are displayed.
2 fdmiShow fdmiShow Displays detailed FDMI information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fdmishow Use this command to display Fabric-Device Management Interface (FDMI) information for all Host Bus Adapters (HBAs) and ports. Detailed FDMI information is displayed for local HBAs and ports. Only abbreviated FDMI information is shown for HBA and ports on remote switches. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fdmiShow 2 Number of Ports: 2 Fabric Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e8:00 Bios Version: 3.2.0.
2 femDump femDump Collects limited debug information to a remote directory through FTP, SFTP, or SCP. This command is a minimal version of supportsave command. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION femdump [-u user_name -p password -h host_ip -d remote_dir -l protocol] Use this command to collect limited debug information to a remote directory through FTP or SCP. This command is a minimal version of a supportsave command. The files generated by this command are compressed before being sent off the switch.
femDump 2 When using SCP, femDump may create a directory if it does not already exist and the parent directory has the appropriate permissions. Use of FTP requires the directory to exist on the remote server. EXAMPLES To collect limited debug information to a remote directory through SCP: switch:admin> femdump -u admin -h 10.70.4.104 -d /temp/support -l scp Password: Saving support information for switch:SW_178, module:F_SSHOW_ASICDB...
2 ficonCfg ficonCfg Configures the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS ficoncfg --set database port ficoncfg --reset database ficoncfg --help DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to configure a FICON database on a specified port. Refer to ficonShow for a description of the database content. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
ficonClear 2 ficonClear Clears the records from the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS ficonclear database Use this command to remove records from the local FICON database. The command effect depends on the specified database. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 ficonCupSet ficonCupSet Sets FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. SYNOPSIS ficoncupset fmsmode enable | disable | reset ficoncupset modereg bitname 0 | 1 ficoncupset MIHPTO seconds ficoncupset CRP PID CHID DESCRIPTION Use this command to set FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. All parameters can be set while the switch is online. Changes made by this command take effect immediately. A reboot is not required. Use ficonCupShow to display current settings.
ficonCupSet 2 ACP Alternate control prohibited HCP Host control prohibited MIHPTO Sets the missing interrupt handler primary timeout (MIHPTO) value for the CUP. The following operand is required: seconds Specifies the timeout value in seconds. Provide a decimal value in the range between 15 and 600 seconds. The default timeout value is 180 seconds. If a value greater than 63 seconds is specified, the timeout value is rounded down to the closest value divisible by 10.
2 ficonCupSet 082300 082400 082400 612400 612400 1C 1A 1B 1E 1F Oper Reset Reset Reset Reset Prim To reset the FMS mode for a switch: switch:admin> ficoncupset fmsmode reset FMS_001(I) - FMSMODE RESET completed - FMSMODE(Disabled) Conditions prior to reset: All CUP states nominal, no conditions reset ----- END DISPLAY of FMSMODE RESET ------ SEE ALSO 376 ficonCupShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
ficonCupShow 2 ficonCupShow Displays FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. SYNOPSIS ficoncupshow fmsmode ficoncupshow modereg [bitname] ficoncupshow MIHPTO ficoncupshow DD_LOG ficoncupshow diag_info ficoncupshow hlthchk_log ficoncupshow LP DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to display FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 ficonCupShow MIHPTO Displays the FICON-CUP missing interrupt handler primary timeout (MIHPTO) value in seconds. DD_LOG Displays the latest Director Diagnostics Log. diag_info Displays dignostic information for the logical switch such as whether Diagnostic Interval has been set for CUP Diagnostics (if so, then Statistics Sampling is running), along with additional information about Statistics Sampling by the CUP, the detected CUP Diagnostic capabilities and settings for other switches in the fabric..
ficonCupShow 082300 082400 082400 612400 612400 SEE ALSO 1C 1A 1B 1E 1F Oper Reset Reset Reset Reset 2 Primary ficonCupSet, ficonHelp Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 379
2 ficonHelp ficonHelp Displays a list of FICON support commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES ficonhelp Use this command to display a list of FICON support commands with descriptions. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
ficonShow 2 ficonShow Displays the contents of the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ficonshow database [fabric | table | port port_index] Use this command to display the contents of a FICON database. The ficonShow database operand is the name of the database to display. If the fabric operand is absent, the command displays the members of the named database that are local to the switch on which the command was issued.
2 ficonShow Incident Count Displays the incident count. This number increases by 1 for each incident within the individual switch. Link Incident Description Same as Link Incident Type. Link Incident Type Indicates the link incident type as one of the following: • • • • • Bit-error-rate threshold exceeded Loss of signal or synchronization NOS recognized Primitive sequence timeout Invalid primitive sequence for port state Listener PID Same as PID. Listener Port Type Same as Port Type.
ficonShow 2 0x40 Other FC-4s including FCP and updates. 0x60 FC-SB-2 and updates and other FC-4s including FCP and updates. 0x80 FC-4 support not specified. 0xa0 Reserved. 0xc0 Reserved. 0xe0 Vendor-specific. Byte BB Possible values include the following: 0x00 Unspecified class. 0x01 Direct access storage device, if it is a storage port; otherwise, not channel-to-channel capable. 0x02 Magnetic tape, if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port.
2 ficonShow 0xID CHIPID if channel port has registered with the switch. 0xPN If switch has registered with the channel, PN represents the FL port number. Part Number Displays the switch chassis part number. PID Displays the 24-bit Fibre Channel port address in 0xDDAAPP format. DD is Domain ID. AA is Area ID. PP is AL_PA ID. Plant of Manufacture Displays the manufacturer plant name or code. Port Physical port number.
ficonShow 2 Time Stamp Displays the timestamp, expressed in date format. Type Same as Port Type. Type Number Displays the type number of the self-describing node. It also describes the machine type. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: database Specify the database to display.
2 ficonShow EXAMPLES To display the local RNID database: switch:admin> ficonshow RNID { {Fmt Type PID Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN \ 0x18 N 502b00 50:05:07:64:01:00:15:8d 50:05:07:64:00:c1:69:ca \ flag Parm 0x10 0x200110 Type number: 002064 Model number: 101 Manufacturer: IBM Plant of Manufacture: 02 Sequence Number: 0000000169CA tag: 102b } {Fmt Type PID Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN \ 0x18 N 502e00 50:05:07:64:01:40:0f:ca 50:05:07:64:00:c1:69:ca \ flag Parm 0x10 0x200105 Type numbe
ficonShow 2 To display RNID data for the specified port: switch:admin> ficonshow RNID port 0x08 {Fmt Type PID Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN \ 0x18 E 010800 20:08:00:05:1e:57:b1:86 10:00:00:05:1e:57:b1:86\ flag Parm 0x00 0x200a00 Type number: BROCAD Model number: 510 Manufacturer: BRD Plant of Manufacture: CA Sequence Number: 0ALM0632D038 tag: 03ff } To display the local LIRR database: switch:admin> ficonshow LIRR {Fmt Type PID Listener Port WWN 0x18 N 255800 50:05:07:60:28:bf:3e:98 0x18 N 255a0
2 ficonShow To display the local Switch RNID database: switch:admin> ficonshow switchrnid { {Switch WWN flag Parm 10:00:00:60:69:80:1e:4e 0x00 0x200a00 Type number: SLKWRM Model number: 48K Manufacturer: BRD Plant of Manufacture: CA Sequence Number: 0RB030000082 tag: 00ff } } The Local switch RNID database has 1 entries.
fipsCfg 2 fipsCfg Configures FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) mode. SYNOPSIS fipscfg --enable [fips | selftests | bootprom | dh | sha256] [-nowarn] fipscfg --disable [selftests | bootprom | dh | sha256] [-nowarn] fipscfg --zeroize [-nowarn] fipscfg --show | --showall fipscfg --force fips fipscfg --verify fips DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure FIPS mode on the switch. In this mode, only FIPS-compliant algorithms are allowed.
2 fipsCfg --zeroize [-nowarn] Erases all passwords, shared secrets, private keys, etc. in the system. --show | --showall Displays the current FIPS configuration. --force fips This option enables FIPS mode even if prerequisites are not met, except under the following two conditions: • • In a dual-CP system if HA is not in sync between the two CPs. If selftests is in a disabled state. --verify fips Scans the prerequisites for enabling FIPS and print the failure/success cases.
fipsCfg 2 Bootprom access is enabled - FAIL Firmwaredownload signature verification is disabled - FAIL Secure config upload/download is disabled - FAIL SSH DSA Keys check passed - PASS Inband Management interface is disabled - PASS Ipsecconfig is disabled.
2 fipsCfg To back out of a zeroizing operation: switch:admin> fipscfg --zeroize You are Zeroizing FIPS configuration. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no]: no Operation cancelled. switch:admin> fipscfg --zeroize You are Zeroizing FIPS configuration. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no]: yes Executing 'secauthsecret --remove --all': This command deletes database of DH-CHAP secret keys.\ If a fabric requires authentication, deleting this \ database may cause switch to segment from the fa
fipsCfg 2 To disable bootprom: switch:root> fipscfg --disable bootprom You are disabling bootprom. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no] : no Operation cancelled.
2 firmwareCommit firmwareCommit Commits switch firmware. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION firmwarecommit Use this command to commit a firmware download to a CP. This command copies an updated firmware image to the secondary partition and commits both partitions of the CP to an updated version of the firmware. This must be done after each firmware download and after the switch has been rebooted and a sanity check is performed to make sure the new image is fine.
firmwareDownload 2 firmwareDownload Downloads firmware from a remote host, a local directory, or a USB device. SYNOPSIS To invoke the command in interactive mode: firmwaredownload To download FOS firmware over a network: firmwaredownload [-s [-b | -n]] [-p ftp | scp | sftp] [-c] [host, user, path, password] To download SAS/SA firmware over a network (deprecated): firmwaredownload -a sas | dmm | application [-t slot[,slot]...
2 firmwareDownload All systems supported by this firmware have two partitions of nonvolatile storage (primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions so the secondary partition becomes the primary. By default, firmwareDownload reboots the system and activates the new image. Finally, the command performs a firmwareCommit automatically to copy the new image to the other partition.
firmwareDownload 2 -n Disables autocommit mode. When autocommit mode is disabled, the firmwareCommit command must be executed manually to propagate the downloaded image to both partitions of the storage device. host Specify a valid FTP or SSH server name or IP address. IPV4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The firmware is downloaded from the specified host. If a host is not specified, the firmware is considered accessible on a local directory.
2 firmwareDownload -e Removes all of the installed SA images in the system during SAS firmware download. By default, downloading a SAS image does not remove the installed SA images. If this option is specified, the installed SA images are removed. This option is only valid with the -a sas option. This operand is no longer supported as of Fabric OS v7.0.0. -o Bypasses the checking of Coordinated HotCode Load (HCL).
firmwareDownload 2 To download firmware interactively: switch:admin> firmwaredownload Server Name or IP Address: 192.168.32.10 User Name: admin File Name: ~admin/dist/FOS7.0.0/ Network Protocol(1-auto-select, 2-FTP, 3-SCP, 4-SFTP) [1]: Password:******** To download firmware without a password using public key authentication: switch:admin> firmwaredownload Server Name or IP Address: 10.38.17.
2 firmwareDownloadStatus firmwareDownloadStatus Displays the status of a firmware download. SYNOPSIS firmwaredownloadstatus DESCRIPTION Use this command to display an event log that records the progress and status of events during a firmware download. The event log is created by the firmware download process and is kept until you issue another firmwareDownload command. A timestamp is associated with each event.
firmwareDownloadStatus 2 [5]: Fri Mar 25 16:58:44 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): Firmware commit operation has started to restore the secondary partition. [6]: Fri Mar 25 16:58:45 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): The firmware commit operation has started. This may take up to 10 minutes. [7]: Fri Mar 25 17:05:34 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): The commit operation has completed successfully.
2 firmwareKeyShow firmwareKeyShow Displays the public key used for signed firmware validation. SYNOPSIS firmwarekeyshow DESCRIPTION This command displays the contents of the public key used for validating the integrity of firmware images when signed firmware validation is enabled. NOTES A firmware key should be installed on every switch as a part of the Fabric OS installation. The presence of a firmware key does not imply that the firmware signature is checked during firmwareDownload.
firmwareRestore 2 firmwareRestore Restores the former active firmware image. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION firmwarerestore Use this command to restore the former active Fabric OS firmware image. This command can only be run if autocommit was disabled during the firmwareDownload process. After a firmwareDownload and a reboot (with autocommit disabled), the downloaded firmware becomes active. If you do not want to commit the firmware and want to restore the former firmware, issue the firmwareRestore command.
2 firmwareShow firmwareShow Displays the firmware version and download history. SYNOPSIS firmwareshow firmwareshow --history firmwareshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the firmware versions and the firmware download history. The command shows the firmware versions on both the primary and secondary partitions of the storage device. When this command is issued while a firmware download is in process, an appropriate warning message is displayed.
firmwareShow 2 To display the firmware download history: switch:admin> firmwareshow --history Firmware version history SEE ALSO Sno Date & Time Switch Name Slot PID 1 Fri Feb 18 12:58:06 2011 CDCX16 7 1556 FOS Version Fabos Version v7.0.0d 2 Wed Feb 16 07:27:38 2011 Fabos Version v7.0.
2 firmwareSync firmwareSync Synchronizes the firmware from the active control processor (CP) to the standby CP. SYNOPSIS firmwaresync [-force] firmwaresync --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to manually synchronize the firmware from the active CP to the standby CP. Execute the command without arguments to synchronize the active CP firmware to the standby CP. This command is applicable only for the dual CP systems.
firmwareSync 2 All service instances in sync 2014/04/07-12:43:13, [FSSM-1002], 80, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_DCX4S, HA State is in sync. 2014/04/07-12:43:13, [FSSM-1002], 81, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_DCX4S, HA State is in sync. 2014/04/07-12:48:16, [SULB-1004], 83, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_DCX4S, Firmwarecommit has completed.
2 flow flow Creates, manages, and displays flows in Flow Vision.
flow FUNCTION Creating a flow SYNOPSIS flow --create flow_name -feature feature_list port_options frame_options [config_options] DESCRIPTION 2 Use this command to create a flow and by default activate the flow for the specified features. This command validates the flow definition before creating a flow. If the flow definition is not supported by any specified feature or if the flow definition is a duplicate of an existing active flow, the operation will terminate with an appropriate error message.
2 flow • • • • You can use WWN or Fibre Channel ID (FCID) for the -srcdev and -dstdev operands when creating Flow Monitor on EX_Ports. If the Flow Monitor feature is configured on the ingress port using FCID addressing mode, you must specify the real SID of the source device and the proxy ID of the destination device. If the Flow Monitor feature is configured on the egress port using FCID addressing mode, you must specify the proxy ID of the source device and real DID of the destination device.
flow 2 -egrport port Specifies the egress port. The port can be in either [slot/]port or D,I format depending on the port mode configured using the -portIdMode operand. The -ingrport and -egrport options are mutually exclusive; that is, you can specify only one of the options. The learning mode ("*") is not supported. -mirrorport port Specifies the port from which mirrored frames exits. The port can be in either [slot/]port or D,I format depending on the port mode configured using the -portIdMode operand.
2 flow EXAMPLES To create a flow on ingress port (1/10) for traffic from the source device (0x020a00) to the destination device (0x030000) and activate the flow for the Flow Mirror and Flow Monitor features: switch:admin> flow --create myflow1 -feature mirror,monitor -ingrport 1/10 -srcdev 0x020a00 -dstdev 0x030000 To create a flow to monitor SCSI frames going through an egress port: switch:admin> flow --create scsicsflow -feature monitor -egrport 1/9 -frametype scsicheckstatus To create a flow to moni
flow DESCRIPTION OPERANDS 2 Use this command to activate a flow if it is not in the active state or configure the specified features for a flow. Use this command if you created a flow using the -noactivate operand or if none of the features are activated for the flow. Note that the flows are not enforced until they are active and the flows cannot be activated without configuring the features.
2 flow DESCRIPTION OPERANDS Use this command to modify the port or device addressing mode and to change the control parameters of a flow or features. The --control command has the following operands: flow_name Specifies the flow name. Specify "all" to modify the control parameters for all flows. If a flow name is not specified, the default values of the control parameters, -size and -pattern will be modified; the flows which are already present does not intake the modified control parameters.
flow 2 -disable_wrap Disables the wrapping of mirrored frame logs. The Flow Mirror flow must be deactivated before using this command. The statistics of the Flow Mirror flow are reset during this operation.
2 flow DESCRIPTION Displays the flow definitions and frame statistics. When used without operand, the --show command displays the list of all flows configured in Flow Vision. The show on demand feature allows you to display the statistics of the features without creating a flow. To display the statistics of the features without creating a flow, you must specify the operands without a flow name and provide a flow definition.
flow 2 -frametype type Specifies the predefined frame type. Valid values for type include the following: SCSI, SCSIRead, SCSIWrite, SCSIRW, SCSI2Reserve, SCSI3Reserve, scsicmdsts, ABTS, BAACC, SCSI2Release, SCSI3Release, SCSITur, SCSI2ReserveRelease, SCSI3ReserveRelease, SCSIGoodStatus, SCSICheckStatus, SCSIResvConflict, SCSIInquiry, SCSIXferrdy, and BARJT. This operand is not supported by the Flow Generator feature. -count value Specifies the number of times the output must be repeated.
2 flow To display the flow definition and statistics of a flow: switch:admin> flow --show myflow2 ========================================================== Name : myflow2 Features: gen(Activated) Definition: IngrPort(3),SrcDev(0x010203),DstDev(0x020304) Flow Generator (Activated): ----------------------| SrcDev | DstDev | ----------------------| 0x010203 | 0x020304 | ----------------------Number of frames generated from IngrPort : 1.
flow 2 | Reads / Writes/ Total | ------------------------| 2.62M/ 2.62M/ 5.
2 flow | 444.62M | 1052 | | 314.17M | 452 | | 327.15M | 2052 | | 327.15M | 1052 | | 327.15M | 452 | -------------------------------------------| 2.68G | 1192 | -------------------------------------------- To display the statistics for the Flow Mirror feature in learning mode: switch:admin> flow --show mirFlow -feature mirror Name : mirFlow Features: mir(Activated) Definition: EgrPort(17),DstDev(0x051100),BiDir Flow Mirror: ------------------------------------------------------------ \ | SID(*) | DID(*) |
flow Flow Monitor: ---------------------------------------------------------------|SID(*)| Tx Frames Count | Tx Frames per Sec. | Tx Bytes Count ---------------------------------------------------------------| 40600| 11.99M | 169.68k | 25.08G | 40700| 11.99M | 169.86k | 25.08G | 40900| 28.49M | 403.22k | 59.38G -------------------------------------------| Tx Throughput(Bps) | Avg Tx Frm Sz(Bytes)| -------------------------------------------| 354.97M | 2088 | | 355.35M | 2088 | | 124.48M | 2080 | 2 \ \ \
2 flow DESCRIPTION OPERANDS Use this command to delete the specified flow from Flow Vision. All the data associated with the flow will be cleared. The --delete command has the following operands: flow_name | all Specifies the name of the flow to be deleted. Specify all to delete all flows. Use of all option prompts for a confirmation. -force Executes the command without confirmation. This operand is optional.
flow 2 To display the command usage for an operand: switch:admin> flow --help --create Description - Create a flow definition for Flow Vision features SYNTAX: flow --create -feature -feature : Unique string of characters to identify a flow : Comma separated list of Flow Vision features (mirror, monitor and generator) -ingrport : Switch receive port on which feature(s) is applied -egrport :
2 fmMonitor fmMonitor Manages frame monitor configuration.
fmMonitor 2 This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. A Fabric Watch license is optional. Without a Fabric Watch license, you cannot use the alert mechanism, but you can still configure frame monitors and observe the counters. Frame Monitor types and bit patterns are not case sensitive. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, mirror ports, GbE ports, and FCoE ports. OPERANDS --create Creates a user-defined frame type to be monitored.
2 fmMonitor SCSI3_RESERVE Specifies a frame of type SCSI-3 Reserve with a bit pattern of "12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06; 40,0xFF,0x5F;41,0xFF,0x01;". -pat bit_pattern Specifies a unique combination of values in the first 64 bytes of a frame. The syntax for the bit patterns is as follows: "offset,bitmask, value;[offset, bitmask,value;] ...;" for example, "12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x08, 0x28;".
fmMonitor 2 -port port_list Specifies one or more ports on which to install the monitor for the specified frame type. This operand is optional; if omitted, the monitor is installed on all eligible ports. A port list can consist of the following: • • One or more single ports, preceded by a slot number followed by a slash (/) on bladed systems. Multiple ports must be separated by a comma, for example, 8 or 5/8 or 3,5,8.
2 fmMonitor --delete frame_type Deletes an existing frame type. This command removes the entire configuration, including configured threshold and associated actions. It also removes any frame monitors of the specified type from all ports. This operand is not valid with predefined frame types. --clear frame_type -port port_list Clears the ports on which the specified frame type is monitored from the persistent configuration. --show Displays the specified frame type configuration.
fmMonitor 2 To install a SCSI frame monitor on ports 3-12: switch:admin> fmmonitor --addmonitor SCSI -port 3-12 To save the port configuration persistently: switch:admin> fmmonitor --save SCSI To delete the custom frame monitor "MyFrameMonitor" from all ports: switch:admin> fmmonitor --delmonitor MyFrameMonitor To delete the entire frame type configuration: switch:admin> fmmonitor --delete MyFrameMonitor To clear the counters for the SCSI2_READ monitor from ports 7-10: switch:admin> fmmonitor --clear
2 fmMonitor -|scsi2reserve|N/A |0 -|scsi3reserve|N/A |0 -|ip |N/A |0 -|abts |N/A |0 -|baacc |N/A |0 000002|beta |0000000000000145|10 |None |None |None |None |None |Email |None |None |None |None |None |None |N/A |N/A |N/A |N/A |N/A |saved To display the number of frames of type ISCSI_RW per second during a five-second interval: switch:admin> fmmonitor --show SCSI_RW -port 1/0-47 -timeinterval 5 2011-02-18 15:52:02 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ===================================================
fosConfig 2 fosConfig Displays or modifies Fabric OS features. SYNOPSIS fosconfig --enable feature fosconfig --disable feature fosconfig --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable a feature, or to display the current operating status of features on a switch. This command can be run while the switch is online.
2 fosConfig --disable feature Disables a feature on the switch. Valid values for feature include the following: fcr Disables the FC Routing service on the switch. All enabled EX_Ports and VEX_Ports on the switch must be offline for this command to succeed. To use this command to disable the FC Routing service only instead of disabling the switch, issue this command, then change the BB fabric ID using fcrConfigure.
fosConfig 2 To enable the Ethernet Switching service: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable ethsw WARNING: This operation will enable the \ Ethernet Switch Service on this switch. Would you like to continue [Y/N]: y Enabling the Ethernet Switch Service. Please wait ... Create Ethernet switch instance 0 All service instances in sync. The Ethernet Switch Service has been enabled. Please enable all of the Blades with ID 74 now.
2 fosExec fosExec Executes any Fabric OS command on a specified remote domain or logical switch context or on all remote domains or logical switches. SYNOPSIS fosexec --fid FID -cmd "cmd [args]" fosexec --fid all [-force] -cmd "cmd [args]" fosexec --domain DID -cmd "cmd [args]" fosexec --domain all -cmd "cmd [args]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to execute any Fabric OS command on a specified remote domain or logical switch context or on all remote domains or logical switches.
fosExec EXAMPLES 2 To display switch information for a logical switch with FID 10: switch:admin> fosexec --fid 10 -cmd "switchshow" ------------------------------------"switchshow" on FID 10 switchName: switch_10 switchType: 66.1 switchState: Online switchMode: Native switchRole: Subordinate switchDomain: 1 switchId: fffc01 switchWwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:5f:c2 zoning: ON (lsan_cfg) switchBeacon: OFF FC Router: OFF Allow XISL Use: ON LS Attributes: [FID: 10, Base Switch: No, \ Default Switch: No, Address Mo
2 fosExec v7.0.0 -----------------------------------------"firmwareshow" on FID 20: Appl Primary/Secondary Versions -----------------------------------------FOS v7.0.0 v7.0.
fosExec FaultyPorts MissingSFPs ErrorPorts Number of ports: 24 25.00%[6] 0.00%[0] 0.00%[0] 2 8.34%[2] 0.00%[0] 0.00%[0] To display the fabric information for all switch in the fabric: switch:user> fosexec --domain all -cmd "fabricshow" Domain 3 ========= Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------3: fffc03 10:00:00:05:1e:61:28:0a 10.17.33.66 0.0.0.0 "TOM-1" 4: fffc04 10:00:00:05:1e:61:28:22 10.17.33.68 0.0.0.
2 frameLog frameLog Displays information about discarded frames.
frameLog 2 DFID Destination Fabric ID Type Reason for the frame discard. Frames can be discarded for a variety of reasons. The discard reasons currently handled by the frame log are timeout, unroute, and du. Count The number of discarded frames logged in the frame log that have the log timestamp, TX port, RX port, SID, DID, SFID and DFID values listed on this line of output.
2 frameLog --clear Clears the stored history of discarded frames. This operation is permitted only when the feature is enabled. --status Displays the current status of the frame log service, and the type of discard frames that are being logged. --show Prints a listing of details about stored frames that match the specified filter criteria. This operation is permitted only when the feature is enabled. You can specify one or more of the following options to filter the output.
frameLog 2 -n num_items Displays the specified number of items. In summary mode, an item is a record of frames with the same values of log timestamp, TX port, RX port, SID, DID, SFID and DFID. Note that more frames may be represented in the lines of output than specified in the num_items value, because one line can aggregate multiple frames in summary mode. In dump mode, each item represents a single frame. The default value of num_items is 20.
2 frameLog 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 SEE ALSO 442 Jan 31 18:34:46 7/32 7/33 timeout 00 03 a0 00 00 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 a1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Jan 31 18:34:46 7/32 7/33 timeout 00 03 a0 00 00 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 a1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 28
fspfShow 2 fspfShow Displays Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fspfshow Use this command to display FSPF protocol information and internal data structures of the FSPF module. The command displays the following fields: version Version of the FSPF protocol. domainID Domain number of the local switch. switchOnline State of the local switch. domainValid TRUE if the domain of the local switch is currently confirmed. isl_ports Bit map of all ISL ports.
2 fspfShow lsrDelayTo Link State Record delay time out value in milliseconds. lsrDelayCount Counter of delayed Link State Records. ddb_sem FSPF semaphore ID. event_sch FSPF scheduled events bit map. NOTES Beginning with Fabric OS v7.3.0, the output displays only the lines with a bit set. If a port bitmap does not have any bits set, the output displays as "None" for the first line of the bitmap. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fwAlarmsFilterSet 2 fwAlarmsFilterSet Enables or disables alarms for Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwalarmsfilterset [mode] Use this command to configure alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. By turning off the alarms, all nonenvironment class alarms are suppressed. By turning on the alarms, all class alarms are generated. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 fwAlarmsFilterShow fwAlarmsFilterShow Displays alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwalarmsfiltershow Use this command to display whether alarm filtering is enabled or disabled. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fwClassInit 2 fwClassInit Initializes all classes under Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwclassinit Use this command to initialize all classes under Fabric Watch. The command should only be used after installing a Fabric Watch license to start licensed Fabric Watch classes. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator's Guide for a list of supported Fabric Watch classes. This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
2 fwConfigReload fwConfigReload Reloads the Fabric Watch configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwconfigreload Use this command to reload the Fabric Watch configuration. This command should only be used after downloading a new Fabric Watch configuration file from a host. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
fwFruCfg 2 fwFruCfg Displays or modifies FRU state alert configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwfrucfg [--show] Use this command to configure states and actions for field-replaceable units (FRUs) and small form-factor pluggables (SFPs). Based on these configuration settings, Fabric Watch generates actions when a FRU or SFP state changes. For SFPs, Fabric Watch monitors state changes in following events: SFP inserted, SPP removed, SFP faulty.
2 fwFruCfg WWN WWN SFP SFP Fru SEE ALSO 450 Alarm State: (0..31) [1] Alarm Action: (0..17) [1] Alarm State: (0..19) [0] Alarm Action: (0..
fwHelp 2 fwHelp Displays Fabric Watch command information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwhelp Use this command to display the commands that configure Fabric Watch. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 fwMailCfg fwMailCfg Displays and configures Fabric Watch email alerts. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fwmailcfg Use this command to display or modify the configuration and status of the Fabric Watch email alert on the switch. Switch elements monitored by Fabric Watch are divided into classes, and e-mail alerts are based on the classes. Each class can configure up to five e-mail addresses as the alert message's receiver. Multiple e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
fwMailCfg 2 9 : Filter Performance Monitor class 10 : Security class 11 : Resource Monitor class 12 : FRU Class 13 : Quit Select an item => : (0..
2 fwMailCfg 4 : F/FL Port (Optical) class 5 : Resource class 6 : quit Select a class => : (1..6) [6] 6 Mail Recipient Information ____________________________________ Email Alert = disabled Mail Recipient = NONE 1 : Show Mail Configuration Information 2 : Disable Email Alert 3 : Enable Email Alert 4 : Send Test Mail 5 : Set Recipient Mail Address for Email Alert 6 : Quit Select an item => : (1..
fwPortDetailShow 2 fwPortDetailShow Displays the port information for specified user ports. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fwportdetailshow [--p port] | [--s portState] Use this command to print the overall status of a specified port. The output of this command is different for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. The overall status is calculated based on the following contributors: Port Errors LFA The number of link loss occurrences exceeding the limit for the time period.
2 fwPortDetailShow When used without operands, this command displays information for all ports. NOTES This command requires a Fabric Watch license. Port errors are not supported for virtual ports and SFP errors are not applicable for virtual ports. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
fwPortDetailShow 2 To retrieve a port detail report for all ports in healthy state: switch:user> fwportdetailshow --s h Port Detail Report \ Report time: 05/21/2007 11:22:58 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 192.168.163.237 Port Exception report [by Healthy] --------Port-Errors-----------Port# Type State Dur(H:M) LFA LSY LSI PER INW \ ------------------------------------------------\ 001 F HEALTHY 409:09 - \ 014 F HEALTHY 409:09 - \ 015 E HEALTHY 409:09 - \ -----SFP-Errors---CRC PSC BLP STM SRX STX SCU S
2 fwSamShow fwSamShow Generates switch availability monitor (SAM) report. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwsamshow Use this command to display a switch availability monitor (SAM) report. This report displays uptime and downtime for each port and enables you to check if a particular port is failing more often than the others. The information displayed includes total uptime, total downtime, number of faulty occurrences, and total percent of downtime for each port.
fwSet 2 fwSet Sets port persistence time. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES fwset --port --persistence seconds Use this command to set port persistence time, a parameters controlled by Fabric Watch. Port persistence time specifies the time in seconds during which a port must persistently be in a marginal state before being labeled as such. port persistence is a switch-wide parameter. Use portThconfig to display port persistence time. This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
2 fwSetToCustom fwSetToCustom Sets Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to custom values. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fwsettocustom Use this command to set threshold and alarm levels to custom values for all Fabric Watch classes and areas. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. • Factory default settings are automatically enabled. These settings vary depending on hardware platform, and cannot be modified.
fwSetToCustom Trigger : Trigger : Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Buffer: Custom: Value : Default: Value : 2 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP None 0 Above Action: None Below Action: Raslog,SNMP 20 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Cust (Applied) ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 110 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog Default: TimeBase: None Value : 90 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog L
2 fwSetToDefault fwSetToDefault Returns Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to default values. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fwsettodefault Use this command to return Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to defaults for all classes and areas in Fabric Watch. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. • Factory default settings are automatically enabled. These settings vary depending on hardware platform and cannot be modified.
fwSetToDefault 2 Value : 0 Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value Default: Value : 20 : 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Low: Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Buffer: Custom: Value : Default: Value : SEE ALSO None 110 Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Below Action: Raslog None 9
2 gePortErrShow gePortErrShow Displays error statistics of Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) port and XGE ports. SYNOPSIS geporterrshow geporterrshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display error statistics of Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800 extension switch and on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade. Values for the following parameters are displayed: frames tx Number of frames transmitted (Tx). frames rx Number of frames received (Rx). crc err Number of CRC errors.
h 2 h Displays shell history. SYNOPSIS h history DESCRIPTION OPERANDS EXAMPLES Use this command to view the shell history. The shell history mechanism is similar to the UNIX shell history facility. The h command displays the 20 most recent commands typed into the shell; the oldest commands are replaced as new ones are entered.
2 haDisable haDisable Disables the High Availability feature. SYNOPSIS hadisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command does nothing. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
haDump 2 haDump Displays High Availability status information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION hadump Use this command to display information about the status of the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch or a chassis.
2 haDump NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To view information about the High Availability feature status on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:admin> hadump --------------------------------------TIME_STAMP: Mar 30 12:57:35.
haEnable 2 haEnable Enables the High Availability feature. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION haenable Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect. If the HA feature is disabled, this command enables it. The standby CP reboots as part of the process. The command displays a warning message and prompts for confirmation before rebooting the CP.
2 haFailover haFailover Forces the failover mechanism so that the standby control processor (CP) becomes the active CP. SYNOPSIS hafailover DESCRIPTION Use this command to force the failover mechanism to occur so that the standby CP becomes the active CP. In case the active and standby CPs are not synchronized or the system is not in redundant mode, the command aborts.
haRedundancy 2 haRedundancy Displays switch uptime. SYNOPSIS haredundancy --show haredundancy --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the switch uptime and the chassis control processor redundancy statistics. For chassis, the command displays the control processor redundancy settings and switch uptime. For switches, the command displays the switch uptime only. The display includes the following information: • Current active session: Displays the settings for the current session.
2 haRedundancy Standby Slot = CP0 Start Time: 17:49:46 UTC Fri Jan 03 2014 End Time: 17:54:10 UTC Fri Jan 03 2014 System Uptime: 17:42:11 UTC Fri Jan 03 2014 To display switch uptime without a standby CP: switch:admin> haredundancy --show === HA Redundancy Statistics === Non-redundant System Uptime: 17:42:11 UTC Fri Jan 03 2014 To display switch uptime: switch:admin> haredundancy --show === HA Redundancy Statistics === Not supported on this platform System Uptime: 09:42:12 UTC Wed Nov 22 2013 SEE ALSO
haShow 2 haShow Displays control processor (CP) status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION hashow Use this command to display the control processor status. The display includes the following information: • • • • • • Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered. Remote CP state (slot number and CP ID). High Availability (enabled or disabled). Heartbeat (up or down).
2 haShow OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display CP status on a Brocade DCX 8510-8 with a healthy standby CP: switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 7, CP1) : Active, Warm Recovered Remote CP (Slot 6, CP0) : Standby, Healthy HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized SEE ALSO 474 haDisable, haEnable, haFailover Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
haSyncStart 2 haSyncStart Enables High Availability state synchronization. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION hasyncstart Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) state synchronization. After issuing haSyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you perform one of the following actions: reboot the active CP, reboot the standby CP, insert a new standby CP (blade), or issue the haSyncStart command The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.
2 haSyncStop haSyncStop Disables High Availability state synchronization. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION hasyncstop Use this command to temporarily disable High Availability (HA) synchronization. After issuing haSyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you perform one of the following actions: reboot the active CP, reboot the standby CP, insert a new standby CP (blade), or issue the haSyncStart command The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.
help 2 help Displays command help information. SYNOPSIS help [command] help [-p | -page] help --help DESCRIPTION Use this command without operands to display an alphabetical listing of commands for which help is available. When used without an operand, the command listing displays without page break. Pipe the output through the Unix grep command to filter the output. Use the -page operand to display the commands for which help is available one page at a time. Press Enter to go to the next page.
2 help auditcfg auditdump (output truncated) Tuning policy Modifies and displays audit log filter configuration.
historyLastShow 2 historyLastShow Displays the latest entry in the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION historylastshow Use this command to display the latest entry of the history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards. The type of FRU supported depends on the hardware platform. Each history record contains three lines of information.
2 historyMode historyMode Displays the mode of the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION historymode Use this command to display the mode of the history buffer, which records the insertion and removal of FRUs on a switch or chassis. This command supports two modes of handling new log entries once the history buffer has reached its maximum size: Rotating mode Any new entry exceeding the maximum buffer size overwrites the oldest entry in the log. This is the default mode.
historyShow 2 historyShow Displays the entire field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION historyshow Use this command to display the entire history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards. The type of FRU supported depends on the hardware platform. Each history record contains three lines of information.
2 historyShow FAN Unit 3 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Aug 14 10:23:45 2001 20-123456-12 1013456800 WWN Unit 1 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Aug 14 11:03:45 2001 40-0000031-03 1013456800 SW BLADE Slot 3 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Removed at Tue Aug 14 12:10:09 2001 60-0001532-03 1013456800 CP BLADE Slot 6 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Removed at Tue Aug 14 13:45:07 2001 60-0001604-02 FP00X600128 SW BLADE Slo
i 2 i Displays a process summary. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION i [processID] Use this command to display information about a specified process or about all processes running on the local switch. One line is displayed per process.
2 i C Processor utilization for scheduling PRI Priority number of the process; higher numbers mean lower priority NI Nice value used in priority computation ADDR Memory address of the process SZ The total size of the process in virtual memory, in pages WCHAN The address of an event for which a process is sleeping (if blank, process is running) TTY The controlling terminal of the process (? displayed for no controlling terminal) TIME The cumulative execution time for the process CMD The command name of the
iclCfg 2 iclCfg Enables or disables Inter-chassis links (ICL). SYNOPSIS iclcfg --enable slot/icl_group iclcfg --disable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentenable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentdisable slot/icl_group iclcfg --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to enable or disable an inter-chassis link (ICL) or to enable or disable an ICL persistently. The command enables or disables the ICL by enabling or disabling the ports associated with the link.
2 iclCfg To disable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: switch:user> iclcfg --persistentdisable 8/1 To enable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: switch:user> iclcfg --persistentdnable 8/1 SEE ALSO 486 None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
ifModeSet 2 ifModeSet Sets the link operating mode for a network interface. SYNOPSIS ifmodeset ["interface"] ifmodeset interface -an [on | off] -speed [speed] -cap [full | half] ifmodeset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the link operating mode for a network interface. An operating mode is confirmed with a y or yes at the prompt. If the operating mode selected differs from the current mode, the change is saved and the command exits.
2 ifModeSet --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To advertise all modes of operation, when not entering this command through the serial console port, follow this scenario for the ifModeSet command: switch:admin> ifmodeset eth0 Exercise care when using this command. Forcing the link to an operating mode not supported by the network equipment to which it is attached may result in an inability to communicate with the system through its ethernet interface.
ifModeShow 2 ifModeShow Displays the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ifmodeshow interface Use this command to display the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. On the CP of a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4, this command supports eth0 and eth3 as interface parameters. On all other platforms, only eth0 is supported. The CP on a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4 has two external physical Ethernet management ports, eth1 and eth3.
2 ifModeShow To display the active interface: ras010:root> ifmodeshow bond0 Currently Active Slave: eth0 SEE ALSO 490 ifModeSet Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
iflShow 2 iflShow Displays the interfabric link (IFL) information. SYNOPSIS iflshow iflshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current connection and information of the interfabric links (IFL) on an edge switch.
2 iflShow EXAMPLES To display the interfabric links: switch:admin> iflshow EEXFCR WWN FCR FCR Speed BW # Port Port FID Name ---------------------------------------------------------------1: 7-> 8 10:00:00:05:1e:8b:68:10 8 fcr1 4G 4G TRUNK 2: 12-> 13 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:e3:3a 15 fcr2 4G 4G TRUNK 3: 15-> 15 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:e1:f9 12 sw87 4G 4G TRUNK QOS 4: 16-> 16 10:00:50:eb:1a:00:00:02 4 fcr3 4G SEE ALSO 492 fcrEdgeShow, fcrFabricShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
interfaceShow 2 interfaceShow Displays FSPF interface information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION interfaceshow [slot/][port] Use this command to display the two data structures associated with FSPF interfaces (E_Ports) on the switch: • • The permanently allocated interface descriptor block (IDB). The neighbor data structure. This data structure is allocated when a switch port becomes an E_Port.
2 interfaceShow lastScnTime Time the last State Change Notification was received on this interface. upCount Number of times this interface came up, with respect to FSPF. lastUpTime Last time this interface came up. downCount Number of times this interface went down. lastDownTime Last time this interface went down. downReason Type of last State Change Notification that caused this interface to go down. iState Current state of this interface. The state can be UP or DOWN.
interfaceShow 2 helloTID Hello timer ID. dbRtxTID Database retransmission timer ID. lsrRtxTID LSR retransmission timer ID. inactTo Inactivity timeout value, in milliseconds. When this timeout expires, the adjacency with the neighbor switch is broken and new paths are computed to all possible destination switches in the fabric. helloTo Hello timeout value, in milliseconds. When this timeout expires, a Hello frame is sent to the neighbor switch through this port.
2 interfaceShow state Substate of the port. The port can be in one of the following 12 substates: INIT (0) The port is initializing. ROUTABLE (1) The port is ready to receive frames. ROUTABLE_WAIT (2) The port is waiting for notification from the neighbor. ROUTABLE_SEND (3) The port is preparing for local route update; negotiates for the necessary locks before updating the routes. ROUTABLE_TIMER (4) The request for one or more locks failed; delay for a short interval before retrying.
interfaceShow 2 decom_trunk_member Indicates if decommissioning request is for a multi-link trunk. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specify the slot number of the port to be displayed, followed by a slash (/).
2 interfaceShow nbstFull &dbRetransList &lsrRetransList &lsrAckList inactTID helloTID dbRtxTID lsrRtxTID inactTo helloTo rXmitTo nCmdAcc nInvCmd nHloIn nInvHlo nLsuIn nLsaIn attHloOut nHloOut attLsuOut nLsuOut attLsaOut nLsaOut StuckCnt = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Jan 01 00:00:00.
iodReset 2 iodReset Disables in-order delivery (IOD) on a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION iodreset Use this command to disable in-order delivery enforcement on the local switch. IOD is disabled by default, and can only be disabled after it has been enabled with the iodSet command. This command disables the legacy IOD enforcement only. Disabling IOD allows faster rerouting after a fabric topology change, but it may cause out-of-order delivery of frames during fabric topology changes.
2 iodSet iodSet Enables in-order delivery (IOD). SYNOPSIS iodset iodset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enforce in-order delivery of frames during a fabric topology change. In a stable fabric, frames are always delivered in order, even when the traffic between switches is shared among multiple paths. However, when topology changes occur in the fabric (for instance, a link goes down), traffic is rerouted around the failure and some frames might be delivered out of order.
iodShow 2 iodShow Displays the in-order delivery (IOD) setting. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES iodshow Use this command to display the IOD setting on the switch. By default, IOD is disabled. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 ipAddrSet ipAddrSet Sets the Ethernet and FC IP addresses. SYNOPSIS ipaddrset [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-cp cp_number | -chassis] [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] [-eth0 | -eth1] [--add x.x.x.x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] -gate [--add x.x.x.
ipAddrSet • • • 2 The command accepts the -ipv6 command line syntax with the --add or --delete option on all platforms that support IPv6 addresses. The --add option configures a single static IPv6 address and prefix for the specified managed entity (chassis, CP, or AP). The --delete option deletes a static IPv6 address and prefix for the specified managed entity. On modular platforms, the command can be executed only on the active CP.
2 ipAddrSet -cp cp_number Specifies the CP on a chassis. Valid values are 0 or 1. -chassis Specifies the IPv6 address and prefix of a chassis. On platforms with blade processors, the following additional command line options are supported with the --add or --delete options: -eth0 | -eth1 Specifies the local IPv4 address of the blade processor. A prefix is required. -gate Specifies the IPv4 address of the blade processor (BP) Gateway (no prefix).
ipAddrSet 2 1 Sets the Ethernet IP address, Ethernet subnet mask, gateway IP address and host name of CP1. -chassis Specifies the managed entity as the chassis. -ipv4 Specifies IP address type as static IPv4. -add Sets the specified IPv4 address. -host hostname Sets the hostname. -ethip ipaddress Sets the ethernet IP address. -ethmask mask Sets the ethernet mask. -gwyip gateway_ip Sets the gateway IP address. -dhcp[ON | OFF] Enables or disables DHCP. -dhcpv6 Enables DHCPv6. -nodhcpv6 Disables DHCPv6.
2 ipAddrSet To verify the IPv4 FC address for the logical switch: switch:admin> ipaddrshow CHASSIS Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.10 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 CP0 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.11 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp0 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.208.1 CP1 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.12 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.208.1 IPFC address for logical fabric ID 128: 1.2.3.4/24 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.
ipAddrSet 2 To enable DHCPv6 on a device: switch:admin> ipaddrset -ipv6 -dhcpv6 To clear all IP address information on a management interface and verify the changes: switch:admin> ipaddrset --clear Warning: All management interface will be closed, \ which will result in all network connections \ being terminated. Please initiate a connection to the serial console of \ the switch to configure the management interface. Would you like to continue with clearing the IP \ configuration?(y/n)y switch:admin> ipa
2 ipAddrShow ipAddrShow Displays IP address information for a switch or control processor (CP). SYNOPSIS ipaddrshow ipaddrshow [-cp cp_number] | -chassis ipaddrshow -slot slot [-eth0 | -eth1 | -gate] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the IP addresses configured in the system. The -cp option displays the IP address for a specified CP on modular platforms, or use the command without arguments to display the IP address on a standalone switch, or the IP addresses for both CPs on a chassis.
ipAddrShow - 2 tentative preferred deprecated Refer to the RFC 2462 specification for more information. On modular platforms with intelligent blades, the addresses configured for each slot can be shown with the -slot option. On standalone platforms, all command options are ignored. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 ipAddrShow Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5 Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.
ipFilter 2 ipFilter Manages the IP filter policies.
2 ipFilter OPERANDS This command has the following operands: policyname Specifies an IP filter policy name. The policy name is a unique string composed of a maximum of 20 alphanumeric or underscore characters. The default_ipv4 and default_ipv6 names are reserved for default IP filter policies. The policy name is case-insensitive and is always stored as lower case. The policy type identifies the policy as an IPv4 or IPv6 filter. You can create a maximum of eight IP filter policies.
ipFilter 2 The following arguments are supported with the --addrule option: -sip source_IP Specifies the source IP address. For filters of type IPv4, the address must be a 32-bit address in dot notation, or a CIDR-style IPv4 prefix. For filters of type IPv6, the address must be a 12- bit IPv6 address in any format specified by RFC3513, or a CIDR-style IPv6 prefix.
2 ipFilter EXAMPLES To create an IP filter for a policy with an IPv6 address: switch:admin> ipfilter --create ex1 -type ipv6 To add a new rule to the policy and specify the source IP address, destination port, and protocol, and to permit the rule: switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex1 \ -sip fec0:60:69bc:60:260:69ff:fe80:d4a -dp 23 -proto tcp -act permit \ To display all existing IP filter policies: switch:admin> ipfilter --show Name: Rule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 default_ipv4, Type: ipv4, Source IP Protocol a
ipFilter 4 5 6 7 8 any any any any any tcp udp udp tcp udp 443 161 123 600 - 1023 600 - 1023 2 permit permit permit permit permit Name: ex1, Type: ipv6, State: active Rule Source IP Protocol Dest Port Action 1 fec0:60:69bc:60:260:69ff:fe80:d4a tcp 23 permit To create an IPv4-type IP filter policy: switch:admin> ipfilter --create ex2 -type ipv4 To add a rule to the created policy "ex2": switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex2 -sip 10.32.69.99 \ -dp 23 -proto tcp -act permit To display the IP filter po
2 ipFilter To add a rule for traffic of type FORWARD and to display the result: switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex2 -rule 1 -sip \ 10.32.69.99 -dp 23 -proto tcp -act permit -type fwd -dip 10.32.69.90 \ switch:admin> ipfilter --show -a Legends: [Proto-Protocol, P-Permit, D-Deny, FWD-FORWARD, I/P-INPUT] Name: default_ipv4, Rule Source_IP 1 any 2 any 3 any 4 any 5 any 6 any 7 any 8 any Type: ipv4, State: active Proto Dest_Port Action Flow tcp 22 P I/P tcp 23 P I/P tcp 80 P I/P tcp 443 P I/P udp 161 P I/P
ipSecConfig 2 ipSecConfig Configures Internet Protocol security (IPSec) policies for Ethernet management interfaces.
2 ipSecConfig • • Flush existing SAs from the kernel SA database (SADB). Display policy parameters. Representation of IP addresses When configuring IPSec policies, IP addresses and ports must be specified in the following format: IP address IPv4 addresses are expressed in dotted decimal notation consisting of numeric characters (0-9) and periods (.), for example, 203.178.141.194.
ipSecConfig 2 type Specifies the policy to be created. Supported policies include the following: policy ips Creates or modifies an IPSec policy. This policy determines the security services afforded to a packet and the treatment of a packet in the network. An IPSec policy allows classifying IP packets into different traffic flows and specifies the actions or transformations performed on IP packets on each of the traffic flows.
2 ipSecConfig -mode tunnel | transport Specifies the IPSec transform mode. In tunnel mode, the IP datagram is fully encapsulated by a new IP datagram using the IPSec protocol. In transport mode, only the payload of the IP datagram is handled by the IPSec protocol inserting the IPSec header between the IP header and the upper-layer protocol header. -sa-proposal name Specifies the SA proposal to be included in the transform. You must create the SA proposal first before you can include it in the transform.
ipSecConfig 2 -tag name Specifies a name for the SA. This is a user-generated name. The name must be between 1 and 32 characters in length, and may include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_). This operand is required. -protocol ah | esp Specifies the IPSec protocol. Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) provides confidentiality, data integrity and data source authentication of IP packets, and protection against replay attacks.
2 ipSecConfig -id identifier Specifies the local identifier. The switch is identified by its IPv4 or IPv6 address. -remoteid identifier Specifies the peer identifier. The remote peer is identified by its IPv4 or IPv6 address. -enc algorithm Specifies the encryption algorithm. Valid encryption algorithms include the following: 3des_cbc DES algorithm blowfish_cbc Blowfish algorithm aes128_cbc AES 128-bit algorithm aes256_cbc AES 256-bit algorithm -hash algorithm Specifies the hash algorithm.
ipSecConfig 2 The following operands are optional (use secCertUtil to import the key files to the local and remote systems) -psk file Specifies the preshared key filename. -pubkey file Specifies the public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -privkey file Specifies the private key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -peerpubkey file Specifies the peer public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -lttime number Specifies the key lifetime in seconds. If a lifetime is not specified, the keys do not expire.
2 ipSecConfig -ipsec ah | esp Specifies the IPSec protocol. Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) provides confidentiality, data integrity and data source authentication of IP packets, and protection against replay attacks. Authentication Header (AH) provides data integrity, data source authentication, and protection against replay attacks but, unlike ESP, does not provide confidentiality. -action discard | bypass | protect Specifies the IPSec protection type regarding the traffic flows.
ipSecConfig 2 --delete Deletes a specified policy or all policies of a certain typefrom the configuration database. You can delete IPSec policies, IKE policies, and SADB entries. When deleting IPSec policies, you have the option to delete specific components only, such as the transform or the selector, and recreate these components without having to recreate the entire policy.
2 ipSecConfig type Specifies the policy to be displayed. Valid values for type include the following: policy ips Displays the IPSec policy configuration. A policy subtype must be specified when displaying the IPSec policy configuration.
ipSecConfig 2. Create an IPSec SA policy named AH01, which uses AH protection with MD5. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa -t AH01 -p ah -auth hmac_md5 3. \ Create an IPSec proposal IPSEC-AH to use AH01 as SA. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-AH -sa AH01 4. \ Configure the SA proposal's lifetime in time units. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-AH -lttime 280000 -sa AH01 \ 5. Import the preshared key file (e.g., ipseckey.
2 ipSecConfig 3. Create an IPSec proposal IPSEC-ESP to use ESP01 as the SA. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-ESP -sa ESP01 4. \ Configure the SA proposal lifetime in seconds. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-ESP -lttime 280000 -sa ESP01 5. \ Import the public key for the BROCADE300 (Brocade300.pem), the private key for BROCADE300 (Brocade300-key.pem), and the public key of the external host (remote-peer.pem) in X.
ipSecConfig 2 Example 3 The following example illustrates how to secure traffic between two systems using AH with SHA1 and ESP protection with 3DES and configure IKE with preshared keys. The two systems are a switch, a Brocade 300 (IP address 10.33.74.13), and an external UNIX host (IPv4 address 10.33.69.132). 1. On the system console, log in to the switch as Admin and enable IPSec. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --enable 2. Create an IPSec SA policy named AH01, which uses AH protection with SHA1.
2 ipSecConfig Example 4 The following example illustrates how to secure traffic between two systems using protection with MD5 and Manually keyed SAs. The two systems are a switch, the BROCADE300 (IPv4 address 10.33.74.13), and an external UNIX host (IPv4 address 10.33.69.132). 1. On the system console, log in to the switch as Admin and enable IPSec. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --enable 2.
ipSecConfig 2 created: Oct 15 23:34:55 2008 current: Oct 15 23:35:06 2008 diff: 11(s) hard: 2621440(s) soft: 2137448(s) last: Oct 15 23:34:55 2008 hard: 0(s) soft: 0(s) current: 540(bytes) hard: 0(bytes) soft: 0(bytes) allocated: 5 hard: 0 soft: 0 sadb_seq=0 pid=10954 refcnt=0 To display a specified IPSec SA: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ips \ sa -t sa-esp-1 sa-esp-1 ipsec-protocol:esp encryption algorithm: aes128_cbc 3des_cbc authentication algorithm: hmac_sha1 hmac_md5 To display all IPSec
2 ipSecConfig switch:admin> ipsecconfig --help modify policy ike Usage: ipsecConfig --modify policy ike ARGUMENTS ARGUMENTS -tag -remote -id -remoteid -enc -hash -prf -dh ike policy name peers ipaddress local identifier peers identifier encryption algorithm hash algorithm prf algorithm dh group number ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM 3des_cbc, aes128_cbc, aes256_cbc, null_enc HASH ALGORITHM hmac_md5, hmac_sha1, aes_xcbc PRF ALGORIT
islShow 2 islShow Displays interswitch link (ISL) information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION islshow Use this command to display the current connections and status of the interswitch link (ISL) for each port on a switch.
2 islShow To execute islshow in a logical fabric: switch:user> islshow 1: 33-> 29 10:00:00:60:69:80:4f:84 sp: 2.000G bw: 4.000G TRUNK 2: 39-> 7 10:00:00:60:69:45:68:04 sp: 2.000G bw: 8.000G TRUNK 3: 41-> (incompatible) 4: 47-> (incompatible) 5: 95-> 0 10:00:00:05:1e:01:0b:4a sp: 2.000G bw: 2.000G TRUNK 6:162->160 10:00:00:60:69:e2:09:fa sp:-------- bw: 0.001G 7:384-> 16 10:00:00:05:1e:37:02:73 sp:-------- bw: 10.000G 8:385-> 16 10:00:00:05:1e:37:02:73 sp:-------- bw: 11.000G 3 B3200 \ 4 B3850 \ 15 B5100
islShow 2 To display interswitch links with D_Port enabled: switch:user> islshow 1: 24->343 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G CR_RECOV FEC 2: 25->341 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G CR_RECOV FEC 3: 26-> 95 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G CR_RECOV FEC 4: 27->340 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G CR_RECOV FEC 5: 29->166 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G CR_RECOV FEC 6: 30->165 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 16.000G QOS CR_RECOV FEC 1 D-Port_DCX sp: 16.000G bw: 1 D-Port_DCX sp: 16.000G bw: 1 D-Port_DCX sp: 16.
2 itemList itemList Lists parameter syntax information. SYNOPSIS item_list = element | element white item_list element = item | item - item item = num | slot [white]/ [white] num slot = num num = hex | int int = int digit | digit hex = 0x hex digit | hex hex digit digit = 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9 hex digit = digit |A|B|C|D|E|F|a|b|c|d|e|f white = *["\\t\\f\\r ,"] DESCRIPTION All kernel diagnostics have at least one item list parameter to specify which ports to test.
itemList 2 within the current switch (selected during Telnet login) are tested. When specified in an item list, user ports might be specified by either the area portion of the ports Fibre Channel address or with slot/port notation. For nonblade systems, the port number on the silkscreen is the area number, so the two notations are identical.
2 killTelnet killTelnet Terminates an open Telnet session. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES EXAMPLES killtelnet Use this command to terminate an open Telnet session. The command lists all current Telnet and serial port login sessions and information such as session number, login name, idle time, IP address of the connection, and timestamp of when the login session was opened. The command prompts you to specify the number of the session you want to terminate.
ldapCfg 2 ldapCfg Maps LDAP AD server roles to default switch roles. SYNOPSIS ldapcfg --maprole ldaprole switchrole ldapcfg --unmaprole ldaprole ldapcfg --show ldapcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to map a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Active Directory (AD) server role to one of the default roles available on a switch. This command also provides an option to remove an existing mapping.
2 ldapCfg --unmaprole Removes the mapping between an LDAP role and a switch role. Use the --show option for a listing of existing mappings. The following operand is required: ldaprole Specifies the LDAP AD sever role to be removed from the mapping. --show Displays a table of existing mappings between LDAP roles and their corresponding switch role. --help Displays the command usage.
lfCfg 2 lfCfg Configures and displays logical fabrics. SYNOPSIS lfcfg [--show | --showall] -cfg lfcfg [--show | --showall] -lisl [-v] lfcfg [--show -xisl [slot/]port | --showall -xisl lfcfg --lislenable lfcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display logical fabric configuration information, to determine the status of logical interswitch links (LISLs), to enable LISLs between logical switches, and to display information about the XISLs and LISLs associated with each XISL.
2 lfCfg Port Number of the logical LISL port. remote-domain Domain ID of the base switch in the remote chassis. Name Switch name. State Port state: Online or Offline. Associated physical ports Physical ports associated with the LISL ports. When lfCfg is issued within a logical switch context, only the configuration regarding that switch and the fabrics reachable from that switch is displayed.
lfCfg 2 --lislenable Re-enables all LISLs in the fabric that were disabled because of some conflict or error condition in the fabric. This command provides the option of manually reestablishing the LISLs after the error condition has been resolved. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To display logical fabric information for FID 2 in all chassis reachable from the base fabric.
2 lfCfg Displays status information about the LISLs in the logical switch set by the context: switch:admin> lfcfg --show -lisl -v ID Port# remote-domain Name State Associated Physical Ports 2 384 24 sw0 PT Online 1/29, 2/41, 3/33, 4/24 To display information about all LISLs in the chassis: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -lisl FID 2 3 Port# 384 385 remote-domain 24 24 Name sw0 sw0 State PT Online PT Online To display all XISLs and the LISLs associated with each XISL: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -xis
licenseAdd 2 licenseAdd Adds a license key to a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION licenseadd license Use this command to add a license key to a switch. Some features of the switch and the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products. Without a valid license installed for such products, their services are not available. A license key is a string of any length consisting of upper- and lowercase letters and numbers. License keys are case-sensitive.
2 licenseIdShow licenseIdShow Displays the system license ID. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION licenseidshow Use this command to display the license ID of the system. Some features of the switch and the fabric are optional, licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services provided by these features are not available. This command displays the system license ID used for generating and validating licenses on the system.
licensePort 2 licensePort Manages Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) licenses. SYNOPSIS licenseport --release port licenseport --reserve port licenseport --show licenseport --method dynamic | static DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage and display Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license assignments. Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) is an optional feature available on all embedded platforms.
2 licensePort EXAMPLES To activate Dynamic Ports On Demand: switch:admin> licenseport --method dynamic The POD method has been changed to dynamic. Please reboot the switch now for this change to take effect.
licensePort 2 To disable Dynamic Ports On Demand: switch:admin> licenseport --method static The POD method has been changed to static. Please reboot the switch now for this change to take effect.
2 licenseRemove licenseRemove Removes or deactivates a license key. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION licenseremove license Use this command to remove an existing license key from a switch or to deactivate the license key. The existing license key must be entered exactly as shown by the licenseShow command. License keys are case-sensitive. When the key has been removed, use the licenseShow command to verify that the key and the associated product have been uninstalled.
licenseShow 2 licenseShow Displays current license keys. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION licenseshow Use this command to display current license keys, along with a list of licensed products enabled by these keys.
2 licenseShow Fabric Watch license RyeSzRScycazfT0G: Trunking license RyeSzRScycS0fT09: 4 Domain Fabric license To display the license keys on a switch with temporary (expired) licenses installed: switch:admin> licenseShow 7QmYFYJrmDgE9tTS4AYXB9trYSGtMtrQZSTK4ZSC7FC9ZAYAgE: Integrated Routing license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired 33YBfZfKZ3tQKrRJJRtgmS3JDtCL99P4fYrJYQP7GffS4ASmNE: Enterprise Bundle license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired To display the license keys on a switch with
licenseShow 2 To display an ICL license on a Brocade DCX before and after a firmware upgrade to Fabric OS v7.0.0.
2 licenseSlotCfg licenseSlotCfg Configures and displays slot-based licensed features. SYNOPSIS licenseslotcfg --add feature slot licenseslotcfg --remove feature slot licenseslotcfg --show licenseslotcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure and manage licenses for the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade on the slot where the blade is installed.
licenseSlotCfg 2 slot Specifies the slot number for the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade. This number corresponds to the physical blade slot number on the chassis (1-4, 9-12 on the Brocade DCX; 1-2, 7-8 on the Brocade DCX-4S). --add Adds a slot-based license to the specified slot. --remove Removes a slot-based license from the specified slot. This operation frees up the license to be assigned to another slot.
2 licenseSlotCfg To view the WAN Rate Upgrade licenses: switch:admin> licenseslotcfg --show licenseslotcfg: Command is not supported on this platform SEE ALSO 556 licenseAdd, licenseIdShow, licenseRemove Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
linkCost 2 linkCost Sets or displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) cost of a link. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION linkcost [[slot/]port [cost]] Use this command to set or display the cost of an interswitch link (ISL). The cost of a link is a dimensionless positive number. The Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol compares the cost of various paths between a source switch and a destination switch by adding the costs of all the ISLs along each path. FSPF chooses the path with minimum cost.
2 linkCost 1/7 500 1/8 500 1/9 (E_PORT) 500 1/10 500 1/11 500 1/12 500 1/13 500 1/14 500 1/15 500 Type to continue, Q to stop: To set the ISL cost on a port: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 1000 To display the new cost value on the same port: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 Interface1/9 (E_PORT) Cost 1000 (STATIC) To delete the cost value and reset to default: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 0 To display the change: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 Interface1/9 (E_PORT) Cost 500 To set the ISL cost to a va
logicalGroup 2 logicalGroup Creates and manages groups of monitored elements.
2 logicalGroup Circuit groups: • • • A single circuit in VE_Port/circuit format, for example, "33/5". A circuit range in VE_Port/circuit format, for example, "33/1-3". A set of circuits separated by commas, for example, "33/1-3,33/5". --create group_name Creates a group of monitored elements. -type group_type Specifies the type of elements present in the group. Valid types include the following: port The elements are FC ports. circuit The elements are FCIP circuits.
logicalGroup 2 --update Changes the characteristic string of an existing group. -feature feature_name Specifies the existing feature name for the group. Valid feature names are PORTNAME and NODEWWN. pattern value Specifies the wildcard characters while defining the feature characteristics. The wildcard characters "*" for any string, "?" for any single character, "[expr]" for one character from the set specified in the expression, or '!' for negation of the string, are supported.
2 logicalGroup To update a group: switch:admin> logicalgroup --update dynGroup -feature portname -pattern "port1*" To restore a group: switch:admin> logicalgroup --restore ALL_HOST_PORTS To display detailed inforamtion about the group: switch:admin> logicalgroup --show group1 -details GroupName : group1 Predefined : No Type : Port MemberCount : 6 Members : 2,11,20-23 Added Members : 11 Deleted Members : 1 Feature : PORTNAME Pattern : port2* SEE ALSO 562 mapsConfig, mapsDb, mapsPolicy, mapsRule, mapsS
login 2 login Logs in as new user. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION login Use this command to log in to the switch with another user name and password, without first logging out from the original session. If you originally connected through a Telnet or rlogin session, that session is left open. This command allows you to access commands that you cannot access at your current user level. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 logout logout Logs out from a shell session. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION logout Use this command to log out from a shell session. Remote login connections are closed and the local serial connections return to the login prompt. The exit command is accepted as a synonym for logout, as is Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line.
lsanZoneShow 2 lsanZoneShow Displays logical SAN zone information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION lsanzoneshow [-s] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn] [-z zonename] [-d | -deviceinfo] Use this command to display the inter-fabric zones or LSAN zones. These zones are normal WWN zones created in FC Router EX_Port-connected fabrics and backbone fabrics. The LSAN zones are identified by the text string "lsan_" in the zone name. Note that the string is case insensitive so "LSAN_" also is valid.
2 lsanZoneShow -w wwn Displays LSAN zones containing the specified port WWN. The WWN format is xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. -z zonename Displays LSAN zones with the specified zone name. The database for zones is displayed per switch, which can differ from the database stored on the other FCR switches. -d | -deviceinfo Displays the fabric IDs of the LSAN devices This command displays fabric IDs for Imported and EXIST devices.
lsCfg 2 lsCfg Configures and manages a logical switch SYNOPSIS lscfg --create FID [-b | -base] [-f | -force] lscfg --delete FID [-f |-force] lscfg --config FID [-slot slot1[-slot2]] [-port [ port1[-port2]] [-q | -qsfp] [-f |-force] lscfg --restore_to_default FID lscfg --restore_slot_to_default slot lscfg --change FID [[-newfid FID] | [-base]] [-force] lscfg --show [-ge] [-provision] [-n | -name] lscfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to create a logical switch and to modify logical switch configura
2 lsCfg -b | -base Creates a base logical switch on the chassis. A base logical switch communicates among different logical switches. Legacy switches can be connected to the base logical switch through EX_Ports, and interswitch links (ISLs) between base logical switches enable communication among different logical switches. This operand is optional. -f | -force Executes the command without confirmation. This operand is optional. --delete Deletes a logical switch with the specified fabric ID.
lsCfg 2 -n | -newfid FID Changes the fabric ID of an existing logical switch. This command effectively removes the logical switch from a given logical fabric and makes it part of another logical fabric. -b | -base Turns an existing logical switch into a base switch. When this command is issued on a switch that is already a base switch, this command removes the base switch properties. This command disables the current logical switch. After making the change, you must re-enable the switch.
2 lsCfg Logical Switch with FID (2) has been successfully created. Logical Switch has been created with default configurations. Please configure the Logical Switch with appropriate switch and protocol settings before activating the Logical Switch. 2013/05/02-10:14:17, [PMGR-1001], 376, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, switch, \ Attempt to create switch 2 succeeded. To create a base switch with FID 2 without confirmation: switch:admin> lscfg --create 2 -base -force About to create switch with fid=2. Please wait...
lsCfg 2 Making this configuration change. Please wait... Dispatch a request to kernel-land component: swc Dispatch a request to kernel-land component: swc Configuration change successful. Please enable your ports/switch when you are ready to continue.
2 lsCfg 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | | | | | | | | | 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 | | | | | | | | | 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 | | | | | | | | | 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 | | | | | | | | | To change the fabric ID for a logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --change 1 -newfid 2 Changing of a switch fid requires that the switch be disabled.
lsCfg 2 To display the logical switch details with the FID name: switch:admin> lscfg --show -n -----------------------------------------------------------------Switch Information -----------------------------------------------------------------FID: 30 SwitchType: DS DomainID: 3 SwitchName: Pluto2 FabricName: thor2fab -----------------------------------------------------------------FID: 2 SwitchType: BS DomainID: 1 SwitchName: switch_2 FabricName: base_switch SEE ALSO lfCfg, setContext Fabric OS Command
2 lsDbShow lsDbShow Displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) link state database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION lsdbshow [domain] Use this command to display an FSPF link state database record for switches in the fabric or for a specified domain. There are two types of database entries: • • The link state database entry, which is permanently allocated. The link state record (LSR), which is allocated when a switch is connected to the fabric.
lsDbShow 2 mPathCost Internal variable. mHopsFromRoot Internal variable. Link State Record pointer Pointer to LSR. The same as lsrP. lsAge Age, in seconds, of this LSR. An LSR is removed from the database when its age exceeds 3,600 seconds. reserved Reserved for future use. type Type of the LSR. Always 1. options Always 0. lsId ID of this LSR. It is identical to the domain ID. advertiser Domain ID of the switch that originated this LSR. incarn Incarnation number of this LSR.
2 lsDbShow NOTES Beginning Fabric OS v7.3.0, the output displays only the lines with a bit set. If a port bitmap does not have any bits set, the output displays as "None" for the first line of the bitmap. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
mapsConfig 2 mapsConfig Enables MAPS and sets other MAPS configurations.
2 mapsConfig The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: --enablemaps Enables MAPS and disables Fabric Watch monitoring. The following operand is required: -policy policy_name Specifies the policy that will be enabled after MAPS starts monitoring.
mapsConfig 2 circuit The elements are FCIP circuits. sfp The elements are SFP transceivers. -members member_list Specifies the specific elements on which to pause or continue monitoring. The member list must be enclosed in double quotation marks and can consist of the following: Port and SFP groups: • • • A single port, for example, "8" or "2/8" on bladed systems. A port range where the beginning and end port are separated by a dash, for example, "8-13" or "2/8-13" on bladed systems.
2 mapsConfig --emailcfg Specifies the configuration for e-mail notifications, if email is a triggered action. You can configure a relay host IP address using the relayConfig command. -address email_address Specifies the e-mail address to which the notifications are sent. You can configure up to 5 e-mail addresses as the alert message's receiver. Multiple e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma and each e-mail address can be up to a maximum length of 128 bytes.
mapsConfig EXAMPLES 2 To enable MAPS monitoring and set dflt_moderate_policy as the active policy: switch:admin> mapsconfig --enablemaps -policy dflt_moderate_policy To stop monitoring on three ports: switch:admin> mapsconfig --config pause -type port -members "3/1,3/2,3/3" To resume monitoring on two ports: switch:admin> mapsconfig --config continue -type port -members "3/1,3/3" To specify that generating a RASLog and sending an e-mail message are the only allowed notification actions on this switch:
2 mapsDb mapsDb Displays or clears the dashboard showing an at-a-glance snapshot of switch health status. SYNOPSIS mapsdb --show [all | history | details [-day mm/dd/yyyy | -hr hour]] mapsdb --clear [all | history | summary] mapsdb --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to view the summary of the events or rules triggered and the objects on which the rules were triggered over a specified period of time, and to clear the dashboard data.
mapsDb OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: --show Displays a summary of the data collected since midnight of the current day. The following operands are supported with the --show command. all Displays a summary and historical data of the errors for 5 rules and last 5 ports. history Displays the historical data only. details Displays detailed data in addition to the summary. The following operands are supported with the details command.
2 mapsDb Switch Resource Traffic Performance FCIP Health |Out of operating range |In operating range |In operating range |In operating range |In operating range |In operating range | | | Conditions contributing to health: ================================= Category |Repeat|Rule Name |Execution Time (Rule Count) |Count | ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Health (36) |9 |defNON_E_F_PORTSLF_5 |02/08/13 21:16:36| \ \ \ \ 5 defNON_E_F_PORTSLF_5 |02/08/13 21:15:36| \ \
mapsDb 2 To display the dashboard with summary information and historical data for a specific day: switch:admin> mapsdb --show details -day 10/31/2012 Switch Health Report: ===================== Current Switch Policy Status: HEALTHY Category |Today |Last 7 days | -----------------------------------------------------------------Port Health |In operating range |In operating range | FRU Health |In operating range |In operating range | Security Violations |In operating range |In operating range | Fabric State
2 mapsHelp mapsHelp Displays MAPS command information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES mapshelp Use this command to display a listing of Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite (MAPS) commands with short descriptions for each command. MAPS commands require a Fabric Vision license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
mapsPolicy 2 mapsPolicy Creates and manages MAPS policies. SYNOPSIS mapspolicy --create policy_name mapspolicy --addrule policy_name -rulename rule_name mapspolicy --delrule policy_name -rulename rule_name mapspolicy --enable policy_name mapspolicy --clone existing_policy_name -name new_policy_name mapspolicy --delete policy_name mapspolicy --show policy_name | -summary | -all mapspolicy --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to create and manage monitoring policies.
2 mapsPolicy policy_name Specifies the name of the policy to be enabled. The name can be a predefined or a user-defined policy. If another policy is already enabled, that policy is disabled and the specified policy is enabled instead. --clone Creates a replica of an existing predefined or user-defined policy. The new policy has all of the rules of the existing policy. You can further modify the newly created policy.
mapsPolicy 2 To display a policy: switch:admin> mapspolicy --show Policy1 Policy Names Rule Names Action Condition -------------------------------------------------------Policy1 Rule1 RASLOG Switch(SEC_IDB/Min>0) Rule2 RASLOG Switch(SEC_IDB/Min>1) Active Policy: Policy2 To display a summary of policies: switch:admin> mapspolicy --show -summary Policy Names Number of Rules --------------------------------Policy1 : 125 Policy2 : 130 Policy3 : 135 Policy4 : 150 Active Policy: Policy2 To enable a policy: sw
2 mapsRule mapsRule Creates and manages monitoring rules.
mapsRule 2 LOSS_SYNC Loss of synchronization LF Link failure LOSS_SIGNAL Loss of signal PE Protocol errors LR Link reset C3TXTO Class 3 timeouts STATE_CHG State changes CURRENT SFP current RXP SFP receive power TXP SFP transmit power VOLTAGE SFP voltage SFP_TEMP SFP temperature PWR_HRS SFP power on hours FRU health Monitors the field-replaceable units, including ports, power supplies, and flash memory.
2 mapsRule CIR_PKTLOSS Percentage of circuit packet loss RTT Circuit round trip time in milliseconds JITTER Percentage of variance in RTT for circuits STATE_CHG Tunnel state changes UTIL Percentage of utilization PKTLOSS Percentage of Tunnel Qos utilization Security violations Monitors security violations on the switch.
mapsRule 2 EPORT_DOWN E_Ports down FAB_SEG Fabric segmentation ZONE_CHG Zone changes Switch policy status Monitors the health of the switch.
2 mapsRule Traffic performance Monitors traffic load and flow on an FC Port.
mapsRule 2 g Greater than ge Greater than or equal to eq Equal to value Specifies the threshold value. Valid values include the following: • • • • For numerical values: 1-9999. For percentage values: 1-100. For FRU states: ON, OFF, IN, OUT, or FAULTY. For temperature monitoring: IN_RANGE or OUT_OF_RANGE. action Specifies a comma-separated list of actions to be taken if the specified condition is evaluated to be true.
2 mapsRule -timebase time_base Specifies the time interval between two samples to be compared. -op comparison_operator Specifies the relational operation to be used in evaluating the condition. -value value Specifies the threshold value. -action action Specifies a comma-separated list of actions to be taken if the specified condition is evaluated to be true. -policy policy Specifies the user-defined policy to which the rule is to be added. You cannot add a rule to a predefined policy.
mapsRule 2 To delete a rule: switch:admin> mapsrule --delete New_Cntr_High To clone a rule with a modified timebase: switch:admin> mapsrule --clone Rule1 -rulename NewRule2 -timebase Hour To display a single rule: switch:admin> mapsrule --show defRuleITWAboveHighPF Rule Data: ---------RuleName: defRuleITWAboveHighPF Actions: Raslog Condition: ALL_PORTS(ITW/MIN>25) Policies Associated: none To display all of the rules configured on a switch: switch:admin> mapsrule --show -all RASLOG (R)| FENCE (F)| EMA
2 mapsSam mapsSam Generates or clears reports to display CPU, RAM, and flash memory usage, and the port status for every physical and virtual Fibre Channel port on the switch. SYNOPSIS mapssam --show[cpu | memory | flash] mapssam --clear mapssam --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to generate the reports to display CPU, RAM, and flash memory usage, and the port status for every physical and virtual Fibre Channel port on the switch. This command provides an option to clear the reports.
mapsSam EXAMPLES 2 To generate a port availability monitor report: switch:admin> mapssam --show Total Total Down Total Port Type Up Time Down Time Occurrence Offline Time (Percent) (Percent) (Times) (Percent) ========================================================== 0 U 0 0 0 100 1 U 0 0 0 100 2 U 0 0 0 100 3 F 100 0 0 0 4 U 0 0 0 100 5 U 0 0 0 100 6 U 0 0 0 100 7 U 0 0 0 100 8 U 0 0 0 100 9 E 0 0 0 0 10 U 0 0 0 100 (output truncated) To display CPU usage: switch:admin> mapssam --show cpu Showing Cpu U
2 memShow memShow Displays the amounts of free and used memory in a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS memshow [-b | -k | -m] Use this command to display free and used memory in the switch, as well as the shared memory and buffers used by the kernel. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
motd 2 motd Sets the banner on the chassis. SYNOPSIS motd --set string motd --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the banner on the chassis. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed before you log in to a switch. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 msCapabilityShow msCapabilityShow Displays the Management Server (MS) capabilities. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES mscapabilityshow Use this command to display the supported capabilities of the Management Server for each switch in the fabric. An asterisk displays next to the name of the local switch. Reliable commit service (RCS) is a fabric-wide capability and is supported only if all the switches in the fabric support the service.
msConfigure 2 msConfigure Configures the Management Server (MS) access control list (ACL). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION msconfigure Use this command to configure the MS Access Control List (ACL). The MS allows a Storage Area Network (SAN) management application to retrieve and administer the fabric and Interconnect Elements, such as switches. This application is located at the Fibre Channel well-known address, 0xFFFFFA.
2 msConfigure 20:02:00:60:69:00:60:15 0 Done 1 Display the access list 2 Add member based on its Port/Node WWN 3 Delete member based on its Port/Node WWN select : (0..3) [1] 0 done ...
msPlatShow 2 msPlatShow Displays the Management Server (MS) platform database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES msplatshow Use this command to display information from the MS platform database. This command displays the name of each platform object with the platform type (GATEWAY, HOST_BUS_ADAPTER, and so forth), associated management addresses, and associated node names. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 msPlatShowDBCB msPlatShowDBCB Displays the Management Server (MS) platform service database control block. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES msplatshowdbcb Use this command to display the control block fields associated with the platform database. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
msPlClearDB 2 msPlClearDB Clears the Management Server (MS) platform database on all switches in the fabric. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES msplcleardb Use this command to clear the MS platform database in the entire fabric. Because this operation cannot be undone, it should not be performed unless it is intended to resolve a database conflict between two joining fabrics or to establish an entirely new fabric with an empty database.
2 msPlMgmtActivate msPlMgmtActivate Activates the Management Server (MS) platform service. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES msplmgmtactivate Use this command to activate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command attempts to activate the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and is committed to the configuration database of each affected switch. MS activation is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
msPlMgmtDeactivate 2 msPlMgmtDeactivate Deactivates the Management Server (MS) platform service. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES msplmgmtdeactivate Use this command to deactivate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command deactivates the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric and commits the change to nonvolatile storage. When an FCS policy is enabled, this command can be issued only from the primary FCS switch.
2 msTdDisable msTdDisable Disables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS mstddisable ["ALL"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the management server topology discovery service on a local switch or an entire fabric. This change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches. The change is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
msTdEnable 2 msTdEnable Enables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES mstdenable ["ALL"] Use this command to enable the MS topology discovery service on the local switch or throughout the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches. The change is persistent across power cycles and reboots.
2 msTdReadConfig msTdReadConfig Displays the status of The Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES mstdreadconfig Use this command to check whether or not the management server topology discovery service is enabled. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
myId 2 myId Displays the current login session details. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION myid Use this command to display the status of the system and the login session details. This includes IPv4 or IPv6 addresses associated with the login session. The login session gives details of the following: NOTES • • CP/switch (or console/serial port) used to log in. • • The current CP mode (Active, Standby, or N/A).
2 nbrStateShow nbrStateShow Displays the state of FSPF neighbors. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION nbrstateshow [slot/][port] Use this command to display information about fabric shortest path first (FSPF) neighbors to the local switch or information about a neighbor to a specified port. FSPF defines a neighbor as a remote E_Port interface that is directly attached to the local switch. However, if ports are trunked, the command displays data only about the trunk master.
nbrStateShow 2 ROUTABLE_SEND The port is preparing for local route update; negotiates for the necessary locks before updating the routes. ROUTABLE_TIMER The request for one or more locks failed; delay for a short interval before retrying. DONE The port is online and in use. DECOM_START The decommissioning request is sent to the neighbor and waiting for a response. DECOM_WAIT Waiting for neighbor to remove routes using the interswitch link (ISL).
2 nbrStatsClear nbrStatsClear Resets FSPF interface counters. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS nbrstatsclear [slot/][port] Use this command to reset the counters of fabric shortest path first (FSPF) frames transmitted and received on all interswitch links (ISLs) or on a specified ISL Use this command without operands to reset counters on all interfaces. Use interfaceShow to view the FSPF counters.
nbrStatsClear 2 To verify the changes: switch:admin> interfaceshow 1/0 idbP = 0x10050a38 Interface 0 data structure: nghbP ifNo masterPort defaultCost cost = = = = = 0x1004ce68 0 0 (self) 500 500 (output truncated) SEE ALSO interfaceShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 617
2 nodeFind nodeFind Displays all device Name Server (NS) entries matching a given WWN, device PID, or alias. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION nodefind WWN | PID | ALIAS Use this command to display the NS information for all devices in the fabric that have either a port world wide name (WWN) or a node WWN matching the given WWN; or have a device PID matching the given PID; or have a defined configuration alias to which the device belongs matching the given alias.
nodeFind 2 To display device information for a string for which there is no match: switch:user> nodefind abcd No device found.
2 nsAliasShow nsAliasShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information, with aliases. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION nsaliasshow [-r][-t] | -domain domain_id | --help Use this command to display local name server information with the added feature of displaying the defined configuration aliases to which the device belongs. If there are no defined configuration aliases for that device, no alias is displayed.
nsAliasShow 2 -domain domain_id Displays the remote device details for a specific domain. --help Displays the command usage.
2 nsAliasShow Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: N 010602;3;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01; 3 FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [41] "Brocade Ioblaster Initiator#00,pid#10602.
nsAliasShow 2 Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: DeviceAlias The Local Name Server has 3entries } To display remote device details for a specific domain: switch:admin> nsaliasshow -domain 92 { Type Pid COS PortName NodeName N 5c1000; 3;23:06:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:06; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#03.
2 nsAllShow nsAllShow Displays global name server information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS nsallshow [type] Use this command to display the 24-bit Fibre Channel addresses of all devices in all switches in the fabric. When used with the type operand, the command displays only devices of the specified FC-4 type. FC-4 type codes are referenced in the Fibre Channel Framing and Signaling (FC-FS) standards documentation (see "TYPE codes - FC-4").
nsCamShow 2 nsCamShow Displays information about remote devices in the Name Server (NS) cache. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION nscamshow [-t] Use this command to display the local NS cache information about the devices discovered in the fabric by the NS cache manager.
2 nsCamShow Virtual The device is contrived by the switch. NPV The device is connected to the NX_Port, using FDISC to log in to the switch. iSCSI Device is connected to the iSCSI port. iSCSI The second attribute indicates the role of the device. Valid role attributes include the following: Unknown (initiator/target) Device role is not detected Initiator An iSCSI initiator. Target An iSCSI target. Initiator+Target Both an iSCSI initiator and an iSCSI target.
nsCamShow 2 Redirect: No Partial: No Port Properties: SIM Port N 5c1700; 3;23:00:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:00; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [34] "Brocade DPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00.
2 nsDevLog nsDevLog Manages device history logging. SYNOPSIS nsdevlog --show [[-slot slot] -port port | -pid pid | -wwpn wwpn | -wwnn nwwn | -event event] nsdevlog --enable nsdevlog --disable nsdevlog --clear nsdevlog --help DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to manage Name Server (NS) device logging. By default, logging is enabled. The NS records the PortIndex, PID, world wide node name (WWNN), world wide port name (WWPN) and the event (login and logout).
nsDevLog 2 --clear Clears the NS device history logs. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To enable device logging: switch:admin> nsdevlog --enable Device History Logging enabled To disable device logging: switch:admin> nsdevlog --disable Device History Logging disabled To display the NS device log for an event: switch:admin> nsdevlog --show -event "FPORT Entry" date/time slot/port PID Port WWN \ Node WWN event ================================================================== Wed Jun 27 11:24
2 nsShow nsShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION nsshow [-r][-t] Use this command to display local NS information about devices connected to a switch. If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the following message: "There is no entry in the Local Name Server." Use nsAllShow to display NS information for all switches in the fabric. Each line of output displays the following information: Type Displays U for unknown, N for N_Port, NL for NL_Port.
nsShow 2 Partial Displays "Yes" if the device entry is incomplete; otherwise displays "No". Devices that are incomplete are displayed by the nsShow and nsCamShow commands, and have routing established, but are not considered during device discovery (for example, during FC-GS Name Server Queries). LSAN Displays "Yes" if the device is currently part of an active LSAN zone; otherwise displays "No".
2 nsShow -t Displays the device type. The device type is defined in terms of two attributes. The first attribute indicates the origination of the device as one of the following: Physical The device is connected to the NX_Port, using FLOGI to log in to the switch. Virtual The device is contrived by the switch. NPV The device is connected to the NX_Port, using FDISC to log in to the switch. iSCSI The device is connected to the iSCSI port. The second attribute indicates the role of the device.
nsShow 2 To display local name server information with the -r option. switch:user> nsshow -r Type Pid COS PortName NodeName SCR N 010100;3;21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10;20:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10; \ 0x01000003 FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.2 (w32 IP)" Fabric Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:34:00:70 Permanent Port Name: 21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10 Port Index: 1 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No LSAN: No N 010e00;3;21:00:00:e0:8b:12:8a:be;20:00:00:e0:8b:12:8a:be;\
2 nsShow Redirect: No Partial: No LSAN: No Port Properties: SIM Port The Local Name Server has 2 entries } SEE ALSO 634 nsAllShow, nsAliasShow, nsCamShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
nsZoneMember 2 nsZoneMember Displays the information on online devices zoned with a specified device. SYNOPSIS nszonemember pid | wwn nszonemember -a | -n | -u nszonemember [-domain domain] [-index index] nszonemember --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information on all online devices zoned with the specified device. The device can be specified by WWN or Port ID (PID). Use this command with the -u option to display all unzoned devices in the entire fabric.
2 nsZoneMember NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: PID | WWN Specifies the port ID or WWN of the device for which to display zoned devices. -a Displays each local device's online zoned device data, including the device PID and zone alias.
nsZoneMember 2 Device type: Physical Initiator NL 0416e2; 3;22:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3;20:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST318304FC 0005] Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:60:69:50:06:78 Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3 Device type: Physical Target NL 0416e4; 3;22:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac;20:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST318304FC 0005] Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac Device type: Physical Target No remote zoned members To display all the unzoned devices in the fabric
2 nsZoneMember To display zoned device data for a device (either local or remote) in the fabric with the specified domain and port index: switch:admin> nszonemember -domain 3 -index 168 Port Index: 168 Pid: 0x03a840 Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0x03a840 Aliases: ali_z1 Pid: 0x015200 Aliases: ali_z1 SEE ALSO 638 cfgShow, nsCamShow, nsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
nsZoneShow 2 nsZoneShow Displays the zone names. SYNOPSIS nszoneshow -pid pid nszoneshow -wwn wwn nszoneshow -pid "pid1,pid2" nszoneshow -wwn "wwn1,wwn2" DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the zone names that a specified device or device-pair are part of. The devices can be zoned as part of regular zones, Traffic Isolation (TI) zones, or Frame Redirect (RD) zones.
2 nsZoneShow EXAMPLES To display the zone names for a device with a specified PID: switch:admin> nszoneshow -pid 0x010200 Zone Names ================= zn_test1 zn_test2 ================= To display the common zone for two devices specified by a WWN pair: switch:admin> nszoneshow \ wwn "20:08:00:05:1e:a3:01:d9,20:01:00:05:1e:a3:01:d9" Zone Names ================= zn_test2 ================= To display the RD zone name: switch:admin> cfgshow Defined configuration: cfg: myHTcfg myHostTarget cfg: r_e_d_i_r_
passwd 2 passwd Changes the password for a specified user. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION passwd [user_account] [-old old_password] [-new new_password] Use this command to change a user account password. Passwords can be changed locally on any switch. For the password database to be distributed to other switches in the fabric, the switches must be configured to accept the password database with the fddCfg command. The password database is distributed manually with the distribute command.
2 passwd NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. The following operand is optional: user_account Specifies the user account for which the password is to be changed. The user account must be an existing account, either default or user-created.
passwd 2 Password matches one of the previous passwords The password you entered matches one of the previous passwords. You must wait longer to change your password You cannot change the password before the minimum aging period expires. Password contains invalid characters The password you entered contains invalid characters.
2 passwdCfg passwdCfg Manages the password policies. SYNOPSIS passwdcfg --set options value passwdcfg --setuser username options value passwdcfg --disableadminlockout passwdcfg --enableadminlockout passwdcfg --setdefault passwdcfg --showall passwdcfg --showuser username passwdcfg --deleteuser username passwdcfg --deleteuser -all passwdcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage password policies.
passwdCfg 2 The account lockout policy disables a user account when the user exceeds a configurable number of failed login attempts. The mechanism can be configured to keep the account locked until explicit administrative action is taken to unlock the account or locked accounts can be automatically unlocked after a specified period. An administrator can unlock a locked account at any time. Note that the account locked state is distinct from the account disabled state.
2 passwdCfg -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password. The minpasswordage policy is not enforced when an administrator changes the password for another user.
passwdCfg 2 -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password. The minpasswordage policy is not enforced when an administrator changes the password for another user.
2 passwdCfg Digits value out of range The -digits value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. Punctuation value out of range The -punctuation value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. Total strength specification out of range The total of -lowercase value, -uppercase value, -digits value, and -punctuation value must be less than or equal to -minlength value.
passwdCfg 2 passwdcfg.warning: 0 passwdcfg.lockoutthreshold: 0 passwdcfg.lockoutduration: 30 passwdcfg.status: 0 passwdcfg.reverse: 0 To set password configuration parameters, specifying that a password must contain at least two uppercase characters, and that passwords expire in 90 days from the date they are defined: switch:admin> passwdcfg --set -uppercase 2 -maxpasswordage 90 \ To set user password expiration policy parameters: switch:admin> passwdcfg --setuser admin -minpasswordage 2 \ -maxpassword
2 pathInfo pathInfo Displays routing information and statistics along a path covering multiple switches. SYNOPSIS pathinfo pathinfo -f FID dest_switch_domain [source_port] [dest_port] [-sid source_pid] [-did dest_pid] [-r] [-t] pathinfo dest_switch_domain [source_port] [dest_port] [-sid source_pid] [-did dest_pid] [-r] [-t] pathinfo --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display routing information from a source port on the local switch to a destination port on another switch.
pathInfo 2 For each hop, this command displays the following fields: Hop The hop number. The local switch is hop 0. In Port The port on which the switch receives frames. For hop 0, this is source_port. identified by the port index. Domain ID The domain ID of the switch. Name The name of the switch. Out Port The output port that the frames take to reach the next hop. For the last hop, this is destination_port identified by the port index. BW The bandwidth of the output interswitch link (ISL), in Gbps.
2 pathInfo Extended statistics Extended statistics report variables of general interest. They include the following: F/s The number of frames received or transmitted per second. This value is reported for multiple time periods, displayed in parentheses. Words The total number of 4-byte Fibre Channel words. Frames The total number of frames. Errors The total number of errors that may have caused a frame not to be received correctly.
pathInfo NOTES OPERANDS 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: dest_switch_domain Specifies the destination switch. To obtain path info in a Layer 2 fabric, the destination switch can be identified by its Domain ID, by the switch WWN, or by the switch name.
2 pathInfo Source port Specifies the port whose path to the destination domain is traced, specified as the port index. If unspecified, the value defaults to -1 (embedded port). Destination port Specifies the port on the destination switch for the path being traced. If unspecified, the value defaults to -1 (embedded port) Source pid Specifies the source ID of the originator device in hexadecimal format. Destination pid Specifies the destination ID of the proxy device in hexadecimal format.
pathInfo 2 To display path information when source port and destination port are provided along with the traceroute option: switch:admin> pathinfo 6 12 13 -t Target port is F_Port Hop Domain ID (Name) Time/hop ----------------------------------------------6 (Stealth_I) 108186 usec To display basic path information to a specific domain in a Virtual Fabric environment (the cost for this hop is the cost of the corresponding path in the base fabric): switch:admin> pathinfo 13 4 Target port is Embedded Hop In
2 pathInfo Port 3 12 Tx Rx Tx Rx --------------------------------------B/s (1s) 36 76 0 0 B/s (64s) 5 0 Txcrdz (64s) 0 0 F/s (1s) 1 1 0 0 F/s (64s) 0 0 0 0 Words 240434036 2294316 2119951 2121767 Frames 20025929 54999 162338 56710 Errors 4 0 Hop In Port Domain ID (Name) Out Pot BW Cost --------------------------------------------------------2 14 8 (web228) E (output truncated) To display the TI-enabled path information over an FCR in interactive mode: switch:admin> pathinfo Max hops: (1..
pdShow 2 pdShow Displays data from a panic dump file. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION pdshow [panic_dump_file] Use this command to display data from a panic dump file. The panic dump file contains information that might be useful to determine the cause of the system panic. When executed without any arguments, this command displays output from the latest panic dump file available on the switch. If a panic dump file is specified as an argument, the contents of that specific file are displayed.
2 perfAddEEMonitor perfAddEEMonitor Adds an end-to-end monitor to a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfaddeemonitor [slot/]port SourceID DestID [-force] Use this command to add an end-to-end performance monitor to a port.
perfAddEEMonitor 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port on which the monitor is to be added, followed by a slash (/).
2 perfAddEEMonitor 20:00:00:00:c9:52:00:7d Host PID: 01a000 VI: 20:01:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 \ 20:02:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 VI PID: 0a2002 Number of LUN(s): 1 LUN number: 0x0 LUN type: disk LUN serial number:\ 600062B0000EB33C00000000000000000000000000000000 Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Encrypt existing data: disabled Rekey: disabled LUN state: Encryption enabled Encryption algorithm: AES256-XTS Key ID state: Read write Key ID: ba:26:50:3a:22:72:01:04:c9:57:ff:27:77:e3:8d:6d Key creation time:
perfAddEEMonitor 2 PortSymb: [24] "Crypto Virtual Initiator" NodeSymb: [37] "Ini Port wwn: 10:00:00:00:C9:52:00:7D" Fabric Port Name: 20:20:00:05:1e:53:b8:45 Permanent Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 Port Index: 32 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: Yes virtual The Local Name Server has 4 entries } The configuration is as follows: Initiator ---> 0x01a000 3.
2 perfCfgClear perfCfgClear Clears the previously saved performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES perfcfgclear Use this command to clear the previously saved end-to-end performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
perfCfgRestore 2 perfCfgRestore Restores performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES perfcfgrestore Use this command to restore the performance monitoring configuration information from nonvolatile memory. This does not restore the information cleared by the perfCfgClear command; rather, it restores the configuration from nonvolatile memory. The perfCfgRestore command overwrites any configuration changes that were not saved.
2 perfCfgSave perfCfgSave Saves performance monitoring configuration settings to nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfcfgsave Use this command to save the current Performance Monitor configuration for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors to nonvolatile memory. Configuration changes are saved persistently across power cycles.
perfClearAlpaCrc 2 perfClearAlpaCrc Clears the CRC error count associated with a port and arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES perfclearalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Use this command to clear a specific cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error counter associated with a specific port and AL_PA, or all such counters on a port. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license.
2 perfDelEEMonitor perfDelEEMonitor Deletes one or all end-to-end performance monitors from a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES perfdeleemonitor [slot/]port [monitorId] Use this command to delete an end-to-end performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
perfHelp 2 perfHelp Displays performance monitoring help information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES perfhelp Use this command to display the help commands available for performance monitoring. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 perfMonitorClear perfMonitorClear Clears counters of end-to-end and ISL performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfmonitorclear --class monitor_class [slot/]port [monitorId] Use this command to clear counters for performance monitors on a port, specified by class. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE) and interswitch link monitors ISL).
perfMonitorClear 2 To clear statistics counters for an ISL monitor: switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class ISL 1 This will clear ISL monitor on port 1, continue? \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO perfAddEEMonitor, perfMonitorShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 669
2 perfMonitorShow perfMonitorShow Displays end-to-end and interswitch link performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfmonitorshow --class monitor_class [slot/]port [interval] Use this command to display End-to-End (EE) performance monitors on a port. If interval is specified, the command displays a snapshot of the traffic at the specified interval. If no interval is specified, this command displays the following information: Key The monitor number. SID The source Port ID.
perfMonitorShow 2 interval The interval value must be greater than or equal to 5, and it must be a multiple of 5. In the case of end-to-end monitor, Tx and Rx counts are displayed in the unit of byte when this operand is specified. This operand is optional; if the operand is not specified, this command displays cumulative counts. EXAMPLES To display EE monitors on port 8: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class EE 2/8 There are 8 end-to-end monitor(s) defined on port 8.
2 perfResourceShow perfResourceShow Displays performance monitor resources for a logical switch. SYNOPSIS perfresourceshow --portttRes [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --eeRes [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --fabmodeRes perfResourceShow --installed [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to determine the physical resources available to support the installation of performance monitors on a logical switch port.
perfResourceShow 2 --help Displays the command usage.
2 perfResourceShow 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | (output | - | - | | - | - | | - | - | | - | 0 | | - | - | | - | 0 | | - | - | | - | - | | - | - | | - | - | | - | 0 | | 1 | - | | - | - | | - | - | truncated) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
perfSetPortEEMask 2 perfSetPortEEMask Sets the overall mask for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfsetporteemask [slot/]port "TxSIDMsk " "TxDIDMsk " "RxSIDMsk" "RxDIDMsk" Use this command to set the mask for an end-to-end (EE) performance monitor. This command allows selecting the Fibre Channel frames for which to collect performance statistics. When setting the EE mask on a port, all existing EE monitors on that port are deleted.
2 perfSetPortEEMask ff Specifies that the field does triggers EE monitors. TxDIDMsk Specify the transmitting Destination ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. RxSIDMsk Specify the receiving Source ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. RxDIDMsk Specify the destination ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. EXAMPLES To set the overall mask for end-to-end monitors on a port: switch:admin> perfsetporteemask 1/6 "00:00:00" \ "ff:ff:ff" "00:ff:ff" "ff:00:00" Changing EE mask fo
perfShowAlpaCrc 2 perfShowAlpaCrc Displays the CRC error count by port or by arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfshowalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Use this command to display the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error count of one or all devices attached to a port. If the AL_PA operand is specified, only the CRC count for that AL_PA device is displayed. If the AL_PA operand is not specified, the CRC count for all the AL_PA devices on a specified port are displayed.
2 perfShowPortEEMask perfShowPortEEMask Displays the current address mask for end-to-end performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION perfshowporteemask [slot/]port Use this command to display the current mask shared across all end-to-end (EE) performance monitors of a port. There are only two commands that can modify the value of the EE mask: perfSetPortEEMask and perfCfgRestore.
perfShowPortEEMask RxSID RxSID RxDID RxDID RxDID SEE ALSO Area: ALPA: Domain: Area: ALPA: 2 on on on on on perfAddEEMonitor, perfDelEEMonitor, perfSetPortEEMask Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 679
2 perfTTmon perfTTmon Installs the Top Talker monitor in the specified mode. SYNOPSIS perfttmon Port Mode: perfttmon --add egress | ingress [slot/]port [-force] perfttmon --show [slot/]port [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete [[slot/]port | -all | -sconfig] Fabric Mode: perfttmon --add fabricmode perfttmon --show dom domain id [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete fabricmode perfttmon --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to install the Top Talker monitor.
perfTTmon NOTES 2 This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitor license. Top Talkers are incompatible with Frame Redirection, and therefore this feature is not supported on the Brocade Encryption switch for encrypted data traffic. Top Talkers are not supported on embedded platforms. Top Talkers are not supported on FCoE ports or ports configured as mirror ports. Top Talkers are not supported on VE_Ports, EX_Ports, VEX_Ports.
2 perfTTmon -sconfig On a Condor 3-based platforms, the -sconfig option deletes all stale Top Talker monitor entries from the configuration file. A Top Talker monitor is considered stale when it can no longer monitor due to a configuration change, but it still exists in the persistent configuration.
perfTTmon 2 To delete the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --del fabricmode To display the Fabric Mode Top Talker output: Switch:admin> perfttmon --show dom 1 pid ========================================================= Src_PID Dst_PID MB/sec Potential E-Ports ========================================================= 0x03f600 0x011300 121.748 2/0,2/2,2/3 0x03f600 0x011300 121.
2 portAddress portAddress Assigns the lower 16 bits of the Fibre Channel Port ID. SYNOPSIS portaddress --bind [slot/]port [16-bit_address] [--auto] portaddress --unbind [slot/]port portaddress --show [[slot/]port] portaddress --findPID 24-bit_Port_ID portaddress --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to bind the 16-bit address to the lower two bytes of a port 24-bit Fibre Channel address, or to unbind the currently bound address for the specified port.
portAddress 2 --auto Enables autobinding on the specified port. If the auto feature is enabled, the entire area field of the PID is bound to a single port. With 10-bit routing, up to 4 ports can share the same 8-bit area field of the PID. This address assignment mode dedicates all four unique routes to a single port. By default, auto is off. This operand is optional; if unspecified, the default is used. --unbind Removes both the address and any automode override configuration from the specified port.
2 portAddress 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 0x0500 0x0600 0x0700 0x1800 0x1900 0x1a00 0x1b00 0x1c00 0x1d00 0x1e00 0x1f00 0x1000 0x1100 0x1200 0x1300 0x1400 0x1500 0x1600 0x1700 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit Y - To display the port address binding for port 28: switch:admin> port
portAlpaShow 2 portAlpaShow Displays the Arbitrated Loop Physical Addresses (AL_PAs) of devices attached to a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portalpashow [slot/]port Use this command to display the AL_PAs of devices connected to a port, and whether these devices are public or private. If the specified port is not an active FL_Port or if no AL_PAs are present, this command prints an error.
2 portBeacon portBeacon Sets port beaconing mode. SYNOPSIS portbeacon --enable [slot/]port portbeacon --disable [slot/]port portbeacon --show [slot/]port portbeacon --show -all portbeacon --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable beaconing mode on a specified port. When beaconing mode is enabled on a port, the port LED flashes amber and green for 2.5 seconds each in an alternating pattern. The beaconing mode continues until you turn it off.
portBeacon 2 port Specifies the number of the port to be configured, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid ports. --enable Enables beaconing mode on the specified port. --disable Disables beaconing mode on the specified port. --show Displays the port beaconing mode on the specified port as ON or OFF. --show -all Displays the beaconing ports in slot/port format on the chassis and index format on switches, in logical switch order. --help Displays the command usage.
2 portBufferCalc portBufferCalc Calculates the number of buffers required per port. SYNOPSIS portbuffercalc [slot/]port [-distance distance] [-speed speed] [-framesize framesize] portBufferCalc --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to calculate how many buffers are required for a given distance, speed, and framesize. You can use the same number of buffers and port speed, when configuring the portCfgLongDistance command.
portBufferShow 2 portBufferShow Displays the buffer usage information for a port group or for all port groups in the switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portbuffershow [[slot/]port] Use this command to display the current long distance buffer information for the ports in a port group. The port group can be specified by giving any port number in that group. If no port is specified, then the long distance buffer information for all of the port groups of the switch is displayed.
2 portBufferShow the return trip of a MARK primitive that is sent and then echoed back to the switch. LD mode supports distances up to 500 km. Distance measurement on a link longer than 500 km might not be accurate. If the connecting port does not support LD mode, is shows "N/A". Remaining Buffers The remaining (unallocated and reserved) buffers in a port group.
portBufferShow 196 - 2 8 - ( - ) - ( - )\ 197 8 - ( - ) - ( - )\ 0 198 8 - ( - ) - ( - )\ 0 199 8 - ( - ) - ( - )\ 0 4556 -----------------------------------------------------------0 SEE ALSO portCfgLongDistance Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 693
2 portCamShow portCamShow Displays port-based filter CAM utilization. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcamshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the current filter Content-Addressable Memory (CAM) utilization of a specified port. The command displays the following information: SID used Total number of CAM entries used by this port. Note that each CAM entry, either source ID (SID) or destination ID (DID) CAM, can be shared among a certain number of ports, depending on the ASIC.
portCamShow EXAMPLES 2 To display the filter CAM utilization for a single port on a switch: switch:user> portcamshow 3/2 -------------------------------------------------Area SID used DID used SID entries DID entries 34 3 1 350400 2b2200 2b1200 220400 -------------------------------------------------SID Free, DID Free: (61, 511) To display port CAM entries on shared ports (in the example, port 7/31 and 7/39 are shared ports and 7/31 is the primary port): switch:user> portcamshow 7/39 -------------------
2 portCfg portCfg Manages port configuration parameters for FC ports, VE_ports, and GbE/10GbE ports. SYNOPSIS portcfg action [slot/] port arguments portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments portcfg action [slot/]ve_port options arguments portcfg action [slot/][ge_port options arguments DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage port configuration parameters on FC ports as well as on Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800 and Brocade 7840 switches and on the Brocade FX8-24 blade.
portCfg FUNCTION Commands supported on all platforms SYNOPSIS portcfg action [slot/]port arguments DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the following parameters on a local FC port. • • OPERANDS 2 portcfg mirrorport - Configure a mirror port on the local port. portcfg rscnsupr - Manage registered state change notification (RSCN) suppression on the local port.
2 portCfg To configure a range of ports as RSCN-suppressed: switch:admin> portcfg rscnsupr 2/4-7 --enable FUNCTION Configure IP interfaces on the Brocade 7800 and Brocade 7840 switches and Brocade FX8-24 blade. SYNOPSIS portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments DESCRIPTION OPERANDS Use this command to configure the local IP interfaces and static routes on the Brocade 7800 and Brocade 7840 switches and Brocade FX8-24 blade..
portCfg 2 src_IPv6_addr/prefix_len Specifies the source IPv6 address of the virtual port if IPv6 is used. The address must be an IPv6 global, unicast address, followed by a prefix. This is used for IPv6 addresses instead of a netmask. The prefix_len operator is required. Refer to the Fibre Channel over IP Administrator's Guide for more information on IPv6 rules and restrictions. src_IPv4_addr netmask [mask] Specifies the source IPv4 address of the virtual port, if IPv4 is used.
2 portCfg gateway_router Specifies the IP address of an IP router that can route packets to the destination virtual port IP address. The gateway address must be on the same IP subnet as one of the port IP addresses. This operand is optional with IPv6 addresses. If not specified, the gateway_router learned from the Neighbor Discovery protocol is used. -x | --crossport Configures an IP route for a failover crossport.
portCfg 2 dst_ipaddr Specifies an optional destination IP address (IPv4 or IPv6). All packets destined for this IP address are tagged accordingly. If a destination IP address is not specified, all packets not already tagged will be tagged. The default is 0.0.0.0. optional_args Optional VLAN tagging parameters include the following: -x | --crossport >Applies the VLAN tag to a crossport interface. Specifying this parameter allows the VE_Ports 12-21 to use the IP interface with this vlantag.
2 portCfg To create an IP interface using IPv6 with a prefix: switch:admin> portcfg ipif ge0 create 2000::22/64 1500 Operation Succeeded switch:admin> portshow ipif ge0 Port IP Address / Pfx MTU VLAN Flags ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ge0 192.180.0.20 / 24 1500 n/a U R M ge0 192.168.0.
portCfg 2 To create a static IP route using IPv6: switch:admin> portcfg iproute ge0 create 2010::/64 2000::1:250 Operation Succeeded \ switch:admin> portshow iproute ge0 Port IP Address / Pfx Gateway Flags ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ge0 192.168.0.
2 portCfg To create a network-wide permanent VLAN tag entry with a VLAN ID of 200 and an L2 CoS value of 5 (no destination address): switch:admin> portcfg vlantag ge2 add 192.168.2.10 200 5 Operation Succeeded \ To display the VLAN tag configuration (for an explanation of the flags, refer to portShow): switch:admin> portshow vlantag ge2 Port: ge2 Interface Address VlanId L2CoS Flags Destination Address ------------------------------------------------------------192.168.2.10 200 5 Perm Net 0.0.0.0 192.
portCfg 2 To view the IPsec policy status for the Brocade 7840 switch: switch:admin> portshow ipsec-policy all --ike IPsec Policy OpStatus IKECnt Pre-Shared Key IKE-ID OpStatus RefCnt Local IP Address Remote IP Address ------------------------------------------------------------------------myPolicy1 NotInUse 0 some test key FUNCTION Configure tunnels, circuits, and management interfaces on the Brocade 7800 and Brocade 7840 switches and Brocade FX8-24 blade.
2 portCfg Note the following port mapping rules on the Brocade FX8-24: The Brocade FX8-24 has two FCIP chips and each one controls specific GbE ports and VE ports. The first FCIP chip controls VE_Ports 12-21, and the GbE ports ge0-ge9 and the local XGE port, xge1. The second FCIP chip controls VE_Ports 22-31 and the local XGE port, xge0. Typically (that is in the case when you do not configure a failover crossport) you use the IP addresses on ge0-ge9 and xge1 for any FCIP circuits that use VE_Ports 12-21.
portCfg 2 For XGE ports, this provides a maximum guaranteed rate of 10 Gbps combined for all tunnels over a single 10GbE port and a maximum rate of 10Gbps for any single circuit. This feature is backwards compatible with 1GbE ports on either the Brocade 7800 Extension Switch or on the Brocade FX8-24 Extension Blade. For connections between 10GbE ports, ARL is supported only if Fabric OS v7.0 is running on both switches.
2 portCfg aggressive Enable aggressive compression. auto enable auto compression. Automatically adjusts compression level based on the maximum configured tunnel bandwidth. To enable this feature upgrade both ends of the tunnel to Fabric OS v7.0.0. Based on total effective tunnel bandwidth, the compression level will be adjusted as follows: Aggressive Bandwidth less than 512 Mbps Moderate Bandwidth more than 512 Mbps and less than 2 Gbps. Standard Bandwidth more than 2Gbps.
portCfg 2 -l | --legacy [disable | enable] In Fabric OS v7.0.0, the connection process for FCIP tunnels has changed in ways that make it incompatible with earlier firmware versions. Specifying the --legacy allows connection to IPsec-configured tunnels that use pre-Fabric OS v7.0.0 firmware versions. You enable or disable this option per tunnel. This option is a disruptive modify request that causes the tunnel to bounce. The command prompts for confirmation with an appropriate message.
2 portCfg --ficon-read-blk [disable | enable] Enables or disables FICON read Tape Read Block ID emulation. This feature permits FICON write channel programs containing embedded read block ID commands (CCWs) with a byte count of exactly four bytes to be processed as emulated commands during write emulation processes. --ficon-print [disable | enable] Enables or disables FICON printer emulation on the specified FCIP tunnel. This command is valid only with the modify option.
portCfg 2 --oxid-base value Defines the base value of an entry pool of 256 OXIDs supplied to emulation-generated exchanges. It should fall outside the range used by FICON channels and devices to avoid conflicts. The default value is 0x8000 (recommended setting). The range is 0x0000 to 0xF000. --ficon-debug value Defines optional debug flags. The default value is 0xF7C80000. This parameter is primarily for use by technical support personnel.
2 portCfg -x | --metric metric Specifies the metric for the configured circuit. The valid range is 0 to 1. The default value is 0. A lower metric assigns a higher priority to the circuit. As data is flowing through the FCIP tunnel, it automatically traverses the lowest metric cost circuits. For example, if a tunnel has four circuits, three of which are set to a metric of 0 and one is set to a metric of 1, all data will flow over the metric 0 circuits.
portCfg 2 --l2cos-low l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for Low Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to7. The default is 0. --dscp-f-class dscp Specifies the DSCP value for F-Class Traffic. The range is 0 to 63. The default value is 0. --dscp-high dscp Specifies the DSCP value for High Priority. The range is 0 to 63. The default value is 0. --dscp-medium dscp Specifies the DSCP value for Medium Priority. The range is 0 to 63. The default value is 0. --dscp-low dscp Specifies he DSCP value for Low Priority.
2 portCfg modify [circuit_ID] [circuit_arguments Modifies the properties of an existing FCIP circuit. To modify a circuit, you must specify at least one of the optional circuit parameters for the command to be effective. Any circuit attribute you change with the fcipcircuit modify command affects only the specified FCIP circuit. All other circuits remain unchanged. Refer to fciptunnel create and modify for a listing of optional circuit arguments and their descriptions.
portCfg 2 Valid options and arguments for mgmtroute include the following: create Creates a management route for a specified destination IP Address. The following operands are required: dest_IPv4_addr Specifies the destination IP address for the management route in IPv4 format. netmask Specifies the subnet mask for the IPv4 address in a.b.c.d format. gateway Specifies the IP address of an IP router that can route packets to the destination IP address.
2 portCfg Max Comm Rt: 500000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 1000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 To set the compression rate to 'moderate' on the tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify -c moderate Operation succeeded To enable FICON XRC and Teradata emulation on the tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify \ --ficon-xrc enable --ficon-tera-read enable --fic
portCfg 2 To set the failover group for circuit 1 and verify the configuration: switch:admin> portcfg fcipcircuit 1/12 modify 1 -g 1 Operation succeeded switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel all -c ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel Circuit OpStatus Flags Uptime TxMBps RxMBps ConnCnt CommRt Met/G ----------------------------------------------------------------------------1/22 Up cft---- 26m51s 0.00 0.00 1 -/1/22 0 1/xge0 Up ---4--s 20m26s 0.00 0.
2 portCfg Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:c3:f0:16 Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 16.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: In Progress Remote IP: 192.168.2.20 Local IP: 192.168.2.
portCfg 2 To modify an existing circuit so it becomes the initiator (the following example uses the string option): switch:admin> portcfg fcipcircuit 16 \ modify 2 --connection-type initiator !!!! WARNING !!!! Modify operation can disrupt the traffic on the fcipcircuit specified \ for a brief period of time. This operation will bring the existing \ circuit down (if circuit is up) before applying new configuration.
2 portCfg 5. On the Management Station, add route entries to get to the Brocade 7800 external inband management interfaces. linux# route add 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.3.250 linux# route add 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.3.250 6. Access the Brocade 7800 switches through the external inband management interfaces. linux# telnet 192.168.1.10 To delete an inband management interface: switch:admin> portcfg mgmtif ge0 delete 192.168.3.10 255.255.255.
portCfgAlpa 2 portCfgAlpa Configures the AL_PA offset on a specified port or range of ports. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfgalpa [slot/]port, mode Use this command to set the Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) offset on a port or a range of ports to either 0x0 (default) or 0x13. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portCfgAutoDisable portCfgAutoDisable Manages the port autodisable configuration.
portCfgAutoDisable 2 port[-port] Specifies a port or a port range, relative to the slot number on bladed systems, for example, 5/17-29. --enable Enables the autodisable feature on the specified ports. --disable Disables the autodisable feature on the specified ports. --add Specifies one or more trigger conditions that will disable the specified ports. Trigger conditions must be separated by a space, for example, LOSN OLS LIP. Trigger conditions are case insensitive.
2 portCfgAutoDisable EXAMPLES To disable the port autodisable feature on single port: switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --disable 18 switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --show 18 Port Auto Disable: OFF Configured Option(s):No events configured. Port will not be automatically disabled. To enable the port autodisable feature on a single port: switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --enable 18 switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --show 18 Port Auto Disable: ON MODE : RESUME Configured Option(s):No events configured.
portCfgAutoDisable 2 Port will not be automatically disabled. Port Auto Disable: ON MODE : RESUME Configured Option(s):No events configured. Port will not be automatically disabled.
2 portCfgCompress portCfgCompress Configures a port for compression. SYNOPSIS portcfgcompress --enable [slot]/port portcfgcompress --disable [slot]/port portcfgcompress --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a port for compression. This command enables or disables the compression configuration on the specified port, and saves the configuration persistently. Configuring a port for compression is disruptive. You must disable the port before you can enable compression on the port.
portCfgCompress 2 switch:admin> lscfg --config 15 -port 2 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Checking for cap port 2 After Checking for cap port 2 val 1 port 2 lscfg: The port cannot be moved to the requested switch because port or ports have Encryption/Compression enabled. Please disable the Encryption/Compression configuration.
2 portCfgCreditRecovery portCfgCreditRecovery Enables or disables credit recovery on a port. SYNOPSIS portcfgcreditrecovery --enable [slot/]port portcfgcreditrecovery --disable [slot/]port portcfgcreditrecovery --help [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable credit recovery on a port. The credit recovery feature enables credits or frames to be recovered. The default credit recovery configuration is enabled. NOTES This command is supported in Access Gateway mode in Fabric OS v7.
portCfgDefault 2 portCfgDefault Resets the port configuration to factory default value. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfgdefault [slot/][ge]port Use this command to reset all configuration values on a specified port to their factory defaults. This command persistently disables ports capable of routing, which is the factory default value. Use the portCfgShow command to display the port configuration. This command does not change the state of a port.
2 portCfgDPort portCfgDPort Configures a port as a D_Port. SYNOPSIS portcfgdport --enable [-dwdm] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --disable [-dwdm] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --provision [-add] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --provision [-delete] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --provision [-show] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a diagnostic port (D_Port). The D_Port is not part of the fabric. It does not carry any interswitch traffic or data traffic.
portCfgDPort OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: slot On bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the ports to be configured, followed by a slash (/). port_list Specifies one or more ports, relative to the slot on bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid ports. A port list should be enclosed in double quotation marks and can consist of the following: • • • • A single port, for example, "8" or "5/8" on blades systems.
2 portCfgDPort To clear the D_Port configuration: switch:admin> portdisable 42 switch:admin> portcfgdport --disable 42 switch:admin> portenable 42 To add a port to the D_Port provision list: switch:admin> portcfgdport --provision -add 7/16 Caution: D_Port functionality is only available on 16Gb-capable platforms with 16Gb FC SFPs, 10Gb FC SFPs, 8Gb LWL/ELWL FC SFPs, QSFPs or QSFP+.
portCfgEncrypt 2 portCfgEncrypt Configures a port for encryption. SYNOPSIS portcfgencrypt --enable [slot]/port portcfgencrypt --disable [slot]/port portcfgencrypt --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a port for encryption. This command enables or disables the encryption configuration on the specified port and saves the configuration persistently. Before you can configure a port for encryption, you must configure the port for authentication.
2 portCfgEncrypt To attempt to move a configured port to another logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --config 15 -port 2 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Checking for cap port 2 After Checking for cap port 2 val 1 port 2 lscfg: The port cannot be moved to the requested switch because port or ports have Encryption/Compression enabled. Please disable the Encryption/Compression configuration.
portCfgEport 2 portCfgEport Enables or disables E_Port capability on a port or locks down a port as an E_Port. SYNOPSIS portcfgeport [slot/]port mode portcfgeport -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f] mode] portcfgeport -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgeport -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable E_Port capability on a port or to lock down a port as an E_Port. E_Port capability is enabled by default.
2 portCfgEport mode Specifies the E_Port configuration as one of the following: 0 Disables E_Port capability for the specified ports. 1 Enables the ports as E_Ports. This is the default port state. 2 Locks down the ports as E_Ports. This command effectively disables the port's F_Port capability. -h Displays the command usage.
portCfgEportCredits 2 portCfgEportCredits Configures normal distance E_Port buffer allocation. SYNOPSIS portcfgeportcredits --enable [slot/]port credits portcfgeportcredits --disable [slot/]port portcfgeportcredits --show [slot/]port portcfgeportcredits --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to change the default credit allocation for a normal distance E_Port or EX_Port by allocating the specified number of credits to the port.
2 portCfgEportCredits credits Specifies the number of credits to be allocated to the specified port. The specified credit allocation takes effect when the E_Port comes online. This operand is required with the --enable option. The minimum credit allocation is 5 and the maximum is 40. The configured credits will be allocated for each of the medium virtual channels (VCs) for the non-QoS ports. For QoS ports, after sharing, both the medium and high VCs will have the configured credits allocated.
portCfgEXPort 2 portCfgEXPort Sets a port to be an EX_Port, and sets and displays EX_Port configuration parameters.
2 portCfgEXPort NOTES The fabric ID must be the same for every router port connected to the same edge fabric, and different for every edge fabric. If two ports are connected to the same fabric but have been assigned different fabric IDs, one of them will be disabled due to a fabric ID oversubscription. If two fabrics have been assigned the same fabric ID, one of them will be disabled due to a fabric ID conflict.
portCfgEXPort 2 -t fabric_parameter Enables or disables negotiation of the fabric parameters. Valid values are 1 for enable and 2 for disable. -m port mode Specifies the port mode. The -m option enforces the same port mode for all the ports connected to the same edge fabric. If this option is selected, the port mode is compared against the online ports. If the modes are different, an error message is posted, and the command fails. Valid values are as follows: 0 Brocade Native mode.
2 portCfgEXPort DH Group: 4 Hash Algorithm: SHA-1 Encryption: ON Compression: ON Forward Error Correction: ON Edge fabric's primary wwn: N/A Edge fabric's version stamp: N/A To view the configuration of an ICL EX_Port: switch:admin> portcfgexport 5/12 Port 5/12 info Admin: enabled State: OK Pid format: core(N) Operate mode: Brocade Native Edge Fabric ID: 11 Alias name: orange_fabric Front Domain ID: 160 Front WWN: 50:00:51:e4:8f:80:2e:0b Principal Switch: 1 Principal WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:48:f8:03 Fabric P
portCfgFaultDelay 2 portCfgFaultDelay Configures the fault delay for a single FC port. SYNOPSIS portcfgfaultdelay [slot/]port delay portcfgfaultdelay --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the fault delay of an FC port. In the event that the link is noisy after a host power cycle, the switch may go into a soft fault state, which means a delay of R_A_TOV. Setting the mode value to 1 reduces the fault delay value to 1.2 seconds.
2 portCfgFaultDelay Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers Fault Delay: NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: D-Port mode: D-Port over DWDM Compression: Encryption: FEC: OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON AE OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 1(1.
portCfgFaultDelay 2 FEC .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Fault Delay 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 where AE:QoSAutoEnable, AN:AutoNegotiate, ..
2 portCfgFec portCfgFec Enables or disables Forward Error Correction (FEC) or FEC through Transmitter Training Signal (TTS) on 16 Gbps and 10 Gbps Fibre Channel links.
portCfgFec 2 Use the portCfgShow command to display the FEC configuration along with other port parameters. Use the islShow command to view interswitch link-level FEC configurations. Use the portErrshow and portStatShowhow commands to monitor data transmission errors. You should see a significant reduction in CRC errors on FEC-enabled links. NOTES FEC is supported the following links: • Between E_Ports on all 16 Gbps platforms running Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later.
2 portCfgFec EXAMPLES To enable FEC on a single port and to display the configuration: switch:admin> portcfgfec --enable -FEC 5/28 Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive to the traffic FEC has been enabled. switch:admin> portcfgfec --show 5/28 Port: 412 FEC Capable: YES FEC Configured: ON FEC via TTS Configured: OFF FEC State: active To enable FEC on a port: switch:admin> portcfgfec --enable -FEC 18 Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive to the traffic FEC has been enabled.
portCfgFec Warning FEC has Warning FEC has Warning FEC has Warning FEC has Warning FEC has Warning FEC has : FEC changes will been disabled. : FEC changes will been disabled. : FEC changes will been disabled. : FEC changes will been disabled. : FEC changes will been disabled. : FEC changes will been disabled.
2 portCfgFec Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive FEC TTS is supported only on F-port. WARNING: Enabling TTS on E-port, EX-port TTS has been enabled. Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive FEC TTS is supported only on F-port. WARNING: Enabling TTS on E-port, EX-port TTS has been enabled. Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive FEC TTS is supported only on F-port. WARNING: Enabling TTS on E-port, EX-port TTS has been enabled.
portCfgFec 2 To disable FEC and TTS feature when TTS is previoulsy disabled and FEC is enabled: switch:admin> portcfgfec --disable -FEC -TTS 1 Warning : FEC changes will be disruptive to the traffic Same TTS configuration; and FEC has been disabled for port 1.
2 portCfgFillword portCfgFillword Configures the fill word for a single 8G FC port. SYNOPSIS portcfgfillword [slot/]port, mode [passive] portcfgfillword --help DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to configure the fill word of an 8G FC port. By default, this command disables and re-enables the port and the port comes online with the new fill word setting. When passive option 1 is used after the mode, the new settings are not applied until the next time the port goes offline and comes back online.
portCfgFillword 2 1 Specify 1 to postpone the new settings to take effect only after the next time the port goes offline and comes back up. It prevents immediate application of the new settings through a disruptive portDisable and portEnable operation.
2 portCfgFlogiLogout portCfgFlogiLogout Enables the Base Device Logout functionality on the port. SYNOPSIS portcfgflogilogout --enable [slot/]port | -all portcfgflogilogout --disable [slot/]port | -all portcfgflogilogout --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable Base Device Logout functionality on a specified port or port range. By default, the functionality is disabled on all the ports. This functionality allows NPIV devices to remain logged in even after the base device logs out.
portCfgFportBuffers 2 portCfgFportBuffers Configures F_Port buffer allocation. SYNOPSIS portcfgfportbuffers --enable [slot/]port buffers portcfgfportbuffers --disable [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to change the default buffer allocation for an F_Port and to allocate a specified number of buffers to the port. When port buffer allocation is enabled, the number of buffers specified override the default F_Port buffer allocation.
2 portCfgGE portCfgGE Manages the port configuration of the GbE/10GbE ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgge [slot/] port --set -speed speed portcfgge [slot/] port --set -mediatype media portcfgge [slot/] port --enable -autoneg portcfgge [slot/] port --disable -autoneg portcfgge --show portcfgge --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage the port configuration of the GbE/10GbE ports. This command switches the port speed between 1G and 10G or switch the auto-negotiate mode.
portCfgGE 2 --help Displays the command usage.
2 portCfgGeMediaType portCfgGeMediaType Sets the selected mode for the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. SYNOPSIS portcfggemediatype ge_port [optical | copper] portcfggemediatype --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the mode for ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Each of the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800 can be configured as a copper port (RJ45) or an optical port (SFP). The copper ports (RJ45) can only accept copper connections.
portCfgGeMediaType 2 --help Displays the command usage.
2 portCfgGport portCfgGport Designates a port as a G_Port; removes G_Port designation. SYNOPSIS portcfggport [slot/]port,mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to designate a port as a G_Port. After successful execution of this command, the switch attempts to initialize the specified port as an F_Port only, and does not attempt loop initialization (FL_Port) on the port. A port designated as a G_Port can become an E_Port. This configuration can be cleared but not set on VE/VEX_Ports.
portCfgISLMode 2 portCfgISLMode Enables or disables ISL R_RDY mode on a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfgislmode [slot/]port,mode Use this command to enable or disable interswitch link read-ready (ISL R_RDY) mode on a port. Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether ISL R_RDY mode is enabled on a port. In ISL R_RDY mode, the port sends a primitive signal that the port is ready to receive frames. The port sends an exchange link parameter (ELP) with flow control mode 02.
2 portCfgISLMode To disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch:admin> portcfgislmode 1/3, 0 SEE ALSO 762 configure, portCfgLongDistance, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
portCfgLongDistance 2 portCfgLongDistance Configures a port to support long distance links. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfglongdistance [slot/]port [distance_level] [vc_translation_link_init] [-distance distance] | [-buffer buffers] [-framesize frame_size] [-fecenable | -fecdisable] Use this command to allocate frame buffer credits to a port or to configure a specified long distance link. The port can only be used as an E_Port.
2 portCfgLongDistance distance_level Specifies the long distance level as one of the following (the numerical value representing each distance_level is shown in parentheses): L0 (0) Specifies L0 to configure the port as a regular port. A total of 20 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic, regardless of the port's operating speed; therefore, the maximum supported link distance is up to 5 km at 2 Gbps, up to 2 km at 4 Gbps and up to 1 km at 8, 10, and 16 Gbps.
portCfgLongDistance 2 -fecdisable Disables Forward Error Correction. EXAMPLES To configure a switch port 118 to support a 100 km link and be initialized using the long distance link initialization protocol: switch:admin> portcfglongdistance 12/6 LS 1 -distance 100 switch:admin> portshow 12/6 portIndex: 118 portName: slot12 port6 portHealth: No Fabric Watch License Authentication: None portDisableReason: None portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x103 PRESENT ACTIVE E_PORT G_PORT U_PORT \ SEGMENTED LOGIN LocalSwcF
2 portCfgLongDistance To confgiure average frame size: switch:admin> portcfglongdistance 2/35 \ LS 1 -distance 100 -framesize 1024 SEE ALSO 766 configure, portCfgISLMode, portCfgTrunkPort, portCfgShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
portCfgLossTov 2 portCfgLossTov Enables or disables de-bouncing of signal loss for front end ports. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfglosstov [slot/]port mode Use this command to enable or disable the de-bouncing of loss of signal for 100 ms for front end ports. Use portCfgShow to display the current setting. If executed without operands, the command prints the usage. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portCfgLport portCfgLport Configures a port as an L_Port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portcfglport [[slot/]port] locked_mode [private_mode] [duplex_mode]] Use this command to designate a port as an L_Port, and to configure its behavior. When a port is designated as an L_Port, the switch attempts to initialize that port as a fabric L_Port (FL_Port). The switch will never attempt a point-to-point (F_Port) initialization on the port. By default the L_Port will be a public L_Port.
portCfgLport 2 To display the L_Port conditions: switch:admin> portcfglport [...] Ports of Slot 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ---------------+--+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+---+--+--+-[...] Locked L_Port .. Private L_Port .. Locked Loop HD .. Loop Fairness .. (output truncated) SEE ALSO .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ON .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ON .. .. .. ON .. .. ..
2 portCfgNonDfe portCfgNonDfe Enables or disables non-Decision Feedback Equalization (DFE) mode on 8 Gbps Fibre Channel links. SYNOPSIS portcfgnondfe --enable [slot/]port[-port] portcfgnondfe --disable [slot/]port[-port] portcfgnondfe --show [slot/]port[-port] portcfgnondfe --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable non-DFE mode on a specified port or on a range of ports, or to display the configuration.
portCfgNonDfe 2 --disable Disables non-DFE on the specified ports. --show Displays the non-DFE configuration on the specified ports. --help Displays the command usage.
2 portCfgNPIVPort portCfgNPIVPort Enables or disables N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV) functionality on a port and sets the per-port login limit. SYNOPSIS portcfgnpivport --enable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --disable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --setloginlimit [slot/]port login_limit portcfgnpivport --help portcfgnpivport [slot/]port mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable NPIV functionality on a port and to configure the maximum number of logins for this port.
portCfgNPIVPort NOTES 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. When using portCfgNPIVPort --disable or --enable on trunked ports, you must disable all trunk member ports before changing the NPIV capability on a trunk member and then re-enable the trunked ports to ensure that the configuration changes take effect.
2 portCfgNPIVPort Persistent Disable.. LOS TOV enable .. NPIV capability ON NPIV PP Limit 80 (output truncated) .. .. ON 80 ON .. ON 80 ON .. ON 80 .. .. ON 80 .. .. ON 80 .. .. ON 80 .. .. ON 80 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. .. ON 95 .. ..
portCfgNPIVPort SEE ALSO Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: OFF OFF OFF AE OFF Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers Fault Delay: NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: Frame Shooter Port D-Port mode: OFF OFF OFF ON 12 0(R_A_TOV) 255 OFF OFF OFF 2 configure, portCfgDefault, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 775
2 portCfgNPort portCfgNPort Enables or disables N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port. SYNOPSIS portcfgnport [slot/]port1[-port2] [mode] DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port or for a range of ports. The enabled N_Ports automatically come online if they are connected to an enterprise fabric switch that supports NPIV. When used without operands, this command displays the port configuration.
portCfgOctetSpeedCombo 2 portCfgOctetSpeedCombo Sets port speed combination for a port octet. SYNOPSIS portcfgoctetspeedcombo [slot]port combo portcfgoctetspeedcombo [slot]port -default DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the speed for a port octet. A Condor 3 ASIC has six octets, each of which contains eight ports. You can configure up to three different speed combinations. When you configure a given port, the combination applies to all ports in the octet.
2 portCfgOctetSpeedCombo combo Specifies the speed combination for the ports in the octet. The following speed combinations are supported: 1 Supports autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 16 Gbps,8 Gbps,4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps. 2 Supports autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 10 Gbps,8 Gbps,4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps. 3 Supports autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 16 Gbps and 10 Gbps. -default Sets all octet combination values back to the default value of 1.
portCfgPersistence 2 portCfgPersistence Sets or removes the persistent disable flag on a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgpersistence --set [-persistentenable | -pe] [-persistentdisable | -pd] [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistence --set [-persistentenable | -pe] [-persistentdisable | -pd] -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistence --set [-persistentenable | -pe] [-persistentdisable | -pd] -x [index1[-index2] [...
2 portCfgPersistence -i index1[-index2] Sets the flag for a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You can specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, -i 33-38 40-60. -x index1[-index2] Sets the flag for a port or a range of ports identified by index number in hexadecimal format. You can specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c.
portCfgPersistentDisable 2 portCfgPersistentDisable Persistently disables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable [slot/]port -r disable_reason_string portcfgpersistentdisable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to persistently disable a port or a range of ports.
2 portCfgPersistentDisable port1[-port2] Persistently disables a single port or a range of ports identified by port numbers. The port range cannot span slots, but you can specify multiple port ranges pairs separated by a space, for example 3/1-4 4/7-9. -i index1[-index2] Persistently disables a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, -i 33-38 40-60. -f Ignores nonexisting ports.
portCfgPersistentDisable 2 To display the persistently disabled ports on the switch: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+ Disabled Slot 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--Disabled - YES YES - YES YES Slot 0 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+-Disabled YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES To disable a port persistently with a dis
2 portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable Persistently enables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgpersistentenable portcfgpersistentenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentenable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portcfgpersistentenable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to persistently enable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
portCfgPersistentEnable 2 -i index1[-index2] Persistently enables a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, 33-38 40-60. -f Ignores nonexisting ports. This operand is valid only with the -i option. -slot [slot1[-slot2] Persistently enables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command. -h Displays the command usage.
2 portCfgQoS portCfgQoS Enables or disables QoS, sets the default configuration, and sets and resets the ingress rate limit. SYNOPSIS portcfgqos --disable | --enable [slot/]port portcfgqos --setratelimit [slot/]port ratelimit portcfgqos --resetratelimit [slot/]port portcfgqos --enable | --disable [slot/]port[-port] csctl_mode portcfgqos --default [slot/]port portcfgqos --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure traffic prioritization on a port.
portCfgQoS OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to configure, followed by a slash (/). port[-port] Specifies the port or port range to be configured, relative to the slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid ports. --disable Disables the current configuration on the specified ports. When issued with the csctl_mode operand, this command disables traffic prioritization based on CS_CTL.
2 portCfgQoS To enable CS_CTL VC mode on a port when QoS is enabled: switch:admin> portcfgqos --enable 1/10-16 csctl_mode Enabling CSCTL mode flows causes QoS zone flows to \ lose priority on such ports Do you want to proceed?(y/n): y switch:admin> portcfgshow -slot 1 Index: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 --------------------+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+Speed AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN Fill Word(On Active)0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fill Word(Current) 0
portCfgShow 2 portCfgShow Displays port configuration settings. SYNOPSIS portcfgshow portcfgshow [slot/]port portcfgshow -i [ndex1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgshow -slotslot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgshow [option] [slot/]ge_port portcfgshow [fciptunnel | fcipcircuit] [all | [slot/]veport] [optional_argument] portcfgshow ipsec-policy DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current configuration of a port.
2 portCfgShow Octet Speed Combo Displays the speed configuration for a port octet. This value is set by the portCfgOctetSpeedCombo command. Port octet speed configuration is supported only on Condor 3-based platforms. On unsupported platforms the Octet Speed Combo field is suppressed. Valid Octet Combo values include the following: 1 Autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 16 Gbps, 8 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps. 2 Autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 10 Gbps, 8 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps.
portCfgShow 2 Reserved Buffers Displays the reserved buffers for the port. This field is displayed only when portCfgShow is executed for a single port and would only display for LS and LD long distance mode. Locked L_Port Displays ON when the port is locked to L_Port only. Displays (..) or OFF when L_Port lock mode is disabled and the port behaves as a U_Port). This value is set by the portCfgLport command. Locked G_Port Displays ON when the port is locked to G_Port only. Displays (..
2 portCfgShow EX_Port Displays ON when the port is configured as an EX_Port. Otherwise displays (..) or OFF. This value is set by the portCfgExPort command. Mirror Port Displays ON when Mirror Port is enabled on the port. Displays (..) or OFF when Mirror Port is disabled. This value is set by the portCfg mirrorport command. SIM Port Displays ON when SIM Port is enabled on the port. Displays (..) or OFF when SIM Port is disabled. This value is set by the flow --control flow_name -simport command.
portCfgShow 2 Compression Displays ON when compression is enabled on a port. Displays (..) or OFF when the configuration is disabled. Compression is enabled by the portCfgCompress command; it is disabled by default. Encryption Displays ON when encryption is enabled on a port. Displays (..) or OFF when the configuration is disabled. Encryption is enabled by the portCfgEncrypt command; it is disabled by default. FEC Displays ON when Forward Error Correction (FEC) is enabled on a port and the port is online.
2 portCfgShow Displays supported on the Brocade 7800, Brocade 7840, and FX8-24 platforms When issued on the Brocade 7800, Brocade 7840, and FX8-24, tunnels and parameters not applicable to these platforms are not displayed. Use the portShow command to display FCIP tunnel and circuit parameters on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24. ipif Displays the IP interface configurations. IPv6 addresses are supported. arp Displays the address resolution protocol (ARP) table.
portCfgShow EXAMPLES 2 To display the port configuration settings for a single port on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:admin> portcfgshow Area Number: Octet Speed Combo: Speed Level: AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Desired Distance Reserved Buffers Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability NPIV FLOGI Logout QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port SIM Port Credit Recove
2 portCfgShow NPIV PP Limit NPIV FLOGI Logout QOS E_Port EX Port Mirror Port Rate Limit Credit Recovery Fport Buffers Port Auto Disable CSCTL mode D-Port mode D-Port over DWDM Compression Encryption FEC Fault Delay SIM Port 126 ON AE .. .. .. ON ON .. .. .. .. .. .. ON 126 ON .. .. ON .. ON .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ON 0 0 1 .. .. 126 ON .. .. .. .. ON .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ON .. where AE:QoSAutoEnable, AN:AutoNegotiate, ..
portCfgShow .. .. 2 .. Index: 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ----------------+--+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+ Octet Speed Combo 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Speed AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AL_PA Offset 13 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Trunk Port ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Long Distance .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. VC Link Init .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
2 portCfgShow NPIV PP Limit: D-Port mode: Compression: Encryption: FEC 126 OFF OFF OFF active To display port configuration settings on a DCX with a Brocade FCOE10-24 blade in Slot 12: switch:admin> portcfgshow -slot 12 Index: 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 [truncated] ------------------+---+---+---+-----+---+---+---+-----+---+---+Octet Speed Combo 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1[truncated] Speed AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN AN[truncated] Fill Word(On Active)0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0[truncated] Fill Word(Current) 0 0 0 0
portCfgShow Desired Distance Reserved Buffers Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability NPIV FLOGI Logout QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: Fault Delay D-Port mode: D-Port over DWDM: FEC 2 10 Km 86 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON AE OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 126 OFF 1(1.
2 portCfgShow To display the inband management interface for a single GbE Port on a Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portcfgshow mgmtif ge0 Inband Management: ge0 Enabled Interface IPv4 Address NetMask Effective MTU Flags -------------------------------------------------------------0 20.20.0.151 255.255.255.
portCfgSpeed 2 portCfgSpeed Configures the speed for a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgspeed [slot/]port speed portcfgspeed -i index1[-index2] [-f] speed [-m] max_auto_speed portcfgspeed -x hex1[-hex2] [...] speed portcfgspeed -slot slot1[-slot2] [...] speed [-m] max_auto_speed portcfgspeed -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the speed on a specified port or port range. This command disables and then re-enables the ports, and the ports come online with the new speed setting.
2 portCfgSpeed -x hex1 [-hex2] Configures a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. -slot slot1[-slot2] Configures all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. speed Sets speed for the specified ports. This operand is required. Valid values are one of the following.
portCfgSpeed 2 To set the speed of a port using the port index: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -i 78 16 To set the speed of a port range using the port index: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -i 24-38 8 To set all ports on slots 2 and 3 to 8 Gbps: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -s 2-3 8 To set all ports on slots 2-3 and 9-12 to 10 Gbps: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -s 2-3 9-12 10 To set the speed of all ports in a range: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -x 1d-1e 8 To set the maximum auto-negotiation speed: switch:admin> p
2 portCfgTrunkPort portCfgTrunkPort Enables or disables trunking on a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portcfgtrunkport [slot/]port[,] mode Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. Use switchCfgTrunk to enable or disable trunking on all ports of a switch. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
portCfgVEXPort 2 portCfgVEXPort Configures a port as a VEX_Port connected to an FC-IP and sets and displays VEX_Port configuration parameters.
2 portCfgVEXPort OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -a admin Enables or disables the specified port as a VEX_Port. Valid values are 1 (enable as VEX_Port), 2 (disable as VEX_Port and enable as non-VEX_Port). portCfgDefault may also be used to disable VEX_Ports. -f fabricid Specifies the fabric ID. Valid values are 1-128. -r ratov Specifies the R_A_TOV used for port negotiation. Valid values are 2000 to 120000.
portCfgVEXPort 2 To set the fabric ID of port 2/21 to 5 and the port ID format to core: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/21 -f 5 -p 1 To configure port 2/20 as a VEX_Port and set the fabric ID to 4: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/20 -a 1 -f 4 To disable fabric parameter negotiation on port 2/20 of a VEX_Port: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/20 -t 2 SEE ALSO portCfgEXPort, portDisable, portEnable, portShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 807
2 portCmd portCmd Diagnoses intelligent ports.
portCmd 2 last rtt Last Round trip in milliseconds (RT traffic only). VLAN tagging ensures that test traffic traverses the same path as real FCIP traffic. A VLAN tag entry must exist prior to issuing the --ping or --traceroute commands; this includes both the local and remote sides. NOTES The -crc option to portCmd --tperf is no longer supported as of Fabric OS v7.0.0. End-to-end path characterization is not supported if an IPSec-enabled tunnel exists that uses the same source/local IP address.
2 portCmd -z size Specifies the default packet size to a fixed size in bytes. The default is 64 bytes. In an IPv4 environment, the ICMP/IP header occupies 28 bytes. In an IPv6 environment it occupies 48 bytes. The total size, including ICMP/IP headers (28 or 48 bytes without IP options) cannot be greater than the IP MTU configured on the interface. This operand is optional. -v vlan_id Specifies the VLAN ID. Values must be in the range between 1 and 4094. There is no default value.
portCmd 2 -v vlan_id Specifies the VLAN ID. Values must be in the range between 1 and 4094. There is no default value. Note that a VLAN tag entry must exist on the local and remote sides prior to issuing the -v option. A VLAN Tag table entry is dynamically maintained by the ipperf application. See the portCfg help page for details on creating a VLAN tag table. -c L2 Class-of-Service Specifies Class of Service/Priority, as defined by the IEEE 802.1p specification.
2 portCmd -pattern pattern Specifies the test data pattern for the payload as one of the following values: 0 | notspecified No pattern is specified. TPerf applies whatever is already set or in memory. This is the default value. 1 | allzeros The specified pattern is "all zeros". 2 | allones The specified pattern is "all ones". 3 | incrementingbyte The specified pattern is "incrementing byte". 4 | random The specified pattern is "random". 5 | jitter The specified pattern is "jitter".
portCmd 2 create Creates a WAN test session. This command supports following options: -s src_ip Specifies the local IP address to use for sourcing the probe packets. IPv6 addresses are supported. -d dst_ip Specifies the destination IP address to which to probe the IP router path. IPv6 addresses are supported. -r rate Specifies the test rate in kbps. -t time Specifies the test time in seconds. i ip-sec_policy Specifies the policy name for an ipsec configuration.
2 portCmd delete Deletes the WAN test session associated with the test ID. Use all to delete all WAN test sessions. --help Displays command usage. EXAMPLES To verify if packets can be sent to the destination IP address with maximum wait_time specified: switch:admin> portcmd --ping 12/ge0 \ -s 2007:7:30:32:227:138:10:120 \ -d 2007:7:30:32:227:77:0:60 -w 29000 Pinging 2007:7:30:32:227:77:0:60 from ip interface \ 2007:7:30:32:227:138:10:120 on 12/ge0 with 64 bytes Reply Reply Reply Reply of data from 2007
portCmd 2 To create a TPerf data sink on VE_Port 16: switch:admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -sink TPerf TPerf TPerf TPerf Tperf has been configured successfully for 16 is servicing requests on 16 priority: high is servicing requests on 16 priority: medium is servicing requests on 16 priority: low data source can now be started To configure a Brocade FX8-24 blade as a TPerf data source (this example generates round-trip high, medium, and low priority traffic with a fixed PDU size of 2084 bytes.
2 portCmd High Priority Medium Priority Low Priority bytes tx 0 0 19800708 bytes rx 0 0 0 PDUs tx 0 0 1434686 PDUs rx 0 0 0 out of seq PDUs rx 0 0 0 flow control count 0 0 0 last rtt N/A N/A N/A ***************************************************************** To specify test data patterns for the source payload: switch:admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -source -pattern random switch:admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -source -pattern 4 switch:admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -source -pattern jitter switch:admin> portcmd --tper
portCmd 2 To display WAN test session for a specified session: switch:admin> portcmd --wtool 0 show wantool-id: (0) ========================================= State : Established Up Time : 1m6s Run Time : 0s Time remaining : 0s IP Addr (L/R) : 76.196.3.76 - 77.195.3.77 PMTUD : Disabled Comm Rate : 5000000 Kbps (610.35 MB/s) Tx rate : 114.06 Kbps (0.01 MB/s) Rx rate : 102.66 Kbps (0.01 MB/s) Tx Utilization : 0.00% Rx Utilization : 0.00% RTT (Min/Max) : 0.10ms/0.28ms RTT VAR (Min/Max) : 0.09ms/0.
2 portDebug portDebug Sets debug level and verbose level of port modules. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portdebug dbg_lvl, vbs_lvl Use this command to set the debug level and verbose level of port modules. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portDecom 2 portDecom Decommissions and disables an E_Port without frame loss. SYNOPSIS portdecom portdecom [slot/]port portdecom --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable an E_Port without frame loss. The E_Port can either be a single redundant E_Port or an E_Port which is part of a trunk group. The port must be an operational E_Port with at least one other redundant E_Port available to reach all domains that the E_Port can reach.
2 portDisable portDisable Disables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portdisable -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...]] portdisable [slot/]port -r disable_reason_string portdisable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when disabled, the fabric may reconfigure.
portDisable 2 -x [hex1 [-hex2]] Disables a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. -slot [slot1[-slot2]] Disables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. -r disable_reason_string Specifies the reason for disabling the port.
2 portDPortTest portDPortTest Initiates or terminates a D_Port test, or displays D_Port test results.
portDPortTest 2 No. of test frames Number of frames sent for link traffic test. Test frame size The test frame size in bytes. Pattern The predefined pattern name. Payload The user-defined payload pattern. FEC (enabled/option/active) The forward error correction (FEC) status. This option is not supported for D_Port HBA. CR (enabled/option/active) The credit recovery (CR) status. This option is not supported for D_Port HBA.
2 portDPortTest Failure report Displays details on the local port and remote port errors, if any, when the D_Port test fails.
portDPortTest 2 -framesize size Specifies the size of test frames that are generated to run the test. The range for the framesize is 36 to 2112 bytes. The size of the frames can be specified in multiples of 4; otherwise the nearest higher multiple of 4 value will be taken as frame size. Default value is 1024. -pattern pat_name Specifies the name of the predefined pattern to be used in the payload.
2 portDPortTest To display the D_Port test results for a port while the test is in progress or after the test has completed: switch:admin> portdporttest --show 42 D_Port Information: ============================================== Port: 42 Remote WWNN: 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 Remote port index: 343 Mode: Manual No.
portDPortTest 2 Status: FAILED ================================================================= Test Start time Result EST(HH:MM:SS) Comments ================================================================= Electrical loopback 12:16:13 PASSED ----------------Optical loopback 12:16:18 PASSED ----------------Link traffic test 12:16:29 FAILED -------Remote port is not ready to start the test ================================================================= Roundtrip link latency: unknown Failure report: Re
2 portDPortTest stat_mc_rx 0 stat_mc_to 0 stat_mc_tx 0 tim_rdy_pri 0 tim_txcrd_z 3489 tim_txcrd_z_vc 0- 3: 3489 tim_txcrd_z_vc 4- 7: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 8-11: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 12-15: 0 er_enc_in 0 er_crc 0 er_trunc 0 er_toolong 0 er_bad_eof 0 er_enc_out 0 er_bad_os 0 er_pcs_blk 0 er_rx_c3_timeout 0 er_tx_c3_timeout 0 timeout er_unroutable 0 er_unreachable 0 er_other_discard 0 er_type1_miss 0 er_type2_miss 0 er_type6_miss 0 er_zone_miss 0 er_lun_zone_miss 0 er_crc_good_eof 0 er_inv_arb 0 er_single_credit_loss
2 portDPortTest tim_txcrd_z_vc 4- 7: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 8-11: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 12-15: 0 er_enc_in 0 er_crc 0 er_trunc 0 er_toolong 0 er_bad_eof 0 er_enc_out 0 er_bad_os 0 er_pcs_blk 0 er_rx_c3_timeout 0 er_tx_c3_timeout 0 timeout er_unroutable 0 er_unreachable 0 er_other_discard 0 er_type1_miss 0 er_type2_miss 0 er_type6_miss 0 er_zone_miss 0 er_lun_zone_miss 0 er_crc_good_eof 0 er_inv_arb 0 er_single_credit_loss0 er_multi_credit_loss0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Encoding errors inside of frames Frames with CRC erro
2 portEnable portEnable Enables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portenable -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portenable -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portenable -slot [slot1[-slot2]] portenable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable a port or a range of ports. If a port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure. After the port is enabled, devices connected to the port can again communicate with the fabric.
portEnable 2 -x [hex1 [-hex2]] Enables a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. -slot [slot1[-slot2]] Enables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command. -h Displays the command usage.
2 portEncCompShow portEncCompShow Displays encryption and compression port configuration details. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portenccompshow Use this command to display a list of ports that can be configured for encryption or compression. The command displays one section per ASIC and the ports configurable for that ASIC. The output includes the following information: User Port The port index number of the port to be configured. Use the switchShow command to identify the corresponding slot and port number.
portEncCompShow 147 No No No No 148 No No No No 149 Yes No Yes No 150 No No No No 151 No No No No ----------------------------------88 No No No No 89 No No No No 90 No No No No 91 No No No No 92 No No No No 93 No No No No 94 No No No No 95 No No No No 208 No No No No 209 No No No No 210 No No No No 211 No No No No 212 No No No No SEE ALSO 2 16G portCfgEncrypt, portCfgCompress Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 833
2 portErrShow portErrShow Displays a port error summary. SYNOPSIS porterrshow porterrshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display an error summary for all ports. Counts are reported on frames transmitted by the port (Tx) or on frames received by the port (Rx). The display contains one output line per port. Numeric values exceeding 999 are displayed in units of thousands (k), millions (m), or giga (g) if indicated.
portErrShow 2 c3-timeout tx The number of transmit class 3 frames discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform- and port-specific). c3-timeout rx The number of receive class 3 frames received at this port and discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform- and port-specific). pcs err The number of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) block errors. This counter records encoding violations on 10 Gbps or 16 Gbps ports.
2 portFencing portFencing Configures the Fabric Watch port fencing feature. SYNOPSIS portfencing --show portfencing --enable port_type_list | all -area area_list | -area all portfencing --disable port_type_list | all -area area_list | -area all portfencing --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the Fabric Watch port fencing feature for specified port types and Fabric Watch areas.
portFencing 2 The following operands are required with the --enable and --disable options. port_type_list | all Specifies one or more port types for which to enable or disable port fencing. When specifying multiple port types, the list members must be separated by a comma. Alternately, use the all option to specify all of the following port types: e-port Enables or disables port fencing for all E_Ports. fop-port Enables or disables port fencing for all optical F_Ports.
2 portFencing To display the current port fencing configuration: switch:admin> portFencing --show Port Type|Area |PF Status ---------|----------------|-----------E-port |CRC |disabled |ITW |enabled |LR |enabled |PE |enabled |ST |enabled FOP-port |CRC |enabled |ITW |enabled |LR |enabled |C3TX_TO |enabled |PE |enabled |ST |enabled Port |CRC |enabled |ITW |disabled |LR |disabled |C3TX_TO |disabled |PE |disabled |ST |disabled SEE ALSO 838 fwHelp, portThConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
portFlagsShow 2 portFlagsShow Displays the port status bitmaps for all ports in a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portflagsshow Use this command to display the following status for a port: SNMP Displays whether the port is online or offline. Physical Displays the port physical status. Valid values are In_Sync, No_Light (Condor 2 ports only), and No_SigDet (quad small form-factor pluggables (QSFPs) installed without cables). Refer to switchShow help for more information on these states.
2 portFlagsShow 19 Offline No_Module 20 Offline No_Module 21 Offline No_Module 22 Offline No_Module (output truncated) PRESENT PRESENT PRESENT PRESENT U_PORT U_PORT U_PORT U_PORT LED LED LED LED To display the port status for QSFPs installed without cables (partial output) : 6 6 6 6 16 Offline No_SigDet PRESENT U_PORT LED 17 Offline No_SigDet PRESENT U_PORT LED 18 Offline No_SigDet PRESENT U_PORT LED 19 Offline No_SigDet PRESENT U_PORT LED To display the port status for QSFPs installed and connected
portLedTest 2 portLedTest Cycles user port LEDs. SYNOPSIS portledtest [--slot slot_number] [-ports itemlist] [-uports itemlist] [-npass count] [-action value] ceeportledtest [--slot slot_number] [-ports itemlist] [-npass count] [-action value] DESCRIPTION Use this command to exercise the user port LEDs in the current switch. When used without a port specifier, all user ports are tested.
2 portLedTest -npass count Specify the number of times to perform this test. The default value is 10. -action action Specifies the LED color. Valid values include the following: 0 This is the default action. Cycle all Port LEDs. C3 cycles are faster than C2 cycles. 1 Turn Port status LED off. 2 Turn Port status LED amber. 3 Turn Port status LED green. 16 Not supported for C2 or C3 platforms. 17 Not supported for C2 or C3 platforms. Supported for the C3 core, and the port status LED blinks amber.
portLogClear 2 portLogClear Clears the port log. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portlogclear Use this command to clear the port log. It is recommended that you clear the port log before triggering an activity so that the log displays only the log events related to that activity. If the port log is disabled, portLogClear enables it. The port log is disabled automatically when certain errors occur to allow the collection of all the information needed to understand the cause of the error.
2 portLogConfigShow portLogConfigShow Displays the current port log configuration. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portlogconfigshow Use this command to display the current port log configuration. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogDisable 2 portLogDisable Disables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portlogdisable Use this command to disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portLogDump portLogDump Displays the port log without page breaks. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portlogdump [count[, saved]] Use this command to display the port log, listing all entries in the log without page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogShow, but portLogShow prompts you to press Enter between each page. For an explanation of the information displayed by this command, refer to the portLogShow command.
portLogDumpPort 2 portLogDumpPort Displays the port log of a specified port without page breaks. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portlogdumpport port_index Use this command to display the port log for a single port specified by its port index number. The command displays all entries in the log without any page breaks. This command is identical to portLogShowPort, except that portLogShowPort prompts you to press Enter to display the next page.
2 portLogEnable portLogEnable Enables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portogenable Use this command to enable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLogEventShow 2 portLogEventShow Displays information about port log events. SYNOPSIS portlogeventshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about the ID associated with the various port log events. The Disabled field indicates whether the port log for that event ID is disabled (1) or enabled (0). NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 portLoginShow portLoginShow Displays port login status of devices attached to the specified port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portloginshow [slot/]port Use this command to display port login status received from devices attached to the specified port. For each login, this command displays the following fields: Type Type of login can display one of the following: fd FDISC, Discover F_Port Service Parameters or Virtual N_Port login. fe FLOGI, Fabric Login to Fabric F_Port.
portLoginShow EXAMPLES 2 To display the logins received by Port 23 (revealing one FLOGI (type fe) and two PLOGIs): switch:admin> portloginshow 23 Type PID World Wide Name credit df_sz cos ===================================================== fe 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 3 2048 8 scr=1 ff 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 0 0 8 d_id=FFFC20 ff 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 0 0 8 d_id=FFFFFC SEE ALSO fcpProbeShow, portShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 851
2 portLogPdisc portLogPdisc Sets or clears the debug_pdisc_flag. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portlogpdisc 0 | 1 Use this command to set or clear the debug_pdisc_flag. This command is part of the environmental monitor. A setting of 1 enables logging of Port Discovery parameters. The PDISC log is disabled by default. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portLogReset 2 portLogReset Enables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portlogreset Use this command to enable the port log facility. Refer to portLogClear for events that may disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portLogResize portLogResize Resizes the port log to include a specified number of entries. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portlogresize num_entries Use this command to resize the port log to include a specified number of entries. If the specified number of entries is less than the already configured port log size, there is no change. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portLogShow 2 portLogShow Displays the port log with page breaks. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portlogshow [count[, saved]] Use this command to display the port log with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDump, but one page at a time. The port log is a circular log file in the switch firmware which can save up to 65,536 entries depending on the hardware platform. Use portLogConfigShow to display the current port log size.
2 portLogShow ctout A CT based response is transmitted. errlog A message is added to the error log. loopscn A loop state change notification is posted. create A task is created. debug Indicates a debug message. nbrfsm Indicates a neighbor state transition. sn Indicates a speed negotiation state. fcin Indicates an incoming Fibre Channel information unit. fcout Indicates an outgoing Fibre Channel information unit. read Indicates an information unit header log from a read operation.
portLogShow 2 Tx & Rx Frame payload size. scn New state (see state codes below). pstate New physical state (see pstate codes below). ctin The CT-subtype: fc Simple Name Server. f8 Alias Server. ctout The same as ctin. errlog Error level (refer to errShow). loopscn The current loop state during loop initialization. Possible values areas follows: OLP Offline (disconnected or nonparticipating). LIP FL_Port entered INITIALIZING or OPEN_INIT state. LIM LISM completed, FL_Port became the loop master.
2 portLogShow ctin Argument 0 is divided into two 16-bit fields: [A] A bit map indicating whether subsequent arguments are valid (0001 means argument 1 is valid, 0003 means arguments 1 and 2 are valid). [B] The CT-based service command code. Argument 1 is the first word of the CT payload, if applicable (as specified in [A]). Argument 2 is the second word of the CT payload, if applicable (as specified in [A]).
portLogShow 2 4 Faulty 5 E_Port 6 F_Port 7 Segmented pstate Valid pstate values include the following: AC Active State LR1 Link Reset: LR Transmit State LR2 Link Reset: LR Receive State LR3 Link Reset: LRR Receive State LF1 Link Failure: NOS Transmit State LF2 Link Failure: NOS Receive State OL1 Offline: OLS Transmit State OL2 Offline: OLS Receive State OL3 Offline: Wait for OLS State LIP reason Valid LIP reason codes include the following: 8001 Retry loop init. 8002 Start loop after gaining sync.
2 portLogShow 8009 LIP as requested by the LINIT ELS received. 800a LIP as requested by the LPC ELS received. Speed Negotiation States Valid states include the following: INIT Start negotiation. NM Negotiate master. WS Wait for signal. NF Negotiation follows. NC Negotiation complete. NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portLogShow 17:05:31.775 17:05:31.775 17:05:31.777 17:05:31.778 17:05:31.779 17:05:31.
2 portLogShowPort portLogShowPort Displays the port log of a specified port with page breaks. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portlogshowport port_index Use this command to display the port log of a specified port with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDumpPort, except that portLogDumpPort does not prompt you to press Enter to display the next page. If the command is executed while the port log is disabled, a warning message is displayed.
portLogTypeDisable 2 portLogTypeDisable Disables the port log of a specified type. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portlogtypedisable id Use this command to disable the port log for a specified port log type. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 portLogTypeEnable portLogTypeEnable Enables the port log of a specified port log type. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS portlogtypeenable id Use this command to enable the port log for a specified port log type. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
portLoopbackTest 2 portLoopbackTest Performs a functional test of port N->N path. SYNOPSIS portloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] [-uports itemlist] ceeportloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch by exercising the blade ports of the switch.
2 portLoopbackTest At each pass, the frame is created from a different data type of a palette of seven. If seven passes are requested, seven different data types are used in the test. If eight passes are requested, the first seven frames use unique data types, and the eighth is the same as the first. The seven data types are: CSPAT: 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x7e, ... BYTE_LFSR: 0x69, 0x01, 0x02, 0x05, ... CHALF_SQ: 0x4a, 0x4a, 0x4a, 0x4a, ... QUAD_NOT: 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, ...
portLoopbackTest 2 2 External (SERDES) loopback 5 Internal (parallel) loopback 7 Backend bypass & port loopback 8 Backend bypass & SERDES loopback (supported only on a chassis) -spd_mode mode Specifies the speed mode for the test. This parameter controls the speed at which each port is operated. The speed option chosen or defaulted to must not exceed the speed capability of the SFP device or the test results will be unpredictable.
2 portLoopbackTest XMIT Frame transmission failure. EXAMPLES To run a functional test in default mode: switch:admin> portloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest .............. PASSED. To run a functional test on a Brocade FCoE10-24 blade: switch:admin> ceeportloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest .............. PASSED.
portMirror 2 portMirror Adds, deletes, or displays port mirror connections. SYNOPSIS portmirror portmirror --show portmirror --add [slot/]port SID DID portmirror --delete SID DID DESCRIPTION Use this command to add, delete, or display a mirror connection between two ports, a source and a destination port. When used without operand, this command displays the usage.
2 portMirror State The state of the mirror connection. The state can either be "Defined" or "Enabled." In both cases, the port mirroring connection is persistently stored. A connection that is "Defined" has not been hardware-configured because at least one port is not online. A connection that is "Enabled" has been configured in the hardware. You must enable port mirroring on the port before you can configure mirror connections for that port.
portMirror 2 --delete Deletes a mirror connection between a source and a destination. You must specify a SID and a DID when deleting a mirror connection.
2 portMirror To display the mirror connections: switch:admin> portmirror --show Number of mirror connection(s) configured: 3 Mirror_Port SID DID State ---------------------------------------18 0x640c00 0x640800 Enabled 18 0x640700 0x640b00 Enabled 18 0x640700 0x640c00 Enabled To delete a port mirror connection between two local switch ports: switch:admin> portmirror --delete 0x640700 0x640c00 To add a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin> portmirror -
portName 2 portName Assigns or displays port names. SYNOPSIS portname portname [slot/]port [-n name] portname -i [index1[-index2][...][-f] [-n name]] portname -slot slot1[-slot2] [...][-n name] portname -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to assign a port name to a specified port or to a range of ports. The port name is included in the portShow output; it should not be confused with the world wide port name.
2 portName -slot [slot1[-slot2] Assigns a name to all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5 -n backup. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command. -n name Specifies the name to be assigned to the ports. The port name is a character string up to 128 characters, including spaces and characters, and excluding commas (,), semicolons (;), backslashes (\), and the at sign (@).
portPeerBeacon 2 portPeerBeacon Sets the port peer beaconing to physically identify the interconnections between ports. SYNOPSIS portpeerbeacon --enable [slot/]port portpeerbeacon --disable [slot/]port portpeerbeacon --show -all portpeerbeacon --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to turn on or off the port peer beaconing to physically identify the interconnections between ports.
2 portPeerBeacon NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: slot Specifies the slot number on which the port peer beaconing is available. port Specifies the number of the port to be configured, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a list of valid ports.
portPerfShow 2 portPerfShow Displays port throughput performance. SYNOPSIS portperfshow portperfshow [[slot/]port1[-[slot/]port2]] [-tx -rx | -tx | -rx] [-t interval]] portperfshow -x hex1[-hex2] portperfshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display throughput information for all ports on a switch or chassis or to display the information for a specified port or port range.
2 portPerfShow -rx Displays the receiver throughput. -tx -rx Displays the transmitter and receiver throughput. -x hex1 [-hex2] Accepts an index number or a range of index numbers within the same slot in hexadecimal format as input and displays the output in slot and port number format for chassis and index number format on switches.
portPerfShow 2 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ===================================================================== 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.1m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Total ============================================== 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.5g (output truncated) To display performance on a single port with at a 5 second interval: switch:user> portperfshow 0 -t 5 0 Total ================= 630.4m 630.4m 0 Total ================= 630.3m 630.
2 portPerfShow To display port performance on a chassis for range of ports at an interval of 5 seconds: switch:user> portperfshow 12/0-12/6 -t 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total =============================================================== slot 12: 840.6m 0 0 0 0 0 630.4m 1.4g 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total =============================================================== slot 12: 840.6m 0 0 0 0 0 630.4m 1.4g 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total =============================================================== slot 12: 840.6m 0 0 0 0 0 630.4m 1.
portRouteShow 2 portRouteShow Displays routing tables for the specified port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portrouteshow [slot/]port Use this command to display the port address ID for a specified port and the contents of the following port routing tables: External unicast routing table Displays how the specified port forwards unicast frames to remote domains in the following format: domain_number: ports_bitmap domain_number The remote domain ID to which frames are ultimately routed.
2 portRouteShow EXAMPLES To display the routing tables for a port: switch:user> portrouteshow 4/15 port address ID: 0x02bf00 external unicast routing table: 1: 0x4 (vc=3) 2: 0x10000 (vc=0) internal unicast routing table: 60: 0x8000 (vc=2) 63: 0x1000 (vc=5) broadcast routing table: 0x10000 SEE ALSO 882 bcastShow, fabricShow, switchShow, topologyShow, uRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
portShow 2 portShow Displays status and configuration parameters for ports and GbE ports. SYNOPSIS portshow [slot/][ge]port portshow [slot/]port -link [-force] portshow -i [ index1 [-index2] [...]] [-f] portshow -pid pid portshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...
2 portShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Some of the features supported by this command may require a license. In an AD context, if one of the L_Ports or NPIV ports is a part of the current AD, the complete device information attached to the port is shown in the output.
portShow 2 portFlags A bit map of port status flags, including information on the type of port, whether it is fully online, and whether logins have been accepted. The port flags display ENCRYPT if the port has been enabled for encryption. The port flags display COMPRESS if the port has been enabled for compression. The port flags display D_PORT if the port has been enabled as a diagnostic port. The port flags display FLOGI_LOGO if the base device logs out and at least one NPIV is online.
2 portShow Lock_Ref Locking to the reference signal. portScn The port's last State Change Notification. port generation number The port's generation number for the last offline state change. portId The port's 24-bit port ID. portIfId The user port's interface ID. portWwn The port's world wide name. portWwn of devices(s) connected The World Wide Port Names of connected devices. If the base device logs out and one or more NPIVs are online, the PWWN of the NPIVs online are displayed.
portShow 2 BB XLate Information on the xlate (translate) phantom domain presented at this port. Includes the preferred (if not active) or actual (if active) domain ID for the xlate phantom domain and the WWN of the xlate phantom domain. The xlate phantom domain connected at this port is in the same fabric as the router and represents the edge fabric connected to the EX_Port. Authentication Type Displays NONE or DH-CHAP. DH-CHAP is the only authentication type supported on EX_Ports.
2 portShow 2_parity_err Secondary transmission parity errors. CMI_bus_err Control message interface errors. The second column displays link error status block counters. The third column shows the number of F_RJTs and F_BSYs generated. For L_Ports, the third column also displays the number of loop initialization protocols (LIPs) received, number of LIPs transmitted, and the last LIP received.
portShow 2 portId: 2d1c00 portIfId: 43020028 portWwn: 20:1c:00:05:33:13:2f:b3 portWwn of device(s) connected: Distance: normal portSpeed: 8Gbps FEC: Inactive LE domain: 0 FC Fastwrite: OFF Interrupts: 0 Unknown: 0 Lli: 14 Proc_rqrd: 4 Timed_out: 0 Rx_flushed: 0 Tx_unavail: 0 Free_buffer: 0 Overrun: 0 Suspended: 0 Parity_err: 0 2_parity_err: 0 CMI_bus_err: 0 Link_failure: Loss_of_sync: Loss_of_sig: Protocol_err: Invalid_word: Invalid_crc: Delim_err: Address_err: Lr_in: Lr_out: Ols_in: Ols_out: 0 1 2 0 0
2 portShow portPhys: 255 N/A portScn: port generation number: 1048 state transition count: 26 16 E_Port portId: 018c00 portIfId: 43720806 portWwn: 20:8c:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 portWwn of device(s) connected: Distance: normal To display port status for a GbE port on a Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow ge2 Eth Mac Address: 00.05.1e.54.b1.
portShow 2 POD Port: Port is licensed portState: 1Online Protocol: FC portPhys: 6In_Sync portScn: 32F_Port Trunk master port port generation number: 22 state transition count: 1 portId: 323600 portIfId: 43020027 portWwn: 20:20:00:27:f8:81:85:69 Logical portWwn: 50:02:7f:88:18:58:60:32 portWwn of device(s) connected: 25:00:00:27:f8:65:02:3e Distance: normal portSpeed: N8Gbps FEC: Inactive Credit Recovery: Inactive Aoq: Inactive FAA: Inactive F_Trunk: Active LE domain: 0 FC Fastwrite: OFF Interrupts: 0 Link
2 portShow PEER PORT 0xDDAAxx portWwn: 20:20:00:27:f8:81:85:69 nodeWwn: 20:20:00:27:f8:81:85:69 PN_PORT Phy Type: PN Port/PF Port Link_failure: 0 Loss_of_sync: 0 Protocol_err: 0 Invalid_word: 0 Loss_of_sig: 0 Invalid_crc: 0 FUNCTION Display IP Interface configurations on the Brocade 7800, 7840, or FX8-24 platforms SYNOPSIS portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display FCIP-related configuration parameters on the Brocade 7800 switch, Brocade 7840 switch, and
portShow 2 vlantag Displays the VLAN Tagging configuration. For each entry, the output displays the IP interface address, the destination IP address, the VLAN ID, the L2 CoS priority, and a flag. This display includes tunnel- and IPIF-level configurations. The following flags indicate the type of configuration: Perm Permanent entry. Permanent entries are configured at the IP interface level with the portCfg vlantag command. Perm Net Network-wide permanent entry.
2 portShow To display the IP interface and static route configured for failover crossports on the Brocade FX8-24: switch:admin> portshow ipif 8/xge0 Port IP Address / Pfx MTU VLAN Flags ------------------------------------------------------------------------------8/xge0 192.168.10.20 / 24 1500 n/a U R M 8/xge0 192.168.11.
portShow 2 ge0.dp1 192.168.0.11 / 24 1500 0 U R M ge1.dp0 fe80:1::5:33ff:f065:7b09 / 64 1500 0 U R M ge1.dp0 192.168.1.10 / 24 1236 100 U R M ge1.dp1 fe80:1::5:33ff:f165:7b09 / 64 1500 0 U R M ge1.dp1 2000::10 / 64 1500 0 U R M ge2.dp0 fe80:2::5:33ff:f065:7b0a / 64 1500 0 U R M ge2.dp1 fe80:2::5:33ff:f165:7b0a / 64 1500 0 U R M ge3.dp0 fe80:3::5:33ff:f065:7b0b / 64 1500 0 U R M ge3.dp1 fe80:3::5:33ff:f165:7b0b / 64 1500 0 U R M ge4.dp0 fe80:4::5:33ff:f065:7b0c / 64 1500 0 U R M ge4.
2 portShow 2002:2050::112 2002:2055::143 55 0 APP 55 0 Perm 2002:2055::1 2002:2055::143 2002:2050::112 To display the auto-negotiation of 1GbE port: switch:admin> portshow autoneg 1/ge2 Auto-Negotiation Configuration: Port: 1/ge2 Auto-Negotiate: Enabled To display the IPSEC policy for a Brocade 7840 switch: switch:admin> portshow portshow ipsec-policy --ike IPSec Policy Key IKE-ID Oper Flg Local-Addr Remote-Addr IKE Rekey ESP Rekey -----------------------------------------------------------------
portShow OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the VE_Port to be displayed, followed by a slash (/). ve_port Displays information for a single specified FCIP tunnel. On the Brocade 7800, Brocade 7840, or FX8-24, specify the VE_Port number associated with the tunnel configured on one of the GbE ports. VE_Ports are numbered 16-23 on the Brocade 7800 and 12-31 on the Brocade FX8-24 blade.
2 portShow -s | --summary Displays a summary view of the tunnel configuration parameters for a specific VE_Port. You can use the summary option with the -perf and the - qos option. When used with the -perf option, the summary option forces the --circuit option. Flags indicate ipsec-configured tunnels, legacy ipsec tunnels, and compression mode. Circuit flags indicate vlan tagging, crossport configuration, and ipv4 or ipv6 configuration.
portShow 2 xtun Displays FICON and FCP emulation statistics and current runtime conditions for a specified set of parameters. The following arguments are supported: -fcp Displays the SCSI FastWrite/Tape Pipelining command sub-menu when issued with a VE_Port number. The syntax for -fcp is as follows: portshow xtun [slot/]\ve_port -fcp [level] [command] [param] [options] The following optional operands are supported with -fcp to display FCP emulation statistics and status information: -help Displays the com
2 portShow -lun LUN Displays output for the specified LUN only. -timer Displays timer information only. options Affects all levels and commands globally. Only one option is supported. -zero Displays zero-valued statistics. Note that some commands may show zero-valued information regardless of whether or not this option is specified. -ficon Displays sub-menu for FICON emulation display commands when issued with a VE_Port number.
portShow 2 -printperf Starts the emulated Printer performance monitor or displays the performance statistics. -xrcperf Starts the emulated XRC performance monitor or displays the performance statistics. -structs Displays FICON control block sizes. -emul Displays comprehensive FICON emulation statistics. Use one of the following options to display emulation statistics about a specific component. -emulxrc Displays FICON XRC emulation statistics. -emultape Displays FICON Tape emulation statistics.
2 portShow Compression: On (Aggressive) Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:a5:54:bd Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Circuit Count: 4 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: On FICON XRC: Off FICON Tape Write: On FICON Tape Read: On FICON TinTir Emul: On FICON Dvc Acking: On FICON Read BLK-ID: On FICON Teradata Write: On FICON Teradata Read: On Tape Write Pipe: 63 Tape Read Pipe: 65 Tape
portShow 2 TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 1/12.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.
2 portShow Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off Oper Status: Up Flow Ctrl State: Off Connected Count: 1 Tunnel Duration: 3 days, 19 hours, 32 minutes, 33 seconds Compression Statistics: 0 Uncompressed Bytes 0 Compressed Bytes 1.
portShow 2 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 1/12.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.
2 portShow Inactivity: 120 s ------------------------------------------TCP Connection 1/12.
portShow 2 2708 pkt/s 30s Avg, 3288 pkt/s Delta Lifetime Avg TCP Stats: 87741527068 Output Bytes 119987815 Output Packets 40680294864 Input Bytes 89303680 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 23.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.64 Local IP: 192.168.12.
2 portShow Adaptive Rate Limiting Statistics: None (F-Class) Sender Statistics: Bytes Sent: 8897112 Packets Sent: 117187 Round Trip Time 0 ms, HWM 0 ms, Variance 0, HWM 0 Send Window: 20971520 bytes, scale: 9 Slow Starts: 0 Slow Start Threshold: 16777216 Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: slow start Next Seq: 0xde83816c, Min: 0xde83816c, Max: 0xde83816c Unacked data: 0 Retransmit Timeout: 100 ms, Duplicate ACKs 0 Retransmits: 0, max: 0 Fast ReTx: 0, HWM 0, Slow ReTx: 0 Receiver Statistics: Bytes Re
portShow 2 RecvQ Bytes: 0 RecvQ Next: 0x30a7f86a Min: 0x30a7f86a Max: 0x31e7f86a Out Of Sequence Pkts: 0, HWM 0, Total 0 Keepalive: Keepalive Timeout: 60 s Keepalive Interval: 15 s Inactivity: 120 s (output truncated) To display the entire lifetime statistics for FCIP Tunnels, Circuits and the associated TCP connections: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 23 -tcp --lifetime ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 23 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: On (St
2 portShow TCP Stats: 122056754516 Output Bytes 195607261 Output Packets 71229250140 Input Bytes 153491322 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 23.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.64 Local IP: 192.168.12.
portShow 2 None (F-Class) Sender Statistics: Bytes Sent: 17816460 Packets Sent: 234832 Round Trip Time 0 ms, HWM 0 ms, Variance 0, HWM 0 Send Window: 20971520 bytes, scale: 9 Slow Starts: 0 Slow Start Threshold: 16777216 Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: slow start Next Seq: 0xde886fec, Min: 0xde886fec, Max: 0xde886fec Unacked data: 0 Retransmit Timeout: 100 ms, Duplicate ACKs 0 Retransmits: 0, max: 0 Fast ReTx: 0, HWM 0, Slow ReTx: 0 Receiver Statistics: Bytes Received: 8448124 Packets Received:
2 portShow RecvQ Next: 0x30acd15a Min: 0x30acd15a Max: 0x31ecd15a Out Of Sequence Pkts: 0, HWM 0, Total 0 Keepalive: Keepalive Timeout: 60 s Keepalive Interval: 15 s Inactivity: 120 s (output truncated) To display IPSec parameters on an IPSec-enabled tunnel: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 17 -i ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 17 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Empty Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled IPSec
portShow 2 | Circuits: |--> Circuit 1/12.
2 portShow | TCP Connections: |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240899 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240900 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240901 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241489 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241490 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241491 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241292 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241293 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241294 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241096 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241097 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.
portShow 2 Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled (legacy) QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76 Circuit Count: 1 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off To display a summary view of the FCIP tunnel and circuits showing then legacy flag for the tunnel: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 8/12 -s ----------------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel Circuit OpStat
2 portShow 1/22 High 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 Medium 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 Low 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 F-Class 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 Medium 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 Low 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 1 1/xge1 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 1 1/xge1 F-Class 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 1 1/xge1 High 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 1 1/xge1 Medium 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.
portShow 2 Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.100 Metric: 0 Failover Group ID: (Not Config/Active) Min Comm Rt: 2500000 Max Comm Rt: 2500000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: 0 Flags: 0x00000000 ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 1/12.1 Circuit Num: 1 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Initiator Remote IP: 192.168.12.
2 portShow Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M: 3 L: DSCP: F: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: Flags: 0x00000000 1 0 To display additional performance parameters for a circuit: switch:admin> portshow fcipcircuit 1/12 0 --perf ------------------------------------------Tunnel ID: 1/12 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: N
portShow 2 To display QoS prioritization for the default circuit: switch:admin> portshow fcipcircuit 1/12 0 --perf --qos ------------------------------------------Circuit ID: 1/12.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.
2 portShow 0 Input Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg TCP Stats: 308550696 Output Bytes 3310618 Output Packets 176126080 Input Bytes 3310620 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 Performance Statistics - Priority: Medium Oper Status: Up Flow Ctrl State: Off Connected Count: 1 Duration: 3 days, 19 hours, 57 minutes, 43 seconds 26358236 Output Bytes 17 Bps 30s Avg, 79 Bps Lifetime Avg 29611 Output Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg 61983140 I
portShow 2 To display a summary view for the circuits on the Brocade 7840: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel --circuit Tunnel Circuit OpStatus Flags Uptime TxMBps RxMBps ConnCnt CommRt Met/G ------------------------------------------------------------------------------24 Up -------36s 0.00 0.00 1 -/24 0 ge2 Up ---ah--4 36s 0.00 0.00 1 2500/5000 0/24 1 ge3 Up ---ah--4 10s 0.00 0.00 1 2500/5000 0/28 Up -------13s 0.00 0.00 1 -/28 0 ge4 Up ---a---4 13s 0.00 0.00 1 2500/5000 0/34 InProg -------0s 0.00 0.
2 portShow PMTU : Failover Group : VLAN-ID : L2Cos (f/h/m/l) : DSCP (f/h/m/l) : cfgmask : Flow Status : ConCount/Duration : Receiver Stats : Sender Stats : TCP Bytes In/Out : ReTx/OOO/SloSt/DupAck: RTT (min/avg/max) : Disabled 0 NONE 0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0 0x00003c2f 0x40000000 1 0 / 0s 0 bytes / 0 pkts / 0.00 Bps Avg 0 bytes / 0 pkts / 0.00 Bps Avg 0 / 0 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 0 / 0 / 0 ms Circuit 24.
portShow 2 Interface IPv4 Address NetMask Effective MTU Flags -------------------------------------------------------------0 20.20.2.151 255.255.255.
2 portShow To display FCP emulation statistics, information, and configuration information using the command with a single level and three commands: switch:admin> portshow xtun 1/13 -fcp -itl -stats -info -cfg \ To display FICON statistics on the Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow xtun 16 -ficon -stats FICON FCIP Tunnel Statistics: STATISTICS (decimal Emulation Common Statistical Counts (decimal) ============================================= TotalIngressFrames = 12280588298 TotalEgressFrames = 6131098
portShow Total number of emulated Write Bytes= Number of emulated Write Chains = Total number of emulated Write CCWs = Average Emulated Writes Blocksize = Average Writes in Emulated Chains = Write emulation slowdowns = Slowdowns at Start of Chain = Slowdowns at End of chain = Single Chain Emulation Counter = Write Paced Count = Current Host side Write FDCB Count = Max Concurrent Write FDCB Count = Current Write Limited FDCB Count = 2 9005990808925 113180437 272902411 33000 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Tape Read Em
2 portShow sq=0000000E77DF tg=80F2 1 1 Y 1 sq=0000000E77DF tg=80F2 (Output split) To display the FICON Channel Blocks (all blocks and a specified block): switch:admin> portshow xtun 16 -ficon -fchb 041055B680 FCHB (FICON CHannel Block - one per LPAR) Count = 1 -------------------------------------------------------------(0x) Side Path: CU Count Emul ChTIN CuTIN =========== ==== ================== ======== ========== ===== 041055B680 D 0x106301640106**** 0x0004 0x0000 0x0000 FCHB Flags: tinInProgress=N em
portShow TAPE Yes UNKN No DISK Yes DISK Yes UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No UNKN No (output split 00F0 0x150D3FDD 00F0 0x15CDB71F 00F2 0x1538206F 00F2 0x15E44F2E 00F2 0x159C196E 00F2 0x152D3BA3 00F2 0x15F154E2 00F2 0x1595E521 00F2 0x15498A60 00F2 0x155C86A7 00F2 0x1580E9E6 00F2 0x15E45825 and truncated) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 4 1 3 3 4 4 3 1 1 3 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 2 000D 000D 0007
2 portShow emulDvcAckSeqs= 0x00000003 lastEvtFromCu= 0x00 abortOxid = 0xFFFF fdcbWorkSched = 0 deviceType = 0x54455241 priorEvtFrmCu = 0x85 EMUL_HDR (hex) ============== funct = 0x00 msg = 0x00 parm1 = 0x00 parm2 = 0x0000 parm3 = 0x00000000 STATS (dec) =========== cmdCount = emulatedOps = cancelCount = purgePathCount = normStatus = attnBusyStatus = deStatus = immRetryStatus = cuBusyStatus = deUxStatus = deUcStatus = chLinkBusyCount = unusualStsArray = pGb = tag = senseDeviceType = ingressFrameCount= egr
portShow 2 Historic Emulation Headers: =========================== current index = 1 ToPeerEmulHdr[0]=funct=2:msg=1:p1=0x00:p2=0x0000:p3=0x0285cf9e ToPeerEmulHdr[1]=funct=2:msg=7:p1=0x00:p2=0x3085:p3=0x00000000 ToPeerEmulHdr[2]=funct=2:msg=7:p1=0x00:p2=0x3085:p3=0x00000000 ToPeerEmulHdr[3]=funct=2:msg=18:p1=0x00:p2=0x3085:p3=0x00000000 current index = 0 FromPeerEmlHd[0]=funct=2:msg=15:p1=0x0c:p2=0x3066:p3=0x00000003 FromPeerEmlHd[1]=funct=7:msg=8:p1=0x5f:p2=0x0062:p3=0x00000000 FromPeerEmlHd[2]=funct=7:ms
2 portShow switch:admin> portshow xtun 23 -ficon -emultape TAPE EMULATION STATS +------------+----------------+-+-----+----+----+----+-----------+ | FDCB Ptr | Path |H|State|Emul|Emul|Rtry| Emulated | | (0x) | (0x) |D| |Pipe|Q'd | Qd | Tape Ops | +------------+----------------+-+-----+----+----+----+-----------+ |0x0410035B80|1763016401060400|H| 0x00| N/A|0000|0000| 1600736| |0x041004FB80|1763016401060401|H| 0x00| N/A|0000|0000| 1289333| |0x0410051B80|1763016401060402|H| 0x00| N/A|0000|0000| 1676656| |0x0
portShow 2 | Prtr Ops |Read CCWs | Size |Write CCWs| Size | +-----------+----------+------+----------+------+ | 7| 0| 0| 13| 4211| +-----------+----------+------+----------+------+ (Output split) To display FICON emulation statistics for the FCIP tunnel: switch:admin> portshow xtun 23 -ficon -stats FICON FCIP Tunnel=7 Statistics: Emulation Common Statistical Counts (decimal) ============================================= TotalIngressFrames = 1824707656 TotalEgressFrames = 1665499614 TotalFCEgressFrames =
2 portShow Total number of emulated Write CCWs Average Emulated Writes Blocksize Average Writes in Emulated Chains Write emulation slowdowns Slowdowns at Start of Chain Slowdowns at End of chain Current Host side Write FDCB Count Max Concurrent Write FDCB Count Current Write Limited FDCB Count = = = = = = = = = 39204146 35047 3 138931 83938 54993 4 16 0 Tape Read Emulation Statistical Counts (decimal) -------------------------------------------------Total number of emulated Read Bytes = 1299985900584 T
portShow Total number of emulated Write Bytes= Number of emulated Write Chains = Total number of emulated Write CCWs = Average Emulated Writes Blocksize = Average Writes in Emulated Chains = Current Host side Write FDCB Count = Max Concurrent Write FDCB Count = Current Write Limited FDCB Count = 2 27375500 3500 6500 4211 1 1 1 1 FICON Debug Flags (ftrace and others) = 0xffc98030 (Default = 0xf7c90000) ---------------------------------------------------Bit 31 [0x80000000] = 1 : TRIGGER_ON_SELRESET Bit 30
2 portShow Tera Read Performance Data: ---------------------------Emulated Chains per sec: Emulated CCWs per sec: Ave Read Block Size: Emulated Read BPS: 1069 1069 10780 11531104 To display FICON Printer performance data: switch:admin> portshow xtun 23 -ficon -printperf Printer Performance Monitor Data: =================================== Sample Time Period in ms: 7460 ---------------------------No Emulated Printer operations ---------------------------No Emulated Read operations To display FICON tape
portStats64Show 2 portStats64Show Displays the 64-bit hardware statistics for a port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portstats64show [slot/]port [-long] Use this command to display 64-bit hardware statistics for a specified port. When used without the -long option, two integers are reported for most values, the lower and upper 32-bits are reported as two separate numbers. In this case, the top word is the most significant.
2 portStats64Show er64_disc_c3 Number of class 3 frames discarded. er64_pcs_blk Number of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) block errors. This counter records encoding violations on 10 Gbps or 16 Gbps ports. stat64_fec_cor The number of errors corrected by FEC. stat64_fec_uncor The number of errors left uncorrected by FEC. stat64_rateTxFrame Tx frame rate (frames/second). stat64_rateRxFrame Rx frame rate (frames/second). stat64_rateTxPeakFrame Tx peak frame rate (frames/second).
portStats64Show 2 swConnUnitFLNumOfTenancy, fl_tenancy Number of times the FL_Port had a loop tenancy. swConnUnitNLNumOfTenancy,, nl_tenancy Number of times any NL_Port had a loop tenancy. swConnUnitStopTenancyStarvation, Starve_stop Number of loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. swConnUnitOpend, opened Number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. swConnUnitTransferConnection, transfer Number of times the FL_Port entered TRANSFER state.
2 portStats64Show EXAMPLES To display the 64-bit hardware statistics for a port: switch:user> portstats64show 4/15 stat64_wtx 0 top_int : 4-byte words transmitted 21618 bottom_int : 4-byte words transmitted stat64_wrx 0 top_int : 4-byte words received 22492 bottom_int : 4-byte words received stat64_ftx 0 top_int : Frames transmitted 596 bottom_int : Frames transmitted stat64_frx 0 top_int : Frames received 614 bottom_int : Frames received stat64_c2_frx 0 top_int : Class 2 frames received 0 bottom_int :
portStats64Show 0 0 0 stat64_inputBuffersFull 0 0 stat64_rxClass1Frames 0 0 stat64_aveTxFrameSize 0 stat64_aveRxFrameSize 0 stat64_PBSYFrames 2 bottom_int : 4-byte words transmitted top_int : 4-byte words transmitted bottom_int : 4-byte words transmitted top_int : 4-byte words transmitted bottom_int : 4-byte words transmitted top_int : 4-byte words transmitted bottom_int : 4-byte words transmitted Average Tx Frame size Average Rx Frame size To display the counters as one single 64-bit number: switch:adm
2 portStatsClear portStatsClear Clears port hardware statistics. SYNOPSIS portstatsclear [slot/]port portstatsclear -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portstatsclear -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portstatsclear -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsclear -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the hardware statistics for the specified ports. Including ALPA-based CRC monitor, End-to-End monitor, and Filter-based performance monitor statistics.
portStatsClear 2 -h Displays the command usage.
2 portStatsShow portStatsShow Displays port hardware statistics. SYNOPSIS portstatsshow [slot/]port portstatsshow -i [index1[-index2][...] [-f]] portstatsshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portstatsshow -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsshow ge [slot/]ge port portstatsshow ip [slot/]ge port [ip_address] portstatsshow fcip [slot/]ge port [tunnel_number] portstatsshow -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to display port hardware statistics counters.
portStatsShow 2 stat_mc_rx The number of multicast frames received. stat_mc_to The number of multicast timeouts. stat_mc_tx The number of multicast frames transmitted. tim_rdy_pri The number of times that sending R_RDY or VC_RDY primitive signals was a higher priority than sending frames, due to diminishing credit reserves in the transmitter at the other end of the fiber. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 1.8 microseconds, and the counter is incremented by 1 if the condition is true.
2 portStatsShow er_rx_c3_timeout The number of receive class 3 frames received at this port and discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform-and port-specific). er_tx_c3_timeout The number of transmit class 3 frames discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform- and port-specific). er_unroutable The number of frames discarded because they cannot be routed. er_unreachable The number of frames discarded because the destination port cannot be reached.
portStatsShow 2 opened The number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. starve_stop The number of loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. fl_tenancy The number of times the FL_Port had a loop tenancy. nl_tenancy The number of times the NL_Port had a loop tenancy. zero_tenancy The number of times a zero tenancy occurred. ge_stat_tx_frms The number of frames transmitted on the GbE port. ge_stat_tx_octets The number of octets transmitted on the GbE port.
2 portStatsShow ge_err_overrun The number of overruns observed on the GbE port. ge_err_fifo_ovf The number of times an overflow of the first in first out (FIFO) queue was observed on the GbE port. ip_err_hdr_cksum The number of checksum errors observed on the GbE port. ip_err_tcp_data_chksum The number of IP TCP data checksum errors observed on the GbE port. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
portStatsShow 2 tunnel_number Specifies a tunnel ID to display statistics only for the specified FCIP tunnel. This operand is optional and valid only with the fcip option. -h Displays the command usage.
2 portStatsShow fl_tenancy nl_tenancy zero_tenancy phy_stats_clear_ts clear lgc_stats_clear_ts clear 0 number of times FL has the tenancy 0 number of times NL has the tenancy 0 zero tenancy 04-22-2013 MDT Mon 17:08:41 Timestamp of phy_port stats 04-22-2013 MDT Mon 17:08:41 Timestamp of lgc_port stats To display the basic set of statistics using port index numbers: switch:admin> portstatsshow -i 13 switch:admin> portstatsshow -i 13-23 switch:admin> portstatsshow -i 4-6 22-30 To display the basic set of
portSwap 2 portSwap Swaps two ports or removes swapping of ports. SYNOPSIS portswap [slot1/]port1 [slot2/]port2 portswap --restore DESCRIPTION Use this command to swap the 24-bit port address (PID) for a pair of ports or to remove swapping of ports. When swapping both ports must be disabled prior to executing this command and the port-swapping feature must be enabled using portSwapEnable. The result of this operation is persistent across reboots and power cycles.
2 portSwap To cancel the swapping of ports: switch:admin> portswap --restore portswap done switch:admin> SEE ALSO 950 portDisable, portEnable, portShow, portSwapDisable, portSwapEnable, portSwapShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
portSwapDisable 2 portSwapDisable Disables the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portswapdisable Use this command to disable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used after this feature is disabled. The disabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
2 portSwapEnable portSwapEnable Enables the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portswapenable Use this command to enable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used unless the feature is first enabled with this command. The enabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
portSwapShow 2 portSwapShow Displays the state of the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES portswapshow Use this command to display the state of the PortSwap feature and information about swapped ports. If portSwap is enabled and ports have been swapped, the command displays the enabled status as well as the swapped ports and the new port address (the 24-bit PID) for these ports.
2 portTest portTest Performs a functional test of a switch in a live fabric. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION porttest [-ports itemlist] [-iteration count] [-userdelay time] [-timeout time] [-pattern pattern] [-patsize size] [-seed seed] [-listtype porttype] Use this command to isolate problems in a single replaceable element and to trace problems to near-end terminal equipment, far-end terminal equipment, or the transmission line.
portTest 2 Use the stopPortTest command to stop the test. Refer to the stopPortTest help page for more information. Use the portTestShow command to view the current status of portTest. Refer to the portTestShow help page for more information. If there is a port type change during portTest execution, the test continues on a given port as long as it can be supported and it is asked to do so.
2 portTest -4 All E_Ports. -5 All N->N loopback ports.
portTestShow 2 portTestShow Displays information from portTest. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION porttestshow [-ports itemlist] Use this command to display a snapshot of information from portTest. The command output displays statistical data about past test runs and values for parameters that were set when the test was run. Refer to the portTest help page for more information on the displayed parameters. The output includes the following information: Port number Displays test status for the port.
2 portTestShow NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operand: -ports itemlist Displays test results for the specified ports. This operand is optional; if omitted, data for all ports are displayed. Refer to the itemList help page for further details.
portThConfig 2 portThConfig Configures Fabric Watch event thresholds per port type.
2 portThConfig NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. For more information on port threshold configuration procedures, including default values for specific area high/low thresholds, refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator's Guide.
portThConfig 2 LR Link reset TU Trunk Utilization Only the following areas are valid for VE_Ports. UTIL Port utilization PKTLOSS Packet loss ST State change SL Loss of signal --set Configures the Fabric Watch thresholds for monitoring a specified area for all ports of a specified port type. When configuring a threshold, you must specify a port type and area. The following operands are optional and valid only with the --set option. Defaults are used unless you configure custom settings.
2 portThConfig email Event triggers an e-mail. portlog Locks the port log. Following an event, the port log locks to retain information about an event, preventing the information from being overwritten as the log becomes full. none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value. This operand is valid only with the -trigger options.
portThConfig 2 --pause | --continue arguments Pauses or resumes monitoring. The following arguments are required: class Specifies the class. -area area[,area]... | all Specifies the area. You can either specify one or more areas separated by a comma, or you can specify all to indicate all areas. -port port_list | all Specifies one or more ports or all ports. The port_list operand supports one of the following values: • • • A single port number preceded by the slot number on bladed systems.
2 portThConfig -trigger above -action snmp -nosave switch:admin> portthconfig --set ve-port -area util -lowthreshold -value 1 \ -trigger below -action snmp -nosave \ To cancel the custom settings that have previously been saved nonpersistently: switch:admin> portthconfig --cancel ve-port -area util -action_level cust -thresh_level cust \ To display the port threshold configuration for all port types and areas: switch:admin> portthconfig --show PortType: E-port Area : CRC ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def Hi
portThConfig 2 Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Low: Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None Default: Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Value : 100 Default: Port persistence time = 18s Area : LR ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 500 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value
2 portThConfig Trigger : Default: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Below Action: None Minute 1000 Above Action: None Below Action: None Low: Custom: TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None TimeBase: Value : Trigger : Trigger : Minute 0 Above Action: None Below Action: None Default: Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100 Port persistence time = 18s To pause and continue E_Port monitoring: switch:admin> portthconfig --pause e-port -area a
portThConfig E-port |CRC |000009|n/a E-port |CRC |000010|n/a E-port |CRC |000011|n/a E-port |CRC |000012|n/a (output truncated) |0 |0 |0 |0 |Info |Info |Info |Info 2 |Continue |Continue |Continue |Continue To display current values for CRC errors for all E_Ports: switch:admin> portthconfig --show e-port -area CRC -current PortType |Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State |Monitoring ---------|-------|------|----|---------|-------|---------E-port |CRC |000000|n/a |0 |Info |Continue E-port |CRC |000001|n/a |0 |In
2 portTrunkArea portTrunkArea Assigns or removes a trunk area (TA) from a port or port trunk group; displays masterless F_Port trunking configuration.
portTrunkArea 2 The --show trunk option displays the following information: Trunk Index Displays the trunk index. ptA->ptB ptA indicates the local user port; ptB indicates the remote user port. sp Port speed in Gbps. Bandwidth The bandwidth (Rx, Tx, and the combined total for Tx+Rx) of the trunk group. Values are displayed as either bits per second (Bps), kilobits per second (Kbps), megabits per second (Mbps), or gigabits per second (Gbps), rounded down to the next integer.
2 portTrunkArea NOTES • Ports included in a TA share the same port index. The original port index may be removed in the process. This means that D, I zones referring to these indices are no longer part of the switch. For details and workarounds, refer to the Fabric OS Administrator's Guide. • Device Connection Control (DCC) Policy must be removed from ports prior to creating a TA. You can re-enable DCC policy after creating the TA. • You cannot assign a TA while AG mode is enabled.
portTrunkArea 2 trunk Displays configuration details for the port trunk group, including user port, neighboring user port, and master port properties. enabled Displays configuration details for all ports included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is enabled). disabled Displays configuration details for all ports not included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is not enabled). all Displays configuration details for all ports on a switch.
2 portTrunkArea To display trunk details for a user assigned TA 25 that includes ports 24-25: switch:admin> porttrunkarea --show trunk Trunk Index 25: 25->0 sp: 8.000G \ bw: 16.000G deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.76%) Tx+Rx: Bandwidth 32.00Gbps, Throughput 3.24Gbps (11.80%) 24->1 sp: 8.000G bw: 8.000G deskew 15 Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.
portZoneShow 2 portZoneShow Displays the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION portzoneshow Use this command to display the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Output shows virtual port number (decimal), physical port number (decimal), online status, and if online, port type. If the current zone configuration has been disabled by cfgDisable, the fabric is in non-zoning mode, in which all devices see each other.
2 powerOffListSet powerOffListSet Sets the order in which slots are powered off. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION powerofflistset Use this command to modify the order in which slots are powered off. This command displays the current order, and then prompts you interactively to confirm or modify the power-off position for each slot.
powerOffListSet 2 6th slot to be powered off: (7..9) [8] 9 7th slot to be powered off: (7..8) [8] 8 8th slot to be powered off: (7..
2 powerOffListShow powerOffListShow Displays the order in which slots are powered off. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION powerofflistshow Use this command to display the order in which the physical slots are powered off. Whenever a power supply goes out of service or a field-replaceable unit (FRU) is inserted, the system's available power is compared to the system's required power to determine if there is enough power to operate.
powerOffListShow Slot Slot Slot Slot Slot SEE ALSO 5 4 3 2 1 will will will will will be be be be be powered powered powered powered powered off off off off off 2 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th chassisShow, powerOffListSet, psShow, slotPowerOff, slotPowerOn, slotShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 977
2 psShow psShow Displays power supply status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION psshow Use this command to display the current status of the switch power supplies. The status of each supply is displayed as: OK Power supply functioning correctly. absent Power supply not present. unknown Unknown power supply unit installed. predicting failure Power supply is present but predicting failure. faulty Power supply present but faulty (no power cable, power switch turned off, fuse blown, or other internal error).
rasAdmin 2 rasAdmin Configures RASlog message generation.
2 rasAdmin --set -log MSG-ID Changes the default severity level of the specified message. -severity value Specifies a new severity level for the message. Valid values include INFO, WARNING, ERROR, CRITICAL, and DEFAULT. --show -disabled Displays all messages that have been disabled. --show -log MSG-ID Displays the logging status of the specified message. --show -module MODULE-ID Displays the logging status of all messages included in the specified module.
rasAdmin 2 To display the status and configuration of messages that belong to the specified module: switch:admin> rasadmin --show -module RM Message Status Default Severity Current Severity RM-1001 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1023 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1024 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1020 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1021 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1022 ENABLED INFO INFO To display the status and configuration of a specified message.
2 rasMan rasMan Displays RASlog message text and documentation. SYNOPSIS rasman message_id rasman --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display documentation for a specified RASlog message. The message is specified by its message ID. The command output is identical to the documentation provided in the Fabric OS Message Reference. For each message, the command displays the following information: MESSAGE Displays the message text. MESSAGE TYPE Displays the message type.
rasMan 2 has been deactivated. MESSAGE TYPE AUDIT CLASS FABRIC SEVERITY INFO PROBABLE CAUSE Indicates that the specified Admin Domain been deactivated. (AD) object has RECOMMENDED ACTION Verify that the event was planned. If the event was planned, no action is required. If the event was not planned, take appropriate action as defined by your enterprise security policy.
2 reboot reboot Reboots the control processor (CP). SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION reboot [-f] Use this command to perform a "cold reboot" (power off/restart) of the control processor. This operation may be disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing. When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops. All Fibre Channel ports on that switch including E_Ports become inactive until the switch comes back online.
reboot 2 To reboot a CP on a DCX when HA is enabled: switch:admin> reboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010... The system is going down for reboot NOW !! To reboot a CP on a DCX when haFailover is disabled: switch:admin> reboot This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system.
2 relayConfig relayConfig Sets and displays the relay host IP address. SYNOPSIS relayconfig --config -rla_ip relay_ip -rla_dname domain_name relayconfig --delete relayconfig --show relayconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure or display the relay host that is used to send the Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite (MAPS) e-mail notifications. You can configure the e-mail recipients using the mapsConfig --emailcfg command.
relayConfig 2 To delete the relay host configuration: switch:admin> relayconfig --delete SEE ALSO mapsConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 987
2 roleConfig roleConfig Manages user-defined roles.
roleConfig 2 role_name Specifies the name for the role to be created or modified. The name must be unique; it is case-insensitive and can contain only alpha characters. The role name must be at least 4 characters long and cannot exceed 16 characters. The maximum number of user-defined roles allowed on a chassis is 256. This operand is required. The following operands are optional with --add and --change: -desc description Specifies a description for the role of up to 63 characters.
2 roleConfig --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To create a role with Zoning and SecurityAdmnin permissions and OM access: switch:admin> roleconfig --add myzonesec \ -d "Zone and Security Admin" -c Security,zoning -p OM To change the access permissions of the previously created role and to display the results: switch:admin> roleconfig --change myzonesec -c pki -p N switch:admin> roleconfig --change myzonesec -c security -p O switch:admin> roleconfig --change myzonesec -c zoning -p OM switch:ad
routeHelp 2 routeHelp Displays a list of FSPF-related commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES routehelp Use this command to display a list of fabric-shortest-path-first (FSPF)-related commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 rtLogTrace rtLogTrace Manages real-time trace logging. SYNOPSIS rtlogtrace --enable rtlogtrace --disable rtlogtrace --show rtlogtrace --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable real-time trace logging and to indicate whether the feature is enabled or disabled. The RTLog facility captures the most recent hardware events and low-level software interrupts on Brocade DCX platforms in real time. When enabled, the RTLog traces are collected as part of the supportSave utility.
secActiveSize 2 secActiveSize Displays the size of the active security database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secactivesize Use this command to display the size of the active security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 megabyte per logical switch. With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 megabytes.
2 secAuthSecret secAuthSecret Manages the DH-CHAP shared secret key information. SYNOPSIS secauthsecret --show secauthsecret --set secauthsecret --remove value | --all DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage the DH-CHAP shared secret key database used for authentication. This command displays, sets, and removes shared secret key information from the database or deletes the entire database. If you are performing set or remove operations, when the command is completed new data is saved persistently.
secAuthSecret 2 To list the shared secret WWN in Access Gateway mode: switch:admin> secauthsecret --show WWN DId Name --------------------------------------10:00:00:60:69:80:5b:e8 -1 Unknown To set the shared secret: switch:admin> secAuthSecret --set This command sets up secret keys for the DH-CHAP authentication. The minimum length of a secret key is 8 characters and maximum 40 characters. Setting up secret keys does not initiate DH-CHAP authentication.
2 secCertUtil secCertUtil Manages certificates on a switch.
secCertUtil • • • 2 Import or export a certificate. Configure a SSL certificate file name. Enable secure protocols. This command takes an action and associated arguments. If only an action is specified, this command prompts interactively for input values of the associated arguments. The command runs noninteractively when the arguments associated with a given action are specified on the command line. When invoked without operands, this command displays the usage.
2 secCertUtil -locality locality Specifies the city. Provide the full name, for example, "San Jose". If the locality consists of multiple words, it must be enclosed in double quotes. -org organization Specifies the organization. Provide the full name, for example, Brocade. If the organization consists of multiple words, it must be enclosed in double quotes. -orgunit organization unit Specifies the organizational unit, for example, your department name.
secCertUtil 2 -nowarn Deletes the specified file without confirmation. This operand is optional. export Exports a CSR to a host. This command is typically used to submit a CSR to the Certification Authority (CA) that issues the certificate. The following operands are optional; if omitted, the command prompts interactively for your input. -ldapcacert -certname certificate name Exports an LDAP CA certificate from the switch to a remote host.
2 secCertUtil -fcapcacert Imports an FCAP CA certificate. -config cacert Imports a CA certificate. -config swcert [-nowarn] Imports an SSL certificate. If -nowarn is specified, the SSL certificate import is blocked without warning if the certificate is invalid. If -nowarn is omitted, you are prompted for confirmation before importing an invalid switch certificate. However, you will be able to import the invalid certificate.
secCertUtil EXAMPLES 2 To generate a public/private key pair in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil genkey Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete all existing certificates. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. 4. Disable secure protocols. Continue (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Select key size [1024 or 2048]: 1024 Generating new rsa public/private key pair Done.
2 secCertUtil To import an LDAP certificate from a remote host to the local switch in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -ldapcacert Select protocol [ftp or scp]: ftp Enter IP address: 195.168.38.206 Enter remote directory: /users/home/remote_certs Enter certificate name (must have ".crt",\ ".cer" or ".pem" suffix): ldap.cer Enter Login Name: mylogin Enter Password: password Success: imported certificate [ldap.cert].
secCertUtil 2 To import a PKI-based certificate with configure and enable option in noninteractive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -config swcert \ -enable https -protocol ftp -ipaddr 195.168.38.206 \ -remotedir /users/home/remote_certs -certname file.crt -login abcd -password passwd Success: imported certificate [file.crt]. Certificate file in configuration has been updated. Secure http has been enabled. \ To export the switch certificate from the switch to the remote host in interactive mode: s
2 secCertUtil To export an FCAP switch CSR in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil export -fcapswcsr Select protocol [ftp or scp]: scp Enter IP address: 10.32.2.25 Enter remote directory: /users/myname/OPENSSL Enter Login Name: myname myname@10.32.2.25's password: Success: exported FCAP switch CSR To delete an LDAP CA certificate in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil delete -ldapcacert filename.pem WARNING!!! About to delete certificate: filename.
secCertUtil 2 To display the content of the CSR one page at a time: switch:admin> seccertutil showcsr | more To display the contents of an FCAP SW certificate: switch:admin> seccertutil show -fcapswcert To display the contents of a PKI-based or LDAP CA certificate: switch:admin> seccertutil show filenname SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1005
2 secDefineSize secDefineSize Displays the size of the defined security database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secdefinesize Use this command to display the size of the defined security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 Megabyte per logical switch. With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 Megabytes.
secGlobalShow 2 secGlobalShow Displays the current internal security state information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secglobalshow Use this command to display security server-specific information as a snapshot of its current state.
2 secGlobalShow Zone Size (include enabled configuration) 312 bytes Zone sum e04b215b sec_db: free primaryDLPhase 0 ----wwnDL State----pid tid key sec usec --------- LOG CACHE --------14:08:50 813905136 secipadm_ipchange receives notification 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange starts processing 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange acks completion (Output truncated) SEE ALSO 1008 secActiveSize, secDefineSize Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
secHelp 2 secHelp Displays information about security commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES sechelp Use this command to display a list of security commands with a brief description of the commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 secPolicyAbort secPolicyAbort Aborts all unsaved changes to the defined database. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES secpolicyabort Use this command to abort all changes to the defined security database that have not been saved to flash memory and to abort changes to policy creation and modification operations from all the switches if a fabric-wide consistency policy is not set for the particular policy. When an FCS policy is enabled, this command can be issued only from the Primary FCS switch.
secPolicyActivate 2 secPolicyActivate Saves and activates the Defined Security Policy Set. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicyactivate Use this command to activate the current defined security policy to all switches in the fabric. This activates the policy set on the local switch or all switches in the fabric depending on the fabric-wide consistency policy.
2 secPolicyAdd secPolicyAdd Adds members to an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicyadd "name","member[;member...]" [-legacy] Use this command to add one or more members to an existing access policy. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method. Before a policy is created, there is no enforcement for that management method; all access is granted.
secPolicyAdd OPERANDS 2 This command has the following operands: "name" Specify the name of an existing policy to which you want to add members. Valid values for this operand include the following: • • • DCC_POLICY_nnn FCS_POLICY SCC_POLICY The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names, but they are case-sensitive.
2 secPolicyAdd To add two devices to attach to domain 3, ports 1 and 3, in an existing empty DCC policy; the port WWN of the first device is 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:aa and port WWN of the second device is 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:bb: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyadd "DCC_POLICY_abc", \ "11:22:33:44:55:66:77:aa;11:22:33:44:55:66:77:bb;3(1,3)" Member(s) have been added to DCC_POLICY_abc. To add a security policy: switch:admin> secpolicyadd SCC_POLICY,\ "10:00:00:05:1e:a3:01:d9" -legacy switch:admin> secpolicyshow _
secPolicyCreate 2 secPolicyCreate Creates a new security policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicycreate "name" [, "member[;member...]"] [-legacy] Use this command to create a new policy and to edit Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) policies on the local switch. All policies can be created only once, except for the DCC_POLICY_nnn. Each DCC_POLICY_nnn must have a unique name.
2 secPolicyCreate The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names. Valid values for DCC_POLICY_nnn are user-defined alphanumeric or underscore characters. The maximum length is 30 characters, including the prefix DCC_POLICY_. secpolicycreate DCC_POLICY "*" may be used to indicate DCC lockdown.
secPolicyCreate EXAMPLES 2 To create an FCS policy (While creating the FCS policy, the local switch WWN is automatically included in the list. Switches included in the FCS list are FCS switches and the remaining switches in the fabric are non-FCS switches. Out of the FCS list, the switch that is in the first position becomes the Primary FCS switch and the remaining switches become backup FCS switches.
2 secPolicyCreate _______________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET SCC_POLICY WWN DId swName -----------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:a1:ef:b9 2 sw0 10:00:00:05:1e:a3:00:59 5 sw0 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:f9:09 3 sw0 SEE ALSO 1018 fddCfg, distribute, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyDelete, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secStatsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
secPolicyDelete 2 secPolicyDelete Deletes an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicydelete name Use this command to delete an existing security policy from the defined security database. Run secPolicyActivate to delete the policies from the active security policy list. Deleting a security policy does not cause any traffic disruption. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method.
2 secPolicyDelete To delete all stale DCC policies in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicydelete ALL_STALE_DCC_POLICY About to clear all STALE DCC policies ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO 1020 secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
secPolicyDump 2 secPolicyDump Displays the members of one or all existing security policies. SYNOPSIS secpolicydump ["listtype"][,"name"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, without page breaks, the members of an existing policy in the active and defined (saved) databases. When issued without operands, this command displays the members of all security policies. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 secPolicyDump To display all security policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "active" ____________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------1 Yes 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 2 No 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown SCC_POLICY WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown DCC_POLICY_h1
secPolicyDump 2 To display the SCC policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","SCC_POLICY" _________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET SCC_POLICY WWN DId swName -----------------------------------------------10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown To display the SCC policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Active","SCC_POLICY" __________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET SCC_P
2 secPolicyFCSMove secPolicyFCSMove Moves a member in the FCS policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES secpolicyfcsmove [from, to] Use this command to move an FCS member from one position to another position in the FCS list. Only one FCS can be moved at a time. The first FCS switch in the list that is also present in the fabric is the Primary FCS. If a backup FCS is moved to the first position, it becomes the primary FCS after activation.
secPolicyFCSMove 3 No 2 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 switch:admin> secpolicyfcsmove 3,1 ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName ------------------------------------------------1 No 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 2 Yes 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 2 switch1 3 No 10:00:00:05:1e:04:ef:0e 4 switch2 switch:admin> secpolicyactivate About to overwrite the current Active Policy Set.
2 secPolicyRemove secPolicyRemove Removes members from an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicyremove "name" ,"member[;member...]" Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing security policy. It is not possible to remove all members from the FCS_POLICY; the local switch WWN cannot be deleted from the FCS policy. In the case of SCC policy, if it is empty after removing all members, all access to the switch itself would be disallowed. Beginning Fabric OS v7.
secPolicyRemove 2 The following examples illustrate several ways to specify the port values: (1-6) Selects ports 1 through 6. (*) Selects all ports on the switch. [3, 9] Selects ports 3 and 9 and all devices attached to those ports. [1-3, 5] Selects ports 1 through 3 and 5 and all devices attached to those ports. [*] Selects all ports on the switch and devices currently attached to those ports.
2 secPolicySave secPolicySave Saves a defined security policy to persistent memory. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES secpolicysave Use this command to save a defined security policy to persistent memory. SecPolicySave saves the modified SCC, DCC, and FCS policies to the Defined Security Policy Set on the local switch. This command is always a local switch operation. A fabric-wide consistency configuration does not affect the behavior of this command.
secPolicyShow 2 secPolicyShow Displays an existing security policy including the FCS policy. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION secpolicyshow ["policy_set"[", name"]] Use this command to display the members of an existing policy in the Active or Defined security policy set. The command can be issued from all FCS switches. This command displays the policy database one page at a time. Use the secPolicyDump command to display the policy database without page breaks.
2 secPolicyShow To display all security policies from defined databases: switch:admin> secpolicyshow "defined" __________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY FCS_POLICY Pos Primary WWN DId swName __________________________________________________ 1 Yes 10:00:00:60:69:30:15:5c 1 primaryfcs 2 No 10:00:00:60:69:30:1e:62 4 switch ___________________________________________________ SEE ALSO 1030 fddCfg, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDelete, sec
secStatsReset 2 secStatsReset Resets one or all security statistics to 0. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS secstatsreset [name][,"domain[;domain]"] Use this command to reset one or all security statistics to 0. This command can be issued on any switch to reset the security statistics on the local switch or chassis. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsReset is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can reset security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
2 secStatsReset To reset DCC_POLICY statistics on domains 1 and 69: primaryfcs:admin> secstatsreset DCC_POLICY, "1;69" Reset DCC_POLICY statistic.
secStatsShow 2 secStatsShow Displays one or all security statistics. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS secstatsshow [name[,"domain[;domain]"]] Use this command to display one or all security statistics. This command can be issued on any switch to display local security statistics. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsShow is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can retrieve and display the security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
2 secStatsShow EXAMPLES To display the LOGIN policy statistics for the local domain. switch:admin> secstatsshow LOGIN Fabric Statistics: Domain 1: Name Value ========================================= LOGIN 2 To display statistic information for TELNET_POLICY for all switches in the fabric from the primary FCS switch.
sensorShow 2 sensorShow Displays sensor readings. SYNOPSIS sensorshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status and readings from sensors located on the switch. The actual location of the sensors varies, depending on the switch type. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 serDesTuneMode serDesTuneMode Configures and displays SerDes tuning values. SYNOPSIS serdestunemode --set serdestunemode --reset serdestunemode --show serdestunemode --autoenable serdestunemode --autodisable serdestunemode --autoreset serdestunemode --autoshow serdestunemode --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure and display SerDes tuning values on the Brocade FC8-16 blade and to control tuning optimization of backend links for all Brocade FC8-xx blades.
serDesTuneMode 2 --reset Disables SerDes tuning mode and resets SerDes values to default on FC8-16 blades in slots 1, 2 and 7 and on peer ports in the CR4S-8 core blade. --show Indicates whether the SerDes tuning mode is enabled or disabled. --autoenable Enables SerDes tuning optimization on all backend ports. --autodisable Disables further tuning optimization but retains all current tuning values identified by the algorithm.
2 serDesTuneMode To disable SerDes tuning optimization on all backend ports and reset all tuning values to their default values: switch:admin> serdestunemode --autoreset AutoTune Resetting Default Tuning On Next Poll switch:admin> serdestunemode --show Autotunemode is in reset state SEE ALSO 1038 None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
setContext 2 setContext Sets the logical switch context to a specified FID. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setcontext [FID | switchname] Use this command to set the logical switch context to a specified fabric ID (FID) or unique switch name. The FID uniquely defines a partition as a logical switch. Use lscfg --show to display currently configured partitions and their FIDs. A logical switch context defines the boundaries within which a user can execute commands in a Virtual Fabric-aware environment.
2 setDbg setDbg Sets the debug level of the specified module. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdbg [module_name][level] Use this command to set the debug level of a specified module. Debug levels filter the display of debug messages to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. High debug level values can generate a large volume of messages, degrading the system response time. The set of supported modules and their current debug levels are displayed by the command dbgShow.
setVerbose 2 setVerbose Specifies module verbose level. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS setverbose [module_name][level] Use this command to set the verbose level of the specified module. These levels filter the display of the debug message to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 sfpShow sfpShow Displays Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver information. SYNOPSIS sfpshow sfpshow [slot/]port -link [-force] sfpshow [slot/]geport [ -f] sfpshow -pid pid sfpshow -all sfpshow -health DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about Serial Identification SFPs, also known as module definition "4" SFPs. These SFPs provide extended information that describes the SFP capabilities, interfaces, manufacturer, and other information.
sfpShow • • OPERANDS 2 12 for QSFP 13 for QSFP+ This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to display, followed by a slash (/) port Specifies the number of the port for which to display the SFP information, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a list of valid ports. This operand is optional; if omitted, this command displays a summary of all SFPs on the switch.
2 sfpShow EXAMPLES To display SFP information including SFP health parameters on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:admin> sfpshow -health Slot 1/Port 0: id Slot 1/Port 1: id Slot 1/Port 2: id Slot 1/Port 3: id Slot 1/Port 4: id Slot 1/Port 5: id Slot 1/Port 6: id Slot 1/Port 7: id Slot 1/Port 8: id Slot 1/Port 9: id Slot 1/Port 10: id Slot 1/Port 11: id Slot 1/Port 12: id Slot 1/Port 13: id Slot 1/Port 14: id Slot 1/Port 15: id Slot 2/Port 0: id Slot 2/Port 1: id Slot 2/Port 2: id Slot 2/Port 3: id Slot 2/Por
sfpShow 2 Length 9u: 0 (units 100 meters) Length 50u (OM2): 15 (units 10 meters)* Length 50u (OM3): 0 (units 10 meters)* Length 62.5u:7 (units 10 meters) Length Cu: 0 (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: FINISAR CORP.
2 sfpShow Temperature: Not Available Current : Not Available Voltage : Not Available RX Power : Not Available TX Power : Not Available Last poll time: Polling has not started To display detailed information about all SFPs: switch:user> sfpshow -all (output truncated) ============= Slot 8/Port 50: ============= ============= Slot 8/Port 51: ============= ============= Slot 8/Port 52: ============= QSFP No: 13 Channel No:0 Identifier: 13 QSFP+ Connector: 12 MPO Parallel Optic Transceiver: 0000000000000000
sfpShow 2 To display mini-SFPs on a DCX-4S with a FC8-64 blade: switch:user> setcontext 52 switch:user> sfpshow Slot 8/Port 60: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE \ Serial No: UYA109291003972 Speed: 2,4,8_Gbps Slot 8/Port 61: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE \ Serial No: UYA109301011012 Speed: 2,4,8_Gbps Slot 8/Port 62: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE \ Serial No: UYA109291004082 Speed: 2,4,8_Gbps To display mini-SFP details on a DCX with an FC8-64 blade: switch:user> sfpshow 12/8 Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 7 LC Transceiver: 5
2 sfpShow To display detailed information for GbE port 0 on a Brocade 7800 extension switch: switch:admin> sfpshow ge0 Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 0 Transceiver: 0000000008000000 id Encoding: 1 8B10B Baud Rate: 13 (units 100 megabaud) Length 9u: 0 (units km) Length 9u: 0 (units 100 meters) Length 50u: 0 (units 10 meters) Length 62.
sfpShow Voltage: RX Power: 3285.8 -0.3 mVolts dBm (926.2uW) 2970.0 44.6 uW 3630.0 2187.8 uW 3134.9 112.2 uW 2 3465.0 1737.
2 sfpShow To display the information of a remote switch port: switch:admin> sfpshow -pid 0x010500 SWITCH PORT SFP Optical Port: Optical Port Optical Type: Long Wave Laser LC Temperature: 52 Centigrade Current: 6.418 mAmps Voltage: 3327.2 mVolts RX Power: 395.4 uW TX Power: 544.4 uW Port Speeed Capabilities 16Gbps, 8Gbps, 4Gbps, 2Gbps PEER PORT SFP Optical Port: Optical Port Optical Type: Long Wave Laser LC Temperature: 52 Centigrade Current: 6.418 mAmps Voltage: 3327.2 mVolts RX Power: 403.
shellFlowControlDisable 2 shellFlowControlDisable Disables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION shellflowcontroldisable Use this command to disable XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port. This command cannot run from a Telnet session.
2 shellFlowControlEnable shellFlowControlEnable Enables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION shellflowcontrolenable Use this command to enable XON/XOFF flow control to the shell task. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port. This command cannot run from a Telnet session.
slotPowerOff 2 slotPowerOff Removes power from a slot. SYNOPSIS slotpoweroff slot [-force] slotpoweroff --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to turn off the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be of a type that can be powered off. Beginning with Fabric OS v7.3.0, this command is supported on Condor2 or Condor3 core blades also. There is no frame loss when there are no ICLs connected.
2 slotPowerOn slotPowerOn Restores power to a slot. SYNOPSIS slotpoweron slot slotpoweron --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to turn on the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be currently powered off. The slotShow command reports such slots as being in the state of INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON. Beginning with Fabric OS v7.3.0, this command is supported on Condor2 or Condor3 core blades also. There is no frame loss when there are no ICLs connected.
slotShow 2 slotShow Displays the status of all slots in the system. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION slotshow [-m] [-p] Use this command to display the current status of each slot in the system. Depending on the option used, the command retrieves information on blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage for each slot in the switch or chassis. This command does not display the model names for unsupported blades.
2 slotShow 46 CR4S-8 core blade 50 CP8 control processor blade 51 FC8-48 switch blade 52 Core8 core blade 55 FC8-32 switch blade 74 FCoE10-24 application processor blade 75 FX8-24 application processor blade 77 FC8-64 switch blade 96 FC16-48 switch blade 97 FC16-32 switch blade 98 CR16-8 core blade 99 CR16-4 core blade 125 FC8-32E switch blade 126 FC8-48E switch blade 153 FC16-64 switch blade Status Displays the status of the blade as one of the following: VACANT The slot is empty.
slotShow 2 ENABLED The blade is on and fully enabled. DISABLED The blade is powered on but disabled. FAULTY The blade is faulty because an error was detected. A fault code of 53 may also indicate the possibility of a rolling reboot detection (RRD) on the specified blade. In the case of an RRD, investigate and correct the cause, then reboot the control processor (CP) to recover the blade. UNKNOWN The blade is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
2 slotShow 8 9 10 11 12 CORE BLADE SW BLADE SW BLADE SW BLADE SW BLADE 98 125 126 37 55 ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED To display the Brocade model name for each blade on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:user> slotshow -m Slot Blade Type ID Status ------------------------------------------------1 SW BLADE 97 FC16-32 ENABLED 2 SW BLADE 96 FC16-48 ENABLED 3 SW BLADE 97 FC16-32 ENABLED 4 SW BLADE 96 FC16-48 ENABLED 5 CORE BLADE 98 CR16-8 ENABLED 6 CP BLADE 50 CP8 ENABLED 7 CP BLADE 50 CP8 ENABLED 8
slotShow 4 5 6 7 8 CP BLADE CP BLADE CORE BLADE UNKNOWN UNKNOWN 50 50 99 CP8 CP8 CR16-4 2 ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED VACANT VACANT To display power consumption information on a Brocade DCX 8510-4: switch:user> slotshow -p Slot Blade Type ID DC Power Status Consumption ------------------------------------------------1 UNKNOWN VACANT 2 SW BLADE 96 180 ENABLED 3 CORE BLADE 99 200 ENABLED 4 CP BLADE 50 40 ENABLED 5 CP BLADE 50 40 ENABLED 6 CORE BLADE 99 200 ENABLED 7 UNKNOWN VACANT 8 AP BLADE 43 235 ENABLE
2 snmpConfig snmpConfig Manages the SNMP agent configuration.
snmpConfig 2 --set Sets the SNMP agent configuration data of the specified category. This operand displays the current settings and then prompts you to change the values for each parameter. --default Sets the SNMP agent configuration data for a specified item to the default values. Generally, these default values may be available in the configuration database. The command sets to factory defaults if the SNMP agent configuration parameters are not available in the configuration database.
2 snmpConfig SNMPv1 Configuration Parameters The agent supports six communities and their associated trap recipients and trap recipient severity levels. The first three communities are for read-write (rw) access and the last three are for read-only (ro) access. The default value for the trap recipient of each community is 0.0.0.0. The length of the community string should be in the range of 2 to 16 characters.
snmpConfig 2 When new passwords are entered for any user entry, a new authKey and privKey are generated. The new passwords must be updated on the client (e.g., MIB browser) as well. AuthKey and privKey can also be updated with the delta key mechanism provided by the SNMPv3 protocol. The system prompts for password confirmation if a protocol other than NoAuth/NoPriv is selected. Protocol passwords must be between 1 and 20 characters.
2 snmpConfig connUnitSensorStatusChange(5) 0x20 Enabled connUnitPortStatusChange (6) 0x40 Enabled ____________________________________________________ FICON-MIB 0x1 Enabled linkRNIDDeviceRegistration (1) 0x2 Enabled linkRNIDDevicedeRegistration(2) 0x4 Enabled linkLIRRListenerAdded (3) 0x8 Enabled linkLIRRListenerRemoved (4) 0x10 Enabled linkRLIRFailureIncident (5) 0x20 Enabled ____________________________________________________ HA-MIB 0x1 Enabled fruStatusChanged (1) 0x2 Enabled cpStatusChanged (2) 0x4 E
snmpConfig 2 For two traps under the SW-TRAP category, the swEventTrap and the swFabricWatchTrap, this command provides the option to specify a severity levels to control the number of generated alerts. When a severity level is configured, traps below the specified severity level specified are not sent. Refer to the Examples section for an illustration.
2 snmpConfig sysContact The contact information for this system (switch). The default value is Field Support. Refer to the definition of sysDescr, sysLocation and sysContact in the system group of MIB-II. The string must be at least 4 characters in length; the maximum length is 255 characters. authTraps When enabled, the authentication trap (authenticationFailure) is transmitted to a configured trap recipient in the event that the agent receives a protocol message that is not properly authenticated.
snmpConfig 2 Community (rw): [OrigEquipMfr] Trap Recipient's IP address: [1080::8:800:200C:1230] \ 10.32.147.113 Community (rw): [private] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [public] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [common] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [FibreChannel] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.
2 snmpConfig To enable the swEventTrap of the SW-MIB category only (this operation disables all other SNMP traps in this MIB category): switch:admin> snmpconfig --set mibCapability \ -mib_name SW-MIB -bitmask 0x10 Operation succeeded switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability [...
snmpConfig 2 swFault: YES swSensorScn: YES swFCPortScn: YES swEventTrap: YES DesiredSeverity:None swFabricWatchTrap: YES DesiredSeverity:None swTrackChangesTrap: YES swIPv6ChangeTrap: YES swPmgrEventTrap: YES swFabricReconfigTrap: Yes swFabricSegmentTrap: Yes swExtTrap: Yes swStateChangeTrap: NO swPortMoveTrap: NO swBrcdGenericTrap: NO [...
2 snmpConfig linkRLIRFailureIncident: NO HA-TRAP: NO fruStatusChanged: NO cpStatusChanged: NO fruHistoryTrap: NO ISCSI-TRAP: NO iscsiTgtLoginFailure: NO iscsiIntrLoginFailure: NO iscsiInstSessionFailure: NO IF-TRAP: NO linkDown: NO linkUp: NO BD-TRAP: NO bdTrap: NO bdClearTrap: NO MAPS-TRAP: YES mapsTrapAM: YES T11-FC-ZONE-SERVER-TRAP: NO t11ZsRequestRejectNotify: NO t11ZsMergeFailureNotify: NO t11ZsMergeSuccessNotify: NO t11ZsDefZoneChangeNotify: NO t11ZsActivateNotify: NO Note: The Zone Mib parameters
snmpConfig User 2 User 3 User 4 User 5 User 6 2 Auth Protocol: noAuth Priv Protocol: noPriv Engine ID: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 (rw): snmpadmin2 Auth Protocol: noAuth Priv Protocol: noPriv Engine ID: 80:00:05:23:01:0a:23:34:22 (rw): snmpadmin3 Auth Protocol: noAuth Priv Protocol: noPriv Engine ID: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 (ro): snmpuser1 Auth Protocol: noAuth Priv Protocol: noPriv Engine ID: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 (ro): snmpuser2 Auth Protocol: noAuth Priv Protocol: noPriv Engine ID: 00:00:00
2 snmpConfig Auth Protocol [MD5(1)/SHA(2)/noAuth(3)]: (1..3) [3] Priv Protocol [DES(1)/noPriv(2)/AES128(3)/AES256(4)]): (1..4) [2] Engine ID: [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0] User (ro): [snmpuser3] Auth Protocol [MD5(1)/SHA(2)/noAuth(3)]: (1..3) [3] Priv Protocol [DES(1)/noPriv(2)/AES128(3)/AES256(4)]): (1..4) [2] Engine ID: [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0] SNMPv3 trap recipient configuration: Trap Recipient's IP address : [0.0.0.0] Trap Recipient's IP address : [10.32.147.6] UserIndex: (1..
snmpTraps 2 snmpTraps Sends or displays SNMP traps. SYNOPSIS snmptraps --send [-trap_name trap_name] [-ip_address ip_address] snmptraps --show [port] snmptraps --block -port [slot]port | ALL snmptraps --unblock -port [slot]port | ALL snmptraps --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage specific Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps. Use the --send option to send a specific SNMP trap to a recipient indicated by its IP address.
2 snmpTraps --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To send all traps to the configured recipients: switch:admin> snmpTraps --send Number of traps sent : 27 To send a bottleneck detection trap to recipient 172.16.0.12 switch:admin> snmptraps --send -trap_name \ bd-trap-ip_address 172.16.0.12.
snmpTraps 2 Note: The Zone Mib parameters are for restricted usage only.
2 spinFab spinFab Runs functional test of interswitch link (ISL) cabling and trunk group operation. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION spinfab [-nmegs count] [-framesize bytes] [-ports itemlist] [-setfail mode] [-fports flag] [-nframes count] [-pattern name] [-timeout count] Use this command to verify the intended functional operation of interswitch links (ISLs) at the maximum speed by setting up the routing hardware so that test frames received by each E_Port are retransmitted on the same E_Port.
spinFab • • • • • • • • • 2 Trunk slave ports Ports in logical switches Ports in Base Switches Loopback ports in D_Port mode between two logical switches on the same switch Ports on non-VF connected to VF-configured switch Long distance ports D_Ports connected to AG switch in D_Port mode ICL D_Ports connected to AG switch in D_Port mode Loopback ports in D_Port mode connected to AG switch The following ports do not support the spinFab test: • • • • • F_Ports connected to non-Brocade-branded HBA F_Port
2 spinFab 1 Marks the failing ports as FAILED. In test or qualification environments without live traffic, this may be useful with large values of -nmegs count. This mode is disabled by default. -fports flag Instructs spinFab to include or exclude F_Ports in the testing. This feature is disabled by default. If enabled, spinFab tests the F_Ports connected to Brocade-branded HBAs along with other valid ports (E-ports & Loopback ports). The HBA must be running firmware v2.1.1 or higher.
spinFab 2 MBUF_STATE_ERR NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT PORT_DIED PORT_ENABLE PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX STATS_FTX TIMEOUT XMIT EXAMPLES To test cascading ISLs: switch:admin> spinfab -ports 1/0 - 1/2 spinfab running... spinfab: Completed 11 megs, status: passed. port 0 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 1 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 2 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed.
2 sshUtil sshUtil Manages public key authentication. SYNOPSIS sshutil allowuser user name sshutil showuser sshutil importpubkey sshutil showpubkeys sshutil delpubkeys sshutil genkey [-rsa | -dsa | -ecdsa] sshutil exportpubkey sshutil delprivkey sshutil delknownhost sshutil help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable and manage SSH public key authentication on a switch. SSH public key authentication provides a mechanism for authenticating an authorized user without a password.
sshUtil 2 This command supports generation of a public/private key pair on the switch to enable outgoing connections between a switch and a remote host. To set up incoming connections, you must first generate the public/private key pair on a remote host and then import the public key to the switch. Use the SSH utility ssh-keygen -t dsa to generate the keys on the remote host. Refer to your UNIX system documentation for details on this command.
2 sshUtil delpubkey Deletes all imported public keys associated with a specified user on the switch or with all users. This command prompts for the user name associated with the public keys. Enter "all" to delete the public keys of all users. Deletion of a configured user's public keys effectively blocks incoming connections from this user that rely on public key authentication with the switch. genkey [-rsa | -dsa | -ecdsa] Generates a private or public key pair for the selected type on the local switch.
sshUtil 2 To set up SSH public key authentication on a switch for incoming connections: 1. Generate a private/public key pair on a remote host (accept default directory and file name): username@remotehost> ssh-keygen -t dsa Generating public/private dsa key pair. Enter file in which to save the key \ (/users/home/username/.ssh/id_dsa): Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase):passphrase Enter same passphrase again: passphrase Your identification has been saved in \ /users/home/username/.ssh/id_dsa.
2 sshUtil To set up SSH public key authentication on a switch for outgoing connections: 1. Generate a private/public key pair on the local switch: switch:username> sshutil genkey Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase):passphrase Enter same passphrase again: passphrase Key pair generated successfully. 2. Export the public key to a remote host: switch:username> sshutil exportpubkey Enter IP address: remote host IP Address Enter remote directory: ~username/.
statsClear 2 statsClear Clears port and diagnostic statistics. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS statsclear [--slot slot] [-uports itemlist] [-bports itemlist] [-use_bports value] Use this command to clear the port and diagnostics statistics for the specified list of blade or user ports. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 stopPortTest stopPortTest Terminates the running portTest. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS stopporttest [-ports itemlist] Use this command to terminate the portTest command. Refer to the portTest help page for more information. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
supportFfdc 2 supportFfdc Modifies or displays the first-fault data capture (FFDC) daemon. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS supportffdc [--disable | --enable | --show] Use this command to disable or enable the FFDC events, or to display the current configuration. If disabled, the daemon does not capture any data even when a message with FFDC attributes is logged. FFDC is enabled by default. When executed without operands, the command prints the usage.
2 supportFtp supportFtp Sets, clears, or displays support FTP parameters and enables or disables auto file transfer. SYNOPSIS supportftp [-S] supportftp -s [-h host][-u username][-p password] [-d remotedirectory] [-l protocol] supportftp -t hours supportftp -R supportftp -e supportftp -d DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to set, clear, or display supportFtp parameters. The parameters set by this command are used by the supportSave and traceDump commands.
supportFtp 2 -R Clears all supportFtp parameters. -e Enables auto file transfer. Trace dump files are automatically transferred to a designated FTP server. The server parameters must be set before you can enable auto file transfer. -d Disables auto file transfer. EXAMPLES To set the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp -s -h 1080::8:800:200C:417A -u admin -p password -d support -l sftp supportftp: ftp parameters changed. \ To display the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp Host IP Addr: 1080:
2 supportInfoClear supportInfoClear Clears all the default port statistic counters and portlogs in a chassis or switch. SYNOPSIS supportinfoclear --clear [ -RASlog] [-force] supportinfoclear --help DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS Use this command to clear all the default port statistic counters, and portlogs in a chassis or switch. Use the -RASlog option to clear error logs along with statistics and portlogs on the active CP. On the standby CP, the -RASlog option clears only the error logs.
supportSave 2 supportSave Saves RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data, and other support information SYNOPSIS supportsave supportsave [-n] [-c] [-k] [-u user_name -p password -h host_ip -d remote_dir -l protocol] supportsave [-R] supportsave [-U -d remote_dir] supportsave [-t timeout_multiplier] DESCRIPTION Use this command to collect RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data and other support information to a remote FTP location.
2 supportSave -c Uses the FTP, SCP, or SFTP parameters saved by the supportFtp command. This operand is optional; if omitted, specify the FTP, SCP, or SFTP parameters through command line options or interactively. To display the current supportFTP parameters, run supportFtp (on a dual-CP system, run supportFtp on the active CP). The -c option is mutually exclusive with -u, -p, -h, and -d.
supportSave EXAMPLES 2 To save RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, and other support information to an FTP server in interactive mode: switch:admin> supportsave This command collects RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, \ core file, FFDC data and then transfer them to a FTP/SCP/SFTP server \ or a USB device. This operation can take several minutes. NOTE: supportSave will transfer existing trace dump \ file first, then automatically generate and transfer latest one. \ There will be two trace dump files transferred after t
2 supportSave Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information Saving support information (output truncated) for for for for chassis:ras9,module:RTE... chassis:ras9,module:ISCSID_DBG... chassis:ras9,module:AGDUMP... chassis:ras9,module:SSHOW_PLOG...
supportShow 2 supportShow Displays switch information for debugging purposes. SYNOPSIS supportshow supportshow slot[/port1-port2] [lines] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display support information from groups of preselected Fabric OS and Linux commands and other support and debugging information. You can specify a port or a range of ports for which to display this information.
2 supportShow fcip FCIP group commands, disabled by default. ag Access Gateway group commands, disabled by default. dce_hsl DCE group commands, enabled by default. crypto Encryption group commands, disabled by default. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
supportShow security network portlog system extend filter perfmon ficon iswitch asic_db fcip ag dce_hsl 2 enabled enabled enabled enabled disabled disabled disabled disabled enabled enabled disabled (not applicable to this platform) enabled enabled **** Begin start_port_log_cmd group **** Sun Dec 6 05:10:14 PST 2009 portlogdump: CURRENT CONTEXT -- 0 , 128 portlogdump : time task event port cmd args ------------------------------------------------Sat Dec 5 23:54:37 2009 23:54:37.
2 supportShowCfgDisable supportShowCfgDisable Disables a group of commands under the supportShow command. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION supportshowcfgdisable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | system | extend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db | ag | dce_hsl | crypto | fcip Use this command to disable a group of commands under the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgEnable command to enable groups of commands.
supportShowCfgDisable 2 asic_db Disables the ASIC DB group commands. ag Disables the Access Gateway group commands. dce_hsl Disables the DCE group commands. crypto Disables the encryption group commands fcip Disables the FCIP group commands. Supported only on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24.
2 supportShowCfgEnable supportShowCfgEnable Enables a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION supportshowcfgenable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | system | extend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db | ag | dce_hsl |crypto | fcip Use this command to enable a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgDisable command to disable groups of commands.
supportShowCfgEnable 2 asic_db Enables the ASIC DB group commands. ag Enables the Access Gateway group commands. dce_hsl Disables the DCE group commands crypto Enables the encryption group commands. fcip Enables the FCIP group commands. Supported only on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 platforms.
2 supportShowCfgShow supportShowCfgShow Displays the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION supportshowcfgshow Use this command to display the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgEnable and the supportShowCfgDisable commands to modify which groups are displayed.
supportShowCfgShow iswitch asic_db fcip ag dce_hsl SEE ALSO 2 enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled supportShow, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgEnable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1103
2 switchBeacon switchBeacon Sets switch beaconing mode on or off. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchbeacon [mode] Use this command to enable or disable switch beaconing mode. Switch beaconing can be used to locate a failing unit. When beaconing mode is turned on, the port LEDs flash amber, left to right and right to left, from port 0 to the highest port number and back to port 0. The beaconing mode continues until you turn it off. The beaconing LED pattern continues until you turn it off.
switchBeacon 2 To turn beaconing mode off to verify the configuration:: switch:admin> switchbeacon 0 switch:admin> switchbeacon value = 0 SEE ALSO chassisBeacon, portBeacon, portPeerBeacon, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1105
2 switchCfgPersistentDisable switchCfgPersistentDisable Disables a switch persistently. SYNOPSIS switchcfgpersistentdisable switchcfgpersistentdisable --setdisablestate switchcfgpersistentdisable --disable switchcfgpersistentdisable --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to persistently disable the switch immediately or after reboot. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. The switch remains disabled even after a reboot.
switchCfgPersistentEnable 2 switchCfgPersistentEnable Enables a switch persistently. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchcfgpersistentenable Use this command to persistently enable a persistently disabled switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled and come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. The switch may need to be enabled if it was previously disabled to make configuration changes or to run diagnostics.
2 switchCfgSpeed switchCfgSpeed Configures the speed for all ports on a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchcfgspeed speed Use this command to configure the port speed on a switch. This command sets the speed for all user ports. If any port on the switch is not capable of the specified speed setting, an error message is displayed for that port. The configuration is saved in nonvolatile memory and persists across switch reboots or power cycles.
switchCfgTrunk 2 switchCfgTrunk Enables or disables trunking on all the ports of a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchcfgtrunk mode Use this command to enable or disable trunking on all the ports of a switch. Use portCfgTrunkPort to enable or disable trunking on a single port. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the ports to which the configuration applies are disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
2 switchDisable switchDisable Disables all user ports on a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchdisable Use this command to disable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow-flashing amber. The switch must be disabled before making configuration changes or before running offline diagnostic tests.
switchEnable 2 switchEnable Enables all user ports on a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchenable Use this command to enable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They can come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Use switchEnable to re-enable the switch after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics. If the switch is connected to a fabric, it rejoins the fabric.
2 switchName switchName Displays or sets the switch name. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchname [name] Use this command to display or set the switch name. Once you set the switchname, you must re-login for the change to be in effect. All switches have a symbolic name that is primarily used for switch management. This name is shown in the Fabric OS CLI prompt, under each switch icon in Web Tools, and in the output of various Fabric OS Commands, such as fabricShow.
switchShow 2 switchShow Displays switch and port status. SYNOPSIS switchshow switchshow [-slot slot] [-portname | -qsfp] switchshow [-portcount] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display switch, blade, and port status information. Output may vary depending on the switch model. When used without operands, switchShow displays the following information: switchName Switch name. switchType Switch model and revision numbers. switchState Switch state: Online, Offline, Testing, or Faulty.
2 switchShow Allow XISL Use Allows the switch to use interswitch links (XILS) in the base fabric to carry traffic to this logical switch. Values are ON or OFF. LS Attributes On a switch in Virtual Fabric mode, this field displays logical switch attributes, including the fabric ID associated with the logical switch, the switch role (default switch or base switch), and the fabric Address Mode (0, 2 or 3). If Virtual Fabrics are disabled, only the Address Mode is displayed.
switchShow 2 N8 8 Gbps negotiated transfer speed 10G 10 Gbps fixed transfer speed N10 10 Gbps negotiated transfer speed 16G 16 Gbps fixed transfer speed N16 10 Gbps negotiated transfer speed AN Autonegotiating UN Unknown State Port state information. Valid states include the following: No_Card No interface card present. No_Module No module (GBIC or other) present. Mod_Val Module validation in process. Mod_Inv Module speed mismatch or incompatible SFP. No_Light The module is not receiving light.
2 switchShow Offline A port connection is not established (for virtual ports only). Online The port is up and running. Proto Protocol support by GbE port. Valid protocols include the following: ISCSI The port supports ISCSI (deprecated). FCIP The port supports FCIP. FCoE The port supports Fibre Channel over Ethernet. comment Optionally displays one of the following: Copper or Optical Displays which GbE port is currently active: Copper indicates that the RJ45 GbE port is currently active.
switchShow 2 F_Port Point-to-point port; displays the WWN of the attached N_Port. If that specific F_Port receives 1 FDISK frame, switchShow displays the total number of NPIV Public ports as 1, for example: F_Port 1 NPort + 1 NPIV devices. If the base device logs out with NPIV devices logged in, the command displays the number of NPIV devices, for example, F_Port 1 NPort + 2 NPIV. G_Port Point-to-point port, but not yet E_Port or F_Port. L_Port Loop port; displays the number of NL_Ports.
2 switchShow Fabric ID oversubscribed One fabric has been assigned two different fabric IDs (EX_Ports only). AoQ Application-oriented QoS; indicates that an F_Port or N_Port has negotiated a link that is capable of quality of service (QoS). Both sides of the link have QoS capability and agreed on the protocol. The link could be between an HBA and an Access Gateway, between an Access Gateway and an edge switch, or between an HBA and an edge switch.
switchShow NOTES 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. On the Brocade FCoE10-24 blade, the Proto column identifies the FCoE ports of the switch. For all FCoE ports, the speed is 10 Gbps. The default configuration of an FCoE port is an F_Port configuration. After a successful reboot switchShow displays all FCoE ports as online.
2 switchShow 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 -N8 No_Module FC 5 -N8 No_Module FC 6 -N8 No_Module FC 7 -N8 No_Module FC 8 -N8 No_Module FC 9 id N8 Online FC F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:53:2c:54 0x690105 (AoQ) 10 10 id N8 Online FC F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:56:5f:a9 0x690107 (AoQ) 11 11 id N4 Online FC F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:56:5f:a8 0x690106 (AoQ) 12 12 -N8 No_Module FC 13 13 -N8 No_Module FC 14 14 -N8 No_Module FC 15 15 -N8 No_Module FC 16 16 id N8 No_Light FC 17 17 id N8 Online FC F-Port 1 N Port + 3 NPIV public (AoQ) 18 18 -N8 No_
switchShow 2 Allow XISL use: ON LS Attributes: [FID: 10, Base Switch: No,\ Default Switch: No, Address Mode 0] Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 377 12 41 32f180 -N8 No_Module 378 12 42 32f280 -N8 No_Module 379 12 43 32f380 -N8 No_Module 380 12 44 32f480 -N8 No_Module 381 12 45 32f580 -N8 No_Module 382 12 46 32f680 -N8 No_Module 383 12 47 32f780 -N8 No_Module 769 -1 769 ---- Online E-Port \ 10:00:00:05:1e:40:f0:79 "Switch 1" (logical) 770 -
2 switchShow 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 02cf00 02d000 02d100 02d200 02d300 02d400 02d500 02d600 02d700 ---------- 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G 10G Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE FCoE VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port VF-Port 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s) VN-Port(s)
switchShow 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 E-Port 411 5 E-Port 412 5 E-Port 413 5 E-Port 414 5 415 5 1152 5 1153 5 1154 5 1155 5 1156 5 1157 5 1158 5 1159 5 1160 5 1161 5 1162 5 1163 5 1164 5 1165 5 1166 5 1167 5 1168 5 1169 5 1170 5 1171 5 1172 5 1173 5 1174 5 1175 5 1177 5 1178 5 1179 5 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 3 7 -----id 4 7 -----id 5 7 -----id 6 15 -----id 7 15 -----id 8
2 switchShow 1180 1181 1182 1183 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1124 5 5 5 5 60 0 ------61 0 ------62 8 -----id 63 8 -----id 8 0 15 -----id 8 1 15 -----id 8 2 7 -----id 8 3 7 -----id 8 4 7 -----id 8 5 7 -----id 8 6 15 -----id 8 7 15 -----id 8 8 14 ------8 9 14 ------8 10 6 ------8 11 6 ------8 12 6 ------8 13
switchShow 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 1 1 9 9 8 8 0 0 0 0 8 8 ------------------------------------------------------------- ----id id ----id id 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G 16G No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_SigDet No_SigDet No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_SigDet No_SigDet 2 FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC FC To display media type information (relevant output excerpt
2 switchShow Index Port Address Media Speed State Proto ============================================== 0 0 010000 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 1 1 010100 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 2 2 010200 id N4 No_Light FC 3 3 010300 id N4 No_Light FC 4 4 010400 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 5 5 010500 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 6 6 010600 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 7 7 010700 id N8 No_Light FC Disabled (Persistent) 8 8 010800 -N8 No_Module FC Disabled (Persi
switchShow (Trunk master) 417 8 1 -----is Slot 8 Port 0 ) 418 8 2 -----is Slot 8 Port 0 ) 419 8 3 -----is Slot 8 Port 0 ) 420 8 4 -----is Slot 8 Port 0 ) 2 cu 8G In_Sync FC E-Port (Trunk port, master cu 8G In_Sync FC E-Port (Trunk port, master cu 8G In_Sync FC E-Port (Trunk port, master cu 8G In_Sync FC E-Port (Trunk port, master To display the port status information on Condor3 Inter-Chassis Links (ICLs): switch:admin> switchshow switchName: ICL_DCX switchType: 120.
2 switchShow FC Router: ON FC Router BB Fabric ID: 128 Address Mode: 0 Fabric Name: base Location ID: 1 Index Port Address Media Speed State Proto ============================================== SEE ALSO 1128 fabricName, portCfgLongDistance, switchDisable, switchEnable, switchName Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
switchStatusPolicySet 2 switchStatusPolicySet Sets the policy parameters that determine the overall switch status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchstatuspolicyset Use this command to set policy parameters for calculating the overall status of the switch. The policy parameter values determine how many failed or faulty units of each contributor are allowed before triggering a status change in the switch from HEALTHY to MARGINAL or DOWN.
2 switchStatusPolicySet ErrorPorts Percentage of ports segmented and disabled due to security violations or Fabric Watch port fencing. To determine the current status of the switch for each component monitored issue the switchStatusShow command. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
switchStatusPolicySet 2 To change the switch policy parameters on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:admin> switchstatuspolicyset To change the overall switch status policy parameters The current overall switch status policy parameters: Down Marginal ---------------------------------PowerSupplies 0 0 Temperatures 0 0 Fans 1 0 WWN 0 0 CP 0 0 Blade 0 0 CoreBlade 0 0 Flash 0 0 MarginalPorts 0.00%[0] 0.00%[0] FaultyPorts 0.00%[0] 0.00%[0] MissingSFPs 0.00%[0] 0.00%[0] ErrorPorts 0.00%[0] 0.
2 switchStatusPolicyShow switchStatusPolicyShow Displays the policy parameters that determine the overall switch status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchstatuspolicyshow Use this command to view the current policy parameters set for the switch. These policy parameters determine the number of failed or nonoperational units allowed for each contributor before triggering a status change in the switch.
switchStatusShow 2 switchStatusShow Displays overall switch status. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION switchstatusshow Use this command to display the overall status for a switch. In addition, users with a Fabric Watch license are able to view a listing of unhealthy ports that includes the port index number, the port name, and the port status.
2 switchStatusShow Fans monitor Flash monitor Marginal ports monitor Faulty ports monitor Missing SFPs monitor Error ports monitor HEALTHY MARGINAL HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY Port 032 port32 is FAULTY To display a switch health report on Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:user> switchstatusshow Switch Health Report Report time: 03/12/2011 12:57:01 PM Switch Name: VF128_CDCX16_114057 IP address: 10.20.114.
switchUptime 2 switchUptime Displays the amount of time the switch has been operating. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES switchuptime Use this command to display the current time and the amount of time that the switch has been operational. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
2 switchViolation switchViolation Dumps the DCC violations for a switch. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES switchViolation --dump -dcc Use this command to display all Device Connection Control (DCC) violations that have occurred on a switch. Internally the command searches "errdumpall" for the DCC violations. For each DCC violation, the command displays the device WWN and the port where the violation occurred.
syslogdFacility 2 syslogdFacility Sets or displays the syslog facility. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS syslogdFacility [-l level] Use this command to set the syslog facility to a specified log file, or use this command without operands to display the current syslog facility. The syslog daemon (syslogd) reads and forwards system messages to the log file specified by this command. You must configure the servers to receive system messages by adding them with the syslogdIpAdd command.
2 syslogdIpAdd syslogdIpAdd Configures a switch to forward system messages to specified servers. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION syslogdipadd ip_address Use this command to configure a switch to forward all error log entries to the syslog daemon (syslogd) of one or more specified servers. The syslog daemon is a process available on most UNIX systems that reads and forwards system messages to the appropriate log files or users, depending on the system configuration. Up to six servers are supported.
syslogdIpRemove 2 syslogdIpRemove Removes a server that is running the syslog daemon. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS syslogdipremove ip_address Use this command to remove a server that is running the syslogd process and to which system messages are sent from the syslog server configuration on the switch. IPv6 and IPv4 syslogd addresses are supported. Use syslogdIPShow to view the current syslog server configuration.
2 syslogdIpShow syslogdIpShow Displays all syslog daemon IP addresses. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES syslogdipshow Displays the list of servers that are running the syslogd daemon and to which system messages are sent. Servers are specified in the configuration database by IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
sysMonitor 2 sysMonitor Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for environment and system resources.
2 sysMonitor If any configured area exceeds the currently effective threshold settings, the Fabric Watch daemon can take one or more of the following actions: • • • Send an SNMP message. Log a RAS log message. Send an E-mail alert (valid only for the environment and resource class). Fabric Watch thresholds vary depending on the class and platform. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator's Guide for defaults and configuration guidelines.
sysMonitor 2 -action actions Specifies the actions triggered by a configured event condition. Valid values include one or more of the following actions. If more than one action is specified, the actions must be separated by commas. To change the existing configuration of actions, you must first issue the command with the none option to reset the existing configuration, and then reissue the command with the new configuration of actions. snmp Event triggers an SNMP trap.
2 sysMonitor -current Displays current values for a specified class or area. This operand is optional and valid only with the --show option. The output includes the class, area, port number, circuit ID (for the Brocade 7800 and FS8-24 only), Value, State, and Monitoring Status (pause or continue). The State field reports whether the current value is above, in range, or below (info) the configured threshold.
sysMonitor 2 --show cpu | mem Displays system memory or CPU usage. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To configure Fabric Watch custom thresholds for temperature: switch:admin> sysmonitor --config env -area temp \ -highthreshold -value 99 -trigger above -action raslog To apply the custom thresholds for temperature: switch:admin> sysMonitor --apply env -area temp -action_level cust -thresh_level cust \ To configure Fabric Watch custom thresholds for temperature using high and low thresholds a
2 sysMonitor Buffer: Custom: Value Default: Value : 10 : 10 To display current temperature values: switch:admin> sysmonitor --show env -area temp -c Class |Area |Index|Value |State | Monitoring ------|------|------|------|-----------------ENV |TEMP |000001|39 |InRange|Continue ENV |TEMP |000002|35 |InRange|Continue ENV |TEMP |000003|42 |InRange|Continue ENV |TEMP |000004|44 |InRange|Pause To configure Fabric Watch custom thresholds for flash memory: switch:admin> sysmonitor --config resource -area flas
sysMonitor 2 To pause monitoring of the resources class for a single element: switch:admin> sysmonitor --pause resource -area all -index 0 switch:admin> sysmonitor --show resource -current Class |Area |Index |Value |State |Monitoring ---------|-------|------|---------|-------|-------------RESOURCE |FLASH |000000|78 |InRange|Pause To continue monitoring of the resources class: switch:admin> sysmonitor --continue resource -area all -index 0 switch:admin> sysmonitor --show resource -current Class |Area |Ind
2 sysShutDown sysShutDown Provides a graceful shutdown to protect the switch file systems. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION sysshutdown On standalone platforms, use this command to shut down the switch operating system. On enterprise-class platforms, when sysShutDown is called on the active control processor (CP), the command shuts down the active CP, standby CP, and any AP blades.
sysShutDown 2 To attempt a system shutdown from the standby CP (not supported): switch:admin> sysshutdown Shut down the whole system is not support from the standby CP For shut down the whole system please run the sysshutdown from the active CP SEE ALSO haDisable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1149
2 tempShow tempShow Displays temperature readings. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES tempshow Use this command to display the current temperature readings of all temperature sensors in a switch. For each sensor, this command displays the sensor ID (an index number), the slot number (if applicable), the sensor state (OK or absent), and the temperature. The temperature readings are given in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit.
thConfig 2 thConfig Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for the SFP, fabric, filter, security and EE monitor classes.
2 thConfig NOTES Monitoring of Condor 3-based 10G SFPs, 16G SFPs, and 16G QSFPs (quad small form-factor pluggables) is by default disabled. Use the thMonitor command to enable monitoring of these advanced SFPs. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. The Fabric and Security classes are not supported in Access Gateway mode.
thConfig 2 FC Tracks the number of times the fabric reconfigures. DC Tracks the number of Domain ID changes. SC Tracks the number of segmentation changes. ZC Tracks the number of zoning conflicts. FL Tracks the number of fabric logins. SECURITY Monitors the Security class. Valid areas for the security class include the following: TV Tracks the number of Telnet violations. HV Tracks the number of HTTP violations. SV Tracks the number of switch connection control (SCC) policy violations.
2 thConfig EE Monitors the End-to-End Performance Monitor class. Valid areas for the EE class include the following: RXP Monitors receive performance word frames traveling from the configured SID to the DID in kilobytes. TXP Monitors transmit performance word frames traveling from the configured DID to the SID in kilobytes. --set class -area area Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for monitoring a specified class and area. When configuring Fabric Watch thresholds, you must specify a class and an area.
thConfig 2 -lowth -value value Specifies the low threshold for triggering a specified alert action. To change the default value, provide an integer value. -trigger above | below Specifies the actions for in range behavior. In range is defined as the space above the low threshold and below the high threshold. -action actions Specifies the actions triggered by a configured event condition. Valid values include one or more of the following actions.
2 thConfig --show Displays the threshold configuration or run-time status for all configured classes and areas. You can optionally specify a class to display the threshold for all areas in that class. Or you can specify a class and an area to display the area-specific configuration only. When issued without operands, this command displays all configured thresholds for all Fabric Watch classes.
thConfig EXAMPLES 2 To set custom thresholds for the SFP class and temperature area for a 16G QSFP on a DC X8510-8: switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -sfptype qsfp \ -highth -value 32 -trigger above -action email switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -sfptype qsfp\ lowth -value 0 -trigger above -action raslog To apply the new custom settings so they become effective: switch:admin> thconfig --apply sfp -area temp -sfptype qsfp \ -action cust -thresh_level cust To set high thresholds for
2 thConfig Buffer: Custom: Value : 0 Value : 0 Default: To display only the custom thresholds for the QSFP temperature: switch:admin> thconfig --show sfp -area -sfptype qsfp -thresh_level cust Class: SFP SFP TYPE: QSFP Area : TEMP ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High : Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 85 Trigger : Above Trigger : Below Low: Custom: TimeBase: None Value : -5 Trigger : Below Buffer: Custom: Value : 0 temp \ Action: Raslog Action: Raslog Action: Raslog To pause and then resume monitoring
thConfig SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SEE ALSO |TEMP |TEMP |TEMP |TEMP |TEMP |001152|0 |001157|0 |001161|0 |001164|0 |001168|0 |Info |Info |Info |Info |Info |Continue |Continue |Continue |Continue |Continue 2 |QSFP |QSFP |QSFP |QSFP |QSFP fwHelp, portFencing, portThConfig, sfpShow, sysMonitor, thMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1159
2 thMonitor thMonitor Enables monitoring of small form-factor pluggables (SFPs). SYNOPSIS thmonitor --enable brcdsfp thmonitor --disable brcdsfp thmonitor --show DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to enable Fabric Watch threshold monitoring for 10G and 16G SFPs and for 16G QSFPs. Fabric Watch does not monitor 10G and 16G SFPs or 16G QSFPs unless monitoring is explicitly enabled with this command. This command requires a Fabric Watch license.
timeOut 2 timeOut Sets or displays the idle timeout value for a login session. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION timeout [timeval] Use this command without an operand to display the current timeout value (in minutes) after which idle logins are automatically terminated. Use this command with the timeval operand to set the login timeout value to the specified interval. A value of 0 disables timeout of login sessions. The new timeout value takes effect with the next logins.
2 topologyShow topologyShow Displays the unicast fabric topology. SYNOPSIS topologyshow -index [domain] topologyshow -nopage [domain] topologyshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the fabric topology as it appears to the local switch. The display varies depending on the hardware configuration. The following rules apply: • On all switches, the command displays the number of domains in the fabric and the local Domain IDs.
topologyShow 2 In Ports The input ports that use the corresponding out port to reach the destination domain. This is the same information provided by portRouteShow and uRouteShow but in a different format. Total Bandwidth The maximum bandwidth of the out port. A bandwidth that is less than 0.512 Gbps is adjusted to the nearest power of 2 value. A bandwidth in the range of 0.512 Gbps (included) to 1 Gbps (not included) is adjusted to the 0.512 Gbps value.
2 topologyShow Path Count: 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: Domain: 3 Metric: 10500 Name: fcr_xd_3_5 Path Count: 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: Domain: Metric: Name: Path Count: 2 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 2.000 Gbps 4000 % D 2 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 8.000 Gbps 1275 % D 111 500 peng3900101 1 Hops: Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: (output truncate) 1 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 2.
topologyShow Out Port: In Ports: Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: 2 0 23 24 33 38 39 8.000 Gbps 350 % D To display the topology with index numbers: switch:user> topologyshow -index 1 domain(s) in the fabric; Local Domain ID: 188 Domain: Metric: Name: Path Count: 178 500 dcx_178 1 Hops: Out Port (index): In Ports (index): Total Bandwidth: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: SEE ALSO 1 112 246 247 24.
2 traceDump traceDump Initiates, or removes a trace dump or displays the trace dump status. SYNOPSIS tracedump [-S] tracedump -n [-s slot] tracedump -r [-s slot] | -R tracedump -c [-s slot] DESCRIPTION Use this command to initiate a background trace dump, to remove the content of a trace dump, or to display the dump status on the switch. When executed without operands, this command defaults to traceDump -S. Execution of traceDump -n generates a local trace dump locally.
traceDump 2 -r Clears the status of a particular trace dump on a specified slot. -R Clears the status of a particular trace dump on all slots. -c Clears all trace dump buffers. This operation resets the trace buffer contents. -s slot Specifies the slot number from which a trace dump is generated. If a slot is not supplied, the trace dump is generated from the local slot. This operand is optional.
2 trunkDebug trunkDebug Debugs a trunk link failure. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES OPERANDS trunkdebug port1 port2 Use this command to debug a trunk link failure.
trunkShow 2 trunkShow Displays trunking information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION trunkshow [-perf] [-swname] Use this command to display trunking information of both E_Ports and EX_Ports. The command displays the following fields: Trunking Group Number Displays each trunking group on a switch. All ports that are part of this trunking group are displayed. Port to port connections Displays the port-to-port trunking connections. WWN Displays the world wide name of the connected port.
2 trunkShow NOTES OPERANDS The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operand: -perf Displays the total bandwidth, throughput, and percentage of link utilization information for the trunk group (Rx, Tx, and combined total for Tx+Rx). This operand is optional. -swname Displays the neighbor switch name.
trunkShow 2 51 4 3 013300 id N4 Online EX-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 4 Port 1 ) 52 4 4 013400 id N4 Online EX-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 4 Port 1 ) 53 4 5 013500 id N4 Online EX-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 4 Port 1 ) 54 4 6 013600 id N4 Online EX-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 4 Port 1 ) 55 4 7 013700 id N4 Online EX-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 4 Port 1 ) 64 7 0 014000 id N4 Online E-Port \ (Trunk port, master is Slot 7 Port 7 ) 65 7 1 014100 id N4 Online E-Port \ (Trunk
2 trunkShow To display trunking information, with switch name and bandwidth throughput information: switch:admin> trunkshow -pref -swname 1: 0-> 10 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:99:09 88 SW_88 deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 4.00Gbps, Throughput 0.00bps (0.00%) Rx: Bandwidth 4.00Gbps, Throughput 0.00bps (0.00%) Tx+Rx: Bandwidth 8.00Gbps, Throughput 0.00bps (0.00%) 2: 2-> 11 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:eb:39 75 switchname01234567890123456789 deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 4.00Gbps, Throughput 0.00bps (0.00%) Rx: Bandwidth 4.
tsClockServer 2 tsClockServer Displays or sets the Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server addresses. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION tsclockserver [ipaddr [; ipaddr ...]] Use this command to synchronize the local time of the Principal or Primary FCS switch to one or more external NTP servers. This command accepts a list of NTP server addresses. The NTP server addresses can be passed in either IPV4 or IPV6 address format or as a DNS server name.
2 tsClockServer To set the NTP server to a specified IP address: switch:admin> tsclockserver 123.123.123.123 Updating Clock Server configuration...done. switch:admin> tsclockserver 123.123.123.123 To configure multiple NTP servers: switch:admin> tsclockserver "12.134.125.24; 12.234.87.01" Updating Clock Server configuration...done.
tsTimeZone 2 tsTimeZone Displays or sets the system time zone. SYNOPSIS tstimezone --interactive tstimezone timezonename tstimezone --old hourOffset[,minuteOffset] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or set the system time zone. All switches maintain the current time zone setup in nonvolatile memory. Changing the time zone on a switch updates the local time zone setup and is reflected in local time calculations. All switches are by default in the 0,0 time zone:, which is, GMT.
2 tsTimeZone hourOffset Specifies the number of hours relative to GMT. This operand must be specified as an integer. Valid values are -12 to 12. This operand is required with the --old option. minuteOffset Specifies the number of minutes relative to hour offset. This operand must be specified as an integer and is valid only with the --old option. Valid values are -30, 0, or 30. This operand is optional; if not specified, the value defaults to 0.
tsTimeZone 2 13) Chile 40) St Barthelemy 14) Colombia 41) St Kitts & Nevis 15) Costa Rica 42) St Lucia 16) Cuba 43) St Martin (French part) 17) Curacao 44) St Pierre & Miquelon 18) Dominica 45) St Vincent 19) Dominican Republic 46) Suriname 20) Ecuador 47) Trinidad & Tobago 21) El Salvador 48) Turks & Caicos Is 22) French Guiana 49) United States 23) Greenland 50) Uruguay 24) Grenada 51) Venezuela 25) Guadeloupe 52) Virgin Islands (UK) 26) Guatemala 53) Virgin Islands (US) 27) Guyana Enter number or contr
2 tsTimeZone Is the above information OK? 1) Yes 2) No Enter number or control-D to quit ?1 System Time Zone change will take effect at next reboot To revert back to the offset format and verify the configuration: switch admin> tstimezone --old 2 switch admin> tstimezone Time Zone Hour Offset: 2 Time Zone Minute Offset: 0 SEE ALSO 1178 date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
turboRamTest 2 turboRamTest Performs a turbo SRAM test of ASIC chips. SYNOPSIS turboramtest [--slot slot] [-passcnt count] ceeturboramtest [--slot slot] [-passcnt count] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the chip SRAM located in the ASIC using the turbo-RAM BIST circuitry. The BIST controller is able to perform the SRAM write and read operation at a much faster rate than the PCI operation. The turboRamTest and ceeTurboRamTest commands are platform-specific versions of the same test.
2 turboRamTest To run the SRAM test on a Brocade FCoE10-24 blade in default mode: switch:admin> ceeturboramtest Running turboramtest .............. PASSED.
upTime 2 upTime Displays length of time the system has been operational. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION uptime This command displays the current time, how long the system has been running, how many users are currently logged on, and the system load averages for the past 1, 5, and 15 minutes. If the uptime is less than 60 seconds, the time is displayed in seconds. For times greater than or equal to 60 seconds, the time is displayed in minutes. The output format adjusts accordingly.
2 uRouteShow uRouteShow Displays unicast routing information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION urouteshow [slot/][port] [domain] Use this command to display the unicast routing information for a port, as it is known by the FSPF path selection and routing task. The routing information describes how a frame that is received from a port on the local switch is to be routed to reach a destination switch. The following information displays: Local Domain ID Domain number of local switch.
uRouteShow NOTES OPERANDS 2 The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specify the slot number of the input port whose routes are displayed, followed by a slash (/).
2 usbStorage usbStorage Manages data files on an attached USB storage device. SYNOPSIS usbstorage [-e | --enable] usbstorage [-d | --disable] usbstorage [-l | --list] usbstorage [-r | --remove area target] usbstorage [-h | --help] DESCRIPTION NOTES Use this command to control a USB device attached to the Active CP.
usbStorage 2 To list the contents of the attached USB device: switch:admin> usbstorage -l firmwarekey\ 0B 2010 Aug support\ 106MB 2010 Aug support1034\ 105MB 2010 Aug config\ 0B 2010 Aug firmware\ 380MB 2010 Aug FW_v6.4.0\ 380MB 2010 Aug Available space on usbstorage 15 15:13 24 05:36 23 06:11 15 15:13 15 15:13 15 15:13 74% To remove a firmware target from the firmware application area: switch:admin> usbstorage -r firmware FW_v6.0.
2 userConfig userConfig Manages user accounts.
userConfig 2 Use the distribute command to distribute the account database manually to other switches in the fabric. Target switches must be configured to accept the database. Accounts that are not consistent with the distributed database are overwritten. Account recovery from backup or access to backup data is not supported.. This command supports all user-defined roles in addition to the default roles provided with Fabric OS.
2 userConfig -c Displays a list of users who have permission to execute chassis commands. --add | --change Creates a new user account or modifies an existing user account. The following restrictions apply when you create or modify a user account: • You cannot change the role, the Admin Domain or Logical Fabric permissions, the home Admin Domain or the home Logical Fabric of any default account.
userConfig 2 -a AD_ID_list Specifies the Administrative Domains the user is authorized to access. The Admin Domains defined in the AD_ID_list operand and the existing Admin Domain permissions for the user name must be a subset of the Admin Domain permissions of the account that executes this command. This operand is optional. If no Admin Domain list is specified with the --add option, AD0 is assigned by default. Use comma-separated lists, ranges, or both, for example -a 0,9,10-15,244.
2 userConfig -h AD_ID Specifies the account's home Admin Domain. This operand is optional. • If a home Admin Domain is specified with the --addad option, it must be one of the Admin Domains defined in the AD_ID_list operand. If a home Admin Domain is not specified and username did not previously have a home Admin Domain, the home Admin Domain is set to the lowest numbered Admin Domain in the user's Admin Domain permissions.
userConfig 2 -c [chassis_role] Specifies the account's access permissions regarding chassis-level commands. To remove an account's chassis permissions, specify -c only. To add chassis permissions, specify a chassis role with the --c option. --delete username Deletes the specified account from the switch. This command prompts for confirmation. Once an account is deleted, the CLI sessions associated with the account are terminated.
2 userConfig To add an account named bob with role ZoneAdmin and Admin Domain member list 1,4,10,11,12,13,14 and Home Admin Domain 4: switch:admin> userConfig --add bob -r ZoneAdmin -a 1,4,10-14 -h 4 \ To change account bob's Admin Domain member list to 128 and 129, Home Admin Domain to 128: switch:admin> userConfig --change bob -a 128,129 To add Admin Domain 0 and 255 to bob's Admin Domain member list.
userConfig 2 To display the test account information: switch:admin> userconfig --show test Account name: test Role: zoneadmin Description: Enabled: Yes Password Last Change Date: Sat Jun 14 2008 Password Expiration Date: Not Applicable Locked: No RoleLFMaps: zoneadmin: 1-5 admin: 6-10 user: 11-15 chassis Chassis Role: user Home Context: 4 To remove chassis permissions from the test account for the Logical Fabrics 1-3.
2 version version Displays firmware version information. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION version Use this command to display firmware version information and build dates. The command output includes the following: Kernel The version of switch kernel operating system. Fabric OS The version of switch Fabric OS. Made on The build date of firmware running in switch. Flash The build date of firmware stored in flash proms.
wwn 2 wwn Displays the world wide name (WWN) and factory serial number of the switch or chassis. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION wwn [-sn] Use this command to display the WWN associated with a switch or chassis and to display the factory serial number. The WWN is a 64-bit number that has eight colon-separated fields each consisting of one or two hexadecimal digits between 0 and ff. The WWN is a factory-set parameter that cannot be changed by the end user.
2 wwn To display the WWN on a Brocade 5100: switch:admin> wwn 10:00:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 To display the WWN and factory serial number: switch:admin> wwn -sn WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:82:3c:2a SN: ALM0602E003 switch:admin> chassisshow | grep ALM0602E003 Factory Serial Num: ALM0602E003 SEE ALSO 1196 chassisShow, fabricShow, licenseIdShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
wwnAddress 2 wwnAddress Binds an FC Port ID to a device WWN. SYNOPSIS wwnaddress --bind [WWN] [PID] wwnaddress --unbind [WWN] wwnaddress --show wwnaddress --findPID [WWN] wwnaddress --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage address assignments for a given device world wide name. The allocation of a PID to a specified device WWN supports the persistence of the PID based on the WWN of the device to which the PID is bound.
2 wwnAddress --show Displays all WWN-PID entries currently present in the partition. --findPID Displays the PID currently bound to the specified device WWN. WWN Specifies the device WWN. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To bind a 16-bit address to a device WWN: switch:admin> wwnaddress --bind \ 10:00:00:06:2b:0f:76:5f 0x9000 To unbind a given address from a WWN: switch:admin> wwnaddress --unbind \ 10:00:00:06:2b:0f:76:5f To display all WWN address bindings on the current partition: switch:a
zone 2 zone Performs specific zone operations, manages Traffic Isolation (TI) Zones, and Frame Redirect (RD) Zones.
2 zone • • TI within edge fabric routes traffic between a real device and a Proxy device to a specified EX_Port. TI within backbone fabric locks down the route within the backbone fabric based on EX_Ports and devices involved. Use the --showTIerrors option to generate a report of potential routing problems in the local Domain. If the command detects errors, it outputs the ID of the current domain, and for each record, it displays the following information: Error Type Error or Warning.
zone OPERANDS 2 This command takes as an operand an action and its associated arguments. When executed without operands, the command displays the usage. --help Displays the command usage. 1. Commands for performing specific zone operations --copy Copies a specified zone object or all zone objects from the source_AD into the current AD. The current AD transaction buffer is used for this operation. The following operands are optional: source_AD Specifies the source Admin Domain of the zone objects.
2 zone mode Specifies the zone database location. This operand is optional. If no mode option is specified, the validated output of all the three buffers is displayed. Supported mode flag values include the following: 0 Uses the zone database from the current transaction buffer. 1 Uses the zone database stored in persistent storage. 2 Uses the currently enforced zone database. "zone_object" Specifies a zone object. A zone object can be a zone member, a zone alias, or a zone.
zone 2 n Disables failover mode. In non-failover mode, when the last interswitch link (ISL) of a TI Zone goes offline and there is an alternative ISL, the alternative ISL is not used and the switch generates a state change notification (SCN) or a registered state change notification (RSCN) to indicate that no ISL is available. When the ISL of the TI Zone comes online again, the route is set up again and the switch generates another SCN or RSCN.
2 zone 3. Creating and managing RD Zones --rdcreate Creates a RD Zone for the specified members. The following operands are required: host_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the host. target_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the target. vi_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the virtual initiator (VI). vt_wwn Specifies the port world wide name of the virtual target (VT). policy restartable | nonrestartable Specifies the policy as either restartable or nonrestartable.
zone 2 The reason for not being in the current enforcement table could be one of the following: • • • The device is not online. The device is online but is not Admin Domain-aware. The device is online but it is not part of the current Admin Domain. To copy the cur_cfg1 zone configuration from the root zone database (AD0) to the current Admin Domain: switch:admin> zone --copy AD0.
2 zone zone: t_r_a_f_f_i_c_i_s_o_prop__zn 1,3*; 2,3* -----------------------------------~ - Invalid configuration * - Member does not exist # - Invalid usage of broadcast zone To validate all zones in the zone database in the effective configuration: switch:admin> zone --validate -m 2 Effective configuration: cfg: ticonfig zone: regzone 1,4* 1,5* -----------------------------------~ - Invalid configuration * - Member does not exist # - Invalid usage of broadcast zone To prune all the zone members that
zone 2 To add the option to disable failover for a TI zone: switch:admin> zone --add -o n purplezone To add the option to enable failover for a TI zone: switch:admin> zone --add -o f greenzone" -p "3,4" To remove portlist members from an existing TI zone.
2 zone To display a specified zone in the defined configuration: switch:admin> zone --show ti_red Defined TI zone configuration: TI Zone Name: ti_red Port List: 4,4; 5,5; 3,3 Configured Status: Activated / Failover-Disabled Enabled Status: Deactivated To display members for the zone "ti_red" in ascending order: switch:admin> zone --show ti_red -ascending Defined TI zone configuration: TI Zone Name: Port List: ti_red 3,3; 4,4; 5,5 Configured Status: Activated / Failover-Disabled Enabled Status: Deactiva
zone 2 To troubleshoot TI zone problems: switch:admin> zone --showTIerrors My Domain: 1 Error type: ERROR Affected Remote Domain: 2 Affected Local Port: 3 Affected TI Zones: ti1, ti2 Affected Remote Ports: 6, 7, 8, 9 To display details of the trunk members present in the TI zone and those not present in the TI zone: switch:admin> zone --showTItrunkerrors TI Zone Name: brackets E-Port Trunks Trunk members in TI zone: 16 18 Trunk members not in TI zone: 17 F-Port Trunks Trunk members in TI zone: 4 5 Trunk
2 zone To display the newly created zone objects: switch:admin> cfgshow Defined configuration: cfg: myHTcfg myHostTarget cfg: r_e_d_i_r_c__fg red_______base; red_0917_00_3f_3f_3f_23_24_25_26_3f_3f_3f_30_32_00_00_00 zone: myHostTarget 00:3f:3f:3f:23:24:25:26; 3f:3f:3f:30:32:00:00:00 zone:red_0917_00_3f_3f_3f_23_24_25_26_3f_3f_3f_30_32_00_00_00 00:3f:3f:3f:23:24:25:26; 3f:3f:3f:30:32:00:00:00; 3f:3f:3f:30:30:00:00:00; 3f:3f:3f:30:31:00:00:00 zone: red_______base 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:01; 00:00:00:00:00:00:00
zoneAdd 2 zoneAdd Adds a member to the zone. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zoneadd "zoneName", "member[;member...]" Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
2 zoneAdd alias: alias: jones zeus 7,3; 4,5 4,7; 6,8; 9,2 Effective configuration: No Effective configuration: (No Access) SEE ALSO 1212 zoneCreate, zoneDelete, zoneRemove, zoneShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
zoneCreate 2 zoneCreate Creates a zone. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zonecreate "zonename", "member[;member...]" Use this command to create a new zone, or to create a "broadcast" zone. A broadcast zone is a special zone that specifies the nodes that can receive broadcast traffic. This zone must be named "broadcast". Only one "broadcast" zone can exist within a fabric. This type of zone is enforced by the hardware; the switch controls the data transfer to a port. This command changes the defined configuration.
2 zoneCreate When creating a zone, you can combine different ways of specifying zone members. For example, a zone defined with the following members: "2,12; 2,14; 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" contains all devices connected to switch 2, ports 12 and 14, and to the device with the world wide name "10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" (either node name or port name), at the port in the fabric to which it is connected.
zoneDelete 2 zoneDelete Deletes a zone. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zonedelete "zonename" Use this command to delete a zone. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
2 zoneHelp zoneHelp Displays a description of zoning commands. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION NOTES zonehelp Use this command to display short descriptions of zoning commands. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.
zoneObjectCopy 2 zoneObjectCopy Copies a zone object. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zoneObjectCopy "objectName", "newName" Use this command to make a copy of an existing zone object and give it a new name. The resulting object is of the same type as the original object. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration.
2 zoneObjectExpunge zoneObjectExpunge Expunges a zone object. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zoneObjectExpunge "objectName" Use this command to expunge a zone object. In addition to deleting the object, this command also removes the object from the member lists of all other objects. After successful execution of this command, the specified object no longer exists the database. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration.
zoneObjectExpunge alias: array2 alias: loop1 SEE ALSO 2 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:02 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:22; \ 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:28 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:85; \ 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:df cfgAdd, cfgClear, cfgDelete, cfgDisable, cfgEnable, cfgRemove, cfgSave, cfgShow, zoneObjectCopy, zoneObjectRename Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1219
2 zoneObjectRename zoneObjectRename Renames a zone object. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zoneObjectRename "objectName", "newName" Use this command to rename a zone object. You can use this command for all zone object types, including cfg, zone, and alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
zoneObjectReplace 2 zoneObjectReplace Replaces zone members. SYNOPSIS zoneobjectreplace oldmember newmember zoneobjectreplace --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to replace the existing member of a zone with a new member. This command can be used to replace members of an alias, but an alias itself cannot be replaced. This command is not applicable for Traffic Isolation (TI) Zones, and Frame Redirect (RD) Zones. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
2 zoneRemove zoneRemove Removes a member from a zone. SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION zoneremove "zonename", "zoneMemberList" Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone. If all members are removed, the zone is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
zoneRemove 2 40:00:00:05:1e:a1:cd:04 alias: jones 7,3; 4,5 alias: zeus 4,7; 6,8; 9,2 Effective configuration: No Effective configuration: (No Access) SEE ALSO zoneAdd, zoneCreate, zoneDelete, zoneShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01 1223
2 zoneShow zoneShow Displays zone information. SYNOPSIS zoneshow [--sort] [pattern][, mode] zoneshow [--ic] [pattern][, mode] zoneshow [--transdiffs] zoneshow [--transdiffsonly] zoneshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display zone configuration information. This command includes sorting and search options to customize the output. If a pattern is specified, the command displays only matching match zone configuration names in the defined configuration.
zoneShow 2 --transdiffsonly Displays only the changes in the current transaction. --help Displays the command usage.
2 zoneShow To display the changes in the current transaction: switch:admin> zoneshow --transdiffs Defined configuration: cfg: fabric_cfg green_zone zone: blue_zone 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c *zone: green_zone 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:01; -1,4 *zone: red_zone 3,3; 3,4; +5,5; +5,6 Effective configuration: cfg: fabric_cfg zone: green_zone 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:01 1,4 To display only the changes in the current transaction: switch:admin> zoneshow --transdiffsonly *zone: green_zone 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:01; -1,4 *zone:
Chapter Primary FCS Commands 3 Primary FCS commands Table 6 summarizes the commands that are available only on the primary Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) when FCS policy is enabled. TABLE 6 Primary FCS commands Command Description aliAdd Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliCreate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliDelete Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliRemove Must be run from the primary FCS switch. aliShow Can be run on all FCS switches.
3 Primary FCS commands TABLE 6 1228 Primary FCS commands (Continued) Command Description secPolicyActivate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyAdd Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyCreate Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyDelete Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyDump Can be run on all FCS switches. secPolicyFCSMove Must be run from the primary FCS switch. secPolicyRemove Must be run from the primary FCS switch.
Appendix Command Availability A Command validation checks Before a command is executed, it is validated against the following checks. 1. Active or Standby availability: On enterprise-class platforms systems, checks that the command is available on the Control Processor (CP). 2. Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) availability: Checks that the invoking user’s role is permitted to invoke the command. If the command modifies system state, the user's role must have modify permission for the command.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions Virtual Fabric commands are further constrained by one of the following switch types: - All Switches (All) = Command can be run in any switch context. Base Switch (BS) = Command can be run only on the base switch. Default Switch (DS) = Command can be run only on the default switch. N/A = Switch type is not applicable to the command. • Chassis context (CH) = Command applies to the chassis on which it is executed.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1232 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1234 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1236 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1238 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1240 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 1242 Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions TABLE 1 A Admin Domain and Virtual Fabric restrictions for Fabric OS commands.
A 1244 Command Admin Domain and Virtual Fabrics restrictions Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1003131-01
